and in what Depths men may see the land Thwart of Winterton Cromer seven or eight leagues from land it is eighteene and nineteene fathom deep and there you may see the land Northeast and northeast and by north from Cromer lyeth a Bancke whereupon remaineth at halfe floud no more water then 4 fathom from thence you may see the land indifferent well North by east from Blackeney lyeth a bancke whereupon remaineth at halfe floud no more water then five fathom In eighteene fathom thereabouts you may see the land From thence to the poynt of Chappell it is all shoaly About northnorthwest and north and by west from Winterton-sand lyeth the banke before Cromer 5 leagues without the coast To the northwards of the Humber of Hull you may see the land in 25 fathom Flambrough-head men may see in five and thirtie fathom Scharbrough men may see from below in five forty fathom Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places Before Crommer a southeast Moone maketh high water At Blackeney Wels Bornum and Lyn an east and west Moone Before the Humber of Hull an eastnortheast and westsouthwest Moone From Blackeney to Flambrough-head the floud falleth southeast the ebbe northwest At Flambrough and Fyley in the Peer a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea At Scharbrough and Robbinhoods-baye a southwest and northeast moone In the Tees at Hartlepoole also a southwest and northeast moone Before the River of Newcastle a southwest northeast moone maketh also the highest water Thwart of Flambroug-head Scharbrough the Teese also thwart of the river of Newcastle the floud falleth southeast and the ebbe northwest To the northwards of the Tees the floud falleth southsoutheast alongst the land from the Tees to Scharbrough southeast and by east How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Crommer to Blackeney westnorthwest 3 or 4 leag From Blackeney to Bornum through within the sand west 7 leagues From Bornum to Chappel westsouthwest 2 leagues From Chappell to Elleknock or the north poynt of Bostondeep the course is northwest and by north 5 leagues From thence to the north poynt of Humber north and north and by west 7 leagues From the north poynt of the Humber to Flambroug-head northnorthwest 9 leagues From the north poynt of the Humber to the Tessel east and by south eastsoutheast 55 leagues From Flambrough-head to Feley northwest and by west and westnorthwest 3 leagues From Fyley to Scharbrough northwest and by west westnorthwest 2 leagues From Scharbrough to Whidbye northwest 5 leagues From Whidbye to the Teese the course is first westnorthwest and afterwards west by north 7 leagues From the Teese to Tynmouth northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues From Whidbuye to Tinmouth the course is northwest and southeast 16 leagues From to Cocket Island northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues Heights The north poynt of the Humber of Hull in 53 d. 35 m. Flambrough-head lyeth in 54 degrees 5 minutes Scharbrough in 54 degrees 12 minutes Tynmouth or the River of Newcastle in 55 deg 10 min. How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Flambrough-head Fyley Scharbrough Robbinhoods-bay Whitbuy Huntleyfoot Redcliffe Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Tees and Flambrough-head when you saile alongst by it Huntleyfoot Redcliffe Teese Hartlepoole Esington Schel Sonderland Thus sheweth the land betwixt Tinmouth the hills of Huntleyfoot Redcliffe to the southwards of the Teese when you saile alongst by it De Custen van SCHOTLANT met de Eylanden van Orcanesse van eylandt Coket tot I. Sande Tinmouth Cocket Thus sheweth the land betwixt Tinmouth and Cocket Island The twelfth Demonstration In which The east side of Scotland is shewed from the Island Cocket and Orcaneis FRom the Cocket Islands to the Staples Staples the course is northnorthwest north by w. 8 or 9 leagues The Staples they are high Islands rocks right to the eastwards of Bambroug lying at least 3 leagues from the land northeast into sea a little to the northwards of them lyeth the Holie Island Holy Island To the southwards or the westwards of the Holie Island is a baye where you may lye landlockt almost for all windes against the Castle is the best roade you may also run in there from the southwards through betwixt the Staples and the maine land Betwixt the Staples and Holy Island lye two suncken Rocks which at low water come verie neare even with the water the westermost towards the Holy Island is called the Goldstone Goldstone Plough the eastermost by the staples is called the Plough For to avoyd them when you will sayle through betwixt the Staples the Holy Island whether you come from the Southwards or the Northwards then bring the Steeple of Teustenbrough over the Castle of Bambrough and keepe them so standing and then you shall run through betwixt them both this channell lyeth so through northeast southwest From the outermost end of the Staples to S. Abbens head S. Abbens head the course is northwest 8 or 9 leagues From Holy Island to S. Abbens head it is northnorthwest 7 or 8 leagues To the northwards of S. Abbens-head men doe runne in unto Lieth and to Edenbrough in Scotland S. Abbens head the Island the Bas lye east and west 4 leagues assunder The Island May S. Abbens head northwest southeast 4 great leagues May Bas lye one from the other southwest by west and northeast by east three leagues a halfe The Bas The Bas. is a high round Rock cleane round about which you may sayle alongst by on both sides Betwixt the rock and the south shoare it is ten and twelve fathom deepe but the common faire way is alongst to the northwards of it Betweene S. Abbens head and the Bas it is most part a cleane Coast but without anchor ground The Island May Island May. is greater then the Bas also cleane round about except on the east side there it is foule From S. Abbens head alongst to the northwest of the Bas the course is west and by north and west northwest foure leagues and from by north the Bas to the Island Inchkieth Inchkieth west and west and by north about five leagues Betweene the Bas and Inchkieth by the s shoare lye many Rockes little Islands and foule grounds where at divers places is road but are not to be used but by them which are there verie well acquainted Inchkieth and Island May lye s w. by w. n. e. by e. 7 great leagues asunder Inchkieth is somewhat a long small Island a league to the northwards of it lyeth an out poynt on the north coast called Kingornesse Kingornesse before it and about it lie some little Rocks under water but a little to the eastwards of the eastwards of the point is good anchor ground road for westerly winds Betweene that point and the Island
grand forme 23 No. 8 The Coast of Norway from the Pater-nosters till Neus 32 No. 9 The Coast of Norway from the Neus till Bergen-lied 37 No. 10 The Bergen-liedt 38 No. 11 The Norway-Coast between Jeltefloert and the Point of Horrel 41 No. 12 The Dronten-Liedt 43 No. 13 The Coast of England from the river of London untill Wales 47 No. 14 The Coast of England and Scotland from Wales untill Coggen-Island 53 No. 15 The Coast of Scotland betwixt Coggen-Island and the Orcades 57 No. 16 The Coast of Fayerhill Hitland as also of the Isles of Ferie and other Islands behinde the North-West Point of Scotland 59 The second Book No. 17 The Generall Pas-Card of Dronten untill the Isle of Jan Mayen Spitsbergen Archangel as also Nova Zembla 63 No. 18 The Coast of Norway from Dronten untill J. Tromsond 63 No. 19 The Coast of Finmarcken from J. Tromsond untill North-kyn 64 No. 20 The Coast of Norway from North-kyn untill the river of Kola 67 No. 21 The Coast of Lapland betwixt the river of Kola and the Island of Swetenoes 70 No. 22 The Coasts of the Mouth of the White-Sea 74 No. 23 The Coasts of the White-Sea 77 No. XXIII The River of the Archangel in grand form 77 The third Book No. 23¼ The generall Pas-Card how men shall go from Hitland the Isle of Jan May Ysland and the Strates of David 78¼ No. 23½ Card or Map of the Isle of Jan May. 78½ No. 23¼ Card of Spits-bergen 78¼ The fourth Book No. 24 The generall Pas-Card of the East-sea 79 No. 25 The Coast of Schonen between Valsterboen untill Schenckenes and from the Isle of Ruga untill Rygs-head 79 No. 26 The Coast between Rygs-head and Der Winda 86 No. 27 The Coast between Der Winda and Revel as also the Islands of Alands-Haff 88 No. 28 The Coast between the Wolff-Isle and the uttermost of the East-sea 94 No. 29 The Coast of Sweden betwixt Oeland and Stockholm as also the Islands of Oeland and Gotland 98 No. 30 The Lied of Stockholm and the hole of Uttoy in grand form 99 A TABLE Of the western-Western-Water The first Book No. 2. THe Generall Pas-Card of the North-Sea 1 No. 3 The South-Sea the Fall of Urck and the Texel-stream 1 No. 31 The Coast of Holland from Texel to the Mase 3 No. 32 The Sea-Boesems of Texel and the Mase in grand form 3 No. 33 All the Sea-Boesems betwixt the Mase and the Wielingen 8 No. 34 The Coast of Flanders betwixt the Wielingen and the Heads 13 The second Book No. 35. The generall Pas-Card of England Scotland and Yrland 17 No. 36. The Coast of France from Swartenes to Ornay and from Dover to Bevezier 17 No. 37 The Brittan-Coast from Ornay to Heysant 21 No. 38 The Coast of England from Bevezier to Portland 26 No. 39 The Coast of England from Portland to Lezart 29 No. 40 The Coast of England from Lezart to the Cape of Cornwall and the Bristow-Canal 33 No. 41 The South-East and Eastern Coast of Yrland from Corkbeg unto Hedenhoo or Dublin 40 No. 42 The North-East Coast of Yrland from Hout to Horn-head as also Scotland right over 48 No. 43 The North-West Coast of Yrland from Hornhead to Slynehead 52 No. 44 The West-point and South-Coast of Yrland from Slynehead unto Corck-haven 55 The third Book No. 45 The generall Pas-Card of the France-Coast and the Coast of Spain from Heysant unto the innermost of the Strates 61 No. 46 The France-coast from Heysant unto the Isle Boelin 61 No. 47 The Coast of France from Boelin and the river of Bordeaux 67 No. 48 The Map of the river of Bordeaux as from thence also to S. Sebastian 71 No. 49 The Coast of Biscay from the Kings-road unto the Island of S. Cyprian 75 No. 50 The Coast of Gallicia and Portugal from the Isle of S. Cyprian and Camina 80 No. 51 The Coast of the Northern part of Portugal and Camina untill Pissage 86 No. 52 The Coast of the Southerly part of Portugal from Pissage to S. Uves 88 No. 53 The Coast of Algarbe and Andaluzia from S. Uves unto Palos 90 No. 54 The Coast of Andaluzia from Palos untill through the Strate of Gibraltar by Modril and the Coast of Barbarie from Cape de Spartel to old Mamora 93 The fourth Book No. 55 The generall Pas-card of the Coasts of Barbarie Gualata Arguyn de Flamish and Canarian Coast as also the South-Islands from the Strate to C. de Verde 99 No. 56 The Coast of Barbarie from old Mamora unto C. de Geer as also the Flamish Isles 99 No. 57 Map of the Canarie Islands 105 Pascaart van EUROPA Al 's mede een gedeelt vande cust van Africa The first part THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN IS The Description of the whole NORTH-SEA Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famous Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pas caarte van de NOORT ZEE Vertonende van Caliz tot Dronten al 's oock tusschen Doeveren en Hitlandt Pascaarte vande ZUYDER-ZEE Texel ende vlie-stroom al 's mede 't Amelander gat The first part of the New LIGHTNING SEA COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE FIRST BOOKE Of the EASTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The description of the north Sea the Coast of Holland Friesland Holstein Iutland Meklenburgh and Denemarck to Valsterboen in the Island of Rugen and with all the coast of Norway to Dronten as also the east side of England and Scotland The first Demonstration Where in Are described the south Sea the Vliestreame the Vlie and the channell of Ameland WHen you saile from Amsterdam to the Fall of Vrck you must keep the middle of the channell in sailing to Tyoort and from thence over Pampus Pampus with a shipp of great draught that draweth tenne foot or more keepe Marcken church without to the land of Udam called Schyteldoecks-haven so long untill that the steeple of Zuyderwouw come past Kinnigherbuert which are the houses half way betwixt Schyteldoecks-haven Durgerdam goe then towards the land e. untill that the New church of Amsterdam come about Durgerdam keepe that so standing untill that the church of Weesp be come past the House or Castle at Muyen so that it do stand somewhat nearer to Muyen then to the House keepe Weesp standing so untill that Edam come without the east end of Marken In this farewaye it is a foote deeper then if you sailed right through For to avoyde Muyen sand men were wont to bring the houses which were wont to stand upon Tyoort to the southwards of the Heyligher-stee at Amsterdam thereby you may make some
leagues From the Flye to Hitland the course is n.w. by north somewhat northerly 156 leagues From the Flye to Fairehill northwest by north about 151 leagues From the Flye to Scuytenes the course is north by w. somewhat northerly 106 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the Schelling when you saile alongst by it about two leagues from the Land Thus sheweth Flyeland when you are two leagues thwart off from it Ameland sheweth it selfe thus when you are two leagues thwart off from it The second Demonstration Where in The Scholbalgh Lauwers both the Eemses the Weser the Elve the Eyder and other channels of the Sea betweene them SChiermonck-oogh Schiermonck-oogh lyeth from the east end of Ameland east somewhat northerly 3 leagues it is a little low plaine Island about 2 leagues long there standeth no speciall thing upon it to bee knowne but upon the west end two capes with a white sand-hill otherwise it is all with lowe blackish sand-hils or hommocks but higher then upon the east end and mingled with white the east end is a long flat strand with little low rough sand-hills When you bring the two capes upon the west end one in the other and runne so in you shall finde the outermost buye which lyeth without the channell at sea in 7 fathom or there abouts Sometimes there lye two and sometimes three buyes in the channell which you must leave on the starboardside and runne alongst to the eastwards of them being come within the channell you shall find also beacons on the w. shoare which you must follow all along untill you come to Ostmerhorn where you may anchor The lying in and depths of that channell do alter and shift oftentimes and sometimes much within a short time so that there is no certaintie to be written off it where unto men might trust Foure leagues to the eastwards of Schiermonckoogh lyeth the Island Rottum Rottum and betwixt them the little Island the Bosch A few yeares past through setting off spyrie grasse or heath there was grown two or three handsome sand-hils but are now againe altogether blowne away and altered into a plaine flat strande which the sea at high flouds doth altogether runne over Betwixt these Islands the Bosch Schiermonckoogh was wont to goe in a channell of indifferent depth called the Lawers which is now most cast too by the foresayd strand of the Bosch which is grown in all alongst unto the oogh so that there is no more remaining then a narrow shoale creek To the eastwards of the Bosch goeth in the Schille also an altering uncertain channell which is sometimes deepe and sometimes againe shoale and the channell shifteth too and againe so that there is no certaintie to be written of it whereunto men might trust The Island Rottum is a little Island about a league half long and very easy to be knowne the west end is high and steep the rest is low land with some little sand-hills Upon the east end stand two capes the greatest or the runner standeth upon the e. end upon the flat strand the smallest on the south side of the sand-hill There stand also two houses upon it the one upon the west end the other in the middst of the Island in a valley Borckum Borckum is also an Island easy to be knowne two great leagues long it ariseth commonly when you come in out of the sea in three parts as if it were three Islands when you come from the westwards it sheweth it self in foure parts for with high flouds the water runneth through in 3 places The Wor. Counsell of Embden hath caused to be set upon the west end a high thick steeple which men may see far off at sea on the west side of that steeple standeth a little low church From the west end of Borckum shooteth off a riffe a great wayes into sea called Burckum riffe To the southwards of it to witt betwixt Borckum Rottum goeth in the wester-Eems which is the verie best channell that lyeth in all this coast The Old or westerne Eems Bring the Capes upon Rottum together and they shall then stand southeast and somewhat more easterly if you come out of the sea sayle resolutely upon them then shall you find the outermost Buy then shall you have the Tower of Borckum e. and more southerly from you the west end of Rottum southeast by south lyes upon the tayle of Geltsacks plate Geltsacks-plate there is a white buy with a little flagge lyeth upon 6 fathom with low water and is marked in the Card with the letter a. From the first to the second the course is southeast by south is marked with letter b and is the first black buy upon 7 fathom on the south shoare let this buy in your sayling in lye on your starboard and the white on your larboard then have you from this foresayd black buy the tower upon Borckum east the Capes upon Rottum southeast by e. from you from the first black buy to the second third and fourth buy marked with the letters c d e your course is east and by south Comming from the w. neere the Lauwers or Bossandt keepe the stroake of the shoare upon 5 fathom till you are past it sayle then freely eastwards on so shall you run within through Geltsack plate in five foure and three fathom afterwards on eight fathom and soo come by the fourth blacke buy which lyeth in foure fathom Pascaarte vande EEMSEN Al 's de oude ofte wester Eems en de ooster Eems Pascaarte van't VLIE Al 's mede een gedeelt van't Amelander gat PascaerteVande EEMS ELVE Weser Eyder en de Hever al 's mede hoe die selvighe gaten van Heylighe landt gelegen syn The Borckummer riffe Borckummer riffe commeth on from without and is flatt on the end when as the Capes upon Rottum stand southeast off then come you over the riffe and shall come upon the tayle of the riff with low water with lesse then 7 dutch ells depth of water for it is flatte and broad on the inner side it is very high and steep and shootes with a brest inwards but you may cast your lead well upon it From the fourth buy till within the bending of Rottum the course is eastsoutheast is marked with f and lyeth upon 7 fathom from this to the buy upon the high plate and is the sixth buy marked with g and lyeth upon 7 fathom as also to the Huyberts buy h the course is east and by south when the Cape upon the south-side and the tower come together they stand southsouthwest from one another so are you even with the outtermost Huyberts buy goe then eastsoutheast on to the innermost Huyberts buy marked with i which lyeth also even as the first Huyberts buy in 6 fathom upon the west side of these buyes you have Huyberts plate which is now devided from
little Island Nuball keepe that so standing and sayle towards it and you shall so finde the outermost buy from that to the second buy goe on northeast and northeast and by east being come to it Piel-worme steeple shall stand northnortheast from you From the second buy alongst inwards the course is northeast and by east Being come in so a good wayes you shall finde two beakons on the starboard side upon a dry sand called the Quade there over against commeth the north balgh in the right Hever From the first beakon to the second third the course is east and by north sayle all alongst by the beakons leaving them on the starboard side To the northwards of them betwixt the first and third beakon it is full of sands and plates where you might at unawares sayle within By the third beakon commeth the souther baâ—gh into the Hever From that third beakon to the two other beakons the course is northeast and by east being past that you shall come by the greene land on the starboard side there it is a square deepe large and broâ—d channell from thence you may sayle alongst amidst the channell unto Hoesem at the bridge or anchor thereabouts every where where you will Without in the Hever the north side is steepe therefore keepe the south side untill you come within the beakons in the channell is at halfe floud two fathom and a halfe water and without the channell it is very farre flat Somewhat without the Hever lyeth also a banck whereof men must bee carefull when they will sayle in there A south and north Moone maketh there the highest water The south balgh goeth into the southwards of the foresayd bank the Quade in right with the little Island Utto and alongst to the northwards of it it is from without a league and a halfe to sayle to Utto From Utto it lyeth in alongst northeast and by north and commeth out into the Hever by the third beakon The north balgh lyeth in to the northwards of the Hever about east and by north or west and by south from Pielworme right in with the foresayd little Island Nuball which you must leave on the larboard side running in along by it and so come into the Hever against the foresayd drye sand the Quade you may also comming in at the north balgh sayle up to the northwards from the Island Nuball unto the end of Strand till you come thwart of a flat Church and anchor there behind the shoals that is a deepe balgh or Creek Small deepe Three or foure leagues to the northwards of the Hever lyeth the Small-deep For to sayle off from Holy-land toward it goe on northeast and by north and runne to the grounds about west and by north from the Pielworme the south end of Ameren shall then bee north or thereabouts from you Seek then to the south grounds and sound about by them and there you cannot doe amisse it is flat rising ground farre without the land On the north side lye many sands shoals and poynts that lye out which men might without good heed-taking sayle within sayle in therefore alongst by the south side north and by east northnortheast and northeast and by north and so you shall find one shoale or breach leave that on the larboard side If you leave that on the starboard side you should runne into a dead Balgh or Creek wherein is at the first at least 7 fathom depth but runneth at last by little and little to nothing you may also runne alongst by that foresayd shoale by your lead until you come within it comming then thwart of the south end of Ameren you might unawares sayle within the south grounds behinde a snare which shooteth off from the grounds of Vooren therefore keepe the south side untill that you come thwart of the Island Vooren The Red-deepe For to saile in at the Red or Silter-deepe comming from the northwards or out of the sea runne in sight of the Island Ameren About the middest of Ameren lyeth a white round hill a little higher then the other Hommocks in a low plaine valley Bring that northeast from you and run in so right with it untill you come within the riffe that shooteth off from the Voortrap and commonly is called Ameren Borne â—meren-Borne and so you connot take any hurt of it and then you shall have upon the poynt of the Riffe not lesse then three fathom water and within the same riffe eleven twelve or thirteene fathom Saile so in untill that the north end of Ameren be north and by east from you and then run right with the north end of Ameren untill you come within the dry sand and there you may anchor where you please or sayle so farre in as you will and sound it all alongst by the Riffe The Strand of Ameren is a faire Strand without any tayles that men might sayle within When the foresayd hill upon Ameren is eastnortheast from you and sayle so right with it then you run too neare the foresayd Riffe of Silt the hill is then also in two parts the northermost is then the smallest For to sayle in at the Red-deepe or Silter-deepe comming off from Holyland and that you have gotten sight of the land then bring the north end of Ameren north and by east from you untill that you be come in betwixt Ameren and the Riffe of Silt runne then in alongst by the Strand of Ameren untill you come about the north poynt of Ameren and so along to the eastwards untill that Ameren lye south and southsouthwest from you You may not sayle into this channell further to the eastwards for then you come against the Island of Vooren but you may sayle to the northwards alongst betwixt Vooren and Silt till you come before Lit. In Silter-deepe is upon the shoalest three fathom water being over it there is againe eight nine tenne and twelve fathom there lye two riffes or bad sands the one about westsouthwest from Ameren dry above water that is very farre flat to wit in three foure or five fathom it is called of the Juthes the Borne or Ameren-Borne although that it be not fast to Ameren for the Red-deep goeth in betwixt them both It is not also fast unto the Voortraps or that south end of Silt although it commeth shooting off from it betwixt them goeth out into sea a deepe of about a fathom and a halfe where the fishermen doe dayly goe out through for to fish especially those of the Island Vooren this is the outermost sand that lyeth on this coast They that use this coast much either for Rypen or the quarters thereabouts are very much afraid for this Ameren-Borne when they come off from Holyland they finde this shoale about westsouthwest from Ameren The other sand shooteth off from the south end of Ameren lying about south and south and by west into sea alongst the Land that is also called by many the Borne or
Ameren-Born He that commeth off from Holyland and is bound to the northwards need not feare so much for the shoale for it shooteth out most by the land The Haven of List About eight leagues to the northwards of Silter-deep lyeth the Haven of List which runneth in by the north end of the Island Silt. For to sayle in there comming from the southwards runne so long to the northwards in six or seven fathom that you may see a little Island without the poynt which lyeth within these outer Islands upon which standeth a house called Ieurtmans house when that house commeth a mast length without the poynt of List then goe in east and by south and eastsoutheast keepe those markes so standing untill that you bee within the poynt off List edge then up to the southwards about the poynt and anchor before the Vuchts house there it is nine and ten fathom deep At the entring of the channell lyeth a plate or sand called Haef-sand Haefsand that you shall leave on the larboard side when you come in it is on the off-side very flat and good for to sound when you come from the northwards For to avoyd that when you come from the northwards edge off so far from the shoare that the red Cliffe come without the sand-hills or that you may see it plainely Then you may goe well over Haef-sand with a ship that is not of a very great draught Likewise when you come out at the channell of List and are bound to the northwards sayle so farre out that you may see the Cliffe and then you may goe over the foresayd sand which lyeth from the south end of Rem a good wayes into sea On the south side of the channell of List lye also two sands or banks alongst the shoare not very farre without the strand the innermost or northermost is called Barling-sand Barling sand and the outermost Rust or Rusting Rust or Rusting that lieth to the southwards almost thwart of the red Cliffe betwixt these sands and the strand of Silt goeth in the Land deep For to sail in there comming from the southwards you must seek betimes to the strand of List about the red cliffe because of the Rust which lyeth off from the north end of List a little without the strand When that you have the sounding of the shoare and are come somewhat within that red cliff there shall meet you a flat from the shoare which you must somewhat avoyd and then you may sound very well keep all alongst the foot strand there you can take no hurt of it From the Inner poynt of List shooteth off alsoo a little riffe where of you must take heed When that you are come within the Innermost poynt of List then you may anchor where you please If you will goe to Lutke Tonderen then leave that sand which lyeth to the southwards of Iuresand on the starboardside and runne through betwixt them both He that is bound to Hoesem or Silt over the Wad must leave that sand on the larboard side Upon Vooren stand two or three trees these you must keepe over the westermost church or steeple and run so alongst unto Vooren Betwixt the Rust and Barling-sand goeth a faire deep channell through called the New deepe right in alongst to the southwardes of Rock-sand Rocksand that is a shoale which lyeth to sea-wards of Rust and Barling-sand For to sayle in at that New-deepe bring the white cliffe upon Silt east and east and by north from you and run in so right with it and you shall fall right in the New-deep betwixt these two bankes leaving Rocksand or the Maber on the larboard side of you run in so alongst by Rust but come also no nearer to it then in foure fathom untill that you come into the Land-deep but comming against the shoare and getting shoaling of the strand run in alongst by the foot-strand on inwardes as is rehearsed in the description of the Land-deep Betwixt Haef-sand or Haes-sand and the Island of Rem goeth in yet a little Land deep of about a fathom a halfe water The Island Rem is three leagues long and very flat on the off-side so that you shall scarce see that land in 6 or 7 fathom Banck of at sea About eight or nine leagues a seaboard of the Island Silt lyeth another banck along the shoare of eight or 9 fathom and is about two leagues long about so long as the Island is Betwixt this Bancke and the Island it is thirteene fathom deepe being in nine fathom a sea-board the Island Silt then lyeth Holyland about south from you Knuyts-deep or Riper-deep From the channell of List to Knuyts or Ryper-deep the course is north and south about seven leagues but Ryper-deepe Holyland lye north somewhat westerily and south somewhat easterly one from the other for to sayle into Knuyts or Ryper-deep comming from the southwards run about by the flat of Rem and Manu towards the south end of Phanu called souther head or Souther-heigh and so you shall see two Câ—pes upon a drye sand somewhat to the southwards of Southerhead bring those Capes a little through one another to wit the innermost or longst a little or a hâ—ndspikes length to the northwards of the shortest or outermost and then they shall stand eastnortheast from you keep them so standing and sayle right in with them and so you shall finde the outermost buye lying on the north shoare in foure fathom in the channell called Old Ruper-deepe leave that buye on the larboard side and then goe inwards east and by north east and east and by south unto the second buye you must runne also about to the southwards of it for thwart of it commeth a shoale shooting off from the north shoare from the outermost Cape towardes the second buye which you must avoyd Or keepe the sounding of the south shoare called Coersand Coersand and run by your lead first east and by north then east and at last east and by south in by it you shall finde there upon the shoalest not lesse then ten foot at low water and common tyde there within it is again 6 7 and 8 fathom deepe Being past the Capes then luffe up to the northwards about the sand where the Capes stand upon and anchor there where you please there it is wide and broad and also deep and steepe so that there you can take no hurt The Ryper ships that are bound out doe lye there for to stay for a winde Behinde the Island Manu it is 6 and 7 fathom deepe there also men may ride from thence you may go up the deep to Rypen but not up alongst to Rype with great ships close to Rypen the deep endeth so that there is a shoaleneck betwixt both where there is no more then 6 foot depth With small ships you may also sayle about behind Rem towards Iursand there is a low water about 7 foot water
Comming from the northwards for to sayl into Ryper-deepe you shall also runne on to the south end of Phanu untill that you shall espye the foresayd Capes and goe then further as is above taught This channell is not the best channell in foule weather for it is narrow and farre off shoale wihout it but when you shall bee entred into it you may easily see both sides break if it blow any thing hard A southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh here the highest water The Growe-deepe About northeast or northeast and by north from the north end of Phanu lyeth a little Hill called Luysbergh a little to the northwards of it lyeth a long plaine sand-hill called Langeleg from thence lyeth the land towards Zuyder-zyt westnorthwest and eastsoutheast Betwixt the north poynt of Phanu Langeleg Langeleg goeth in that Growe-deep For to sayl in there when you come from the southwards run alongst the Island Phanu and about by the north end of it which is farre flat When as that you get deeper water you shall see three or four hommocks about northeast from you upon the high land with a little flat steeple called Holm or Bruynum Bring that little Church a cables length to the northwards of the Hommocks goe in then northeast and keep the south shoare untill you come within that dry sand which shooteth off from Phanu called Smeursand Smeursand you may run to that upon your sight without doing amisse but leave that on the starboard side when you come in The shoares are there abouts both of them very steepe as well Wisdike that is the Plate which lyeth in the channell as also Smeursand but without the shoares are flat When you are past the poynt of Smeursand edge then over to Wisdike and anchor there untill that you have the lowest water and then you may sayle to Hartingen and go on forth to Wardt Wardt or Woerdt which lyeth eight or nine leagues within the land the river is very crooked upon the which here and there lyeth a Gentlemans house A southsouthwest northnortheast moon maketh there the highest water and there it floweth with a common tyde about a fathom up and down From Phanu to Schellingkroegh Schelling-kroegh it is four leagues betwixt them lyeth Zuyder-zyt a little river of eight or nine foot water The land betwixt Langeleg and Zuyder-zyt is ragged land with sand-hilles and rough being grown with spirie grasse or heath If you should fall with the land at Zuyder-zyt Zuyder-zijt and that you could not lead it into the channell then choose the land of Langeleg you may run to it without danger keepe in two fathom and a halfe and you cannot sayle amisse of this Kroegh sor you may sound this land all alongst in two fathom and an halfe off from Langeleg untill you come within Schellingh-kroegh but if you run in three fathom or three fathom and a halfe you shall sayle without the driesand and run about a seaboard of the forenamed Kroegh Schellingh-kroegh lyeth in most northwest men lye there within sheltred for all winds like as men doe lye at Coningsborough in the Kettell If so bee that you come from the northwards and are bound into this Haven or Kroegh you may run about by that drie sand in three fathom when you come by the innermost point of that drie sand there shooteth off a little tayle of sand but you may see it well and keepe your selfe from it when you come to the east end of that sand luffe up about it untill you come into that Kroegh and anchor there in two fathom and a foot it is there very wide you may make there a good board and turne it in to windwards A southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh there the highest water the farther you come to the northwards to Iutland the lesse tyde goeth and the lesse it floweth up and downe At the north end of the foresayd drie sand lyeth the Doodenbergh Doodenbergh that is a short hommock of a Sand-hill which lyeth alone When you are somewhat off from it then it lyeth under the other land that you cannot see it when you come from the southwards or the northwards you may see it From the Doodenberg unto that south end of the drie sand it is all alongst a faire strand and flat ground For to ride under the drie sand you may sound about it comming from the northwards and get smooth water for a northwest wind and also for westerly windes A little to the northwards of the Doodenbergh lyeth the poynt called the Horne betwixt Zuyder-zyt and Wester-zyt making there a Horn of the land to the southwards of it the Coast lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest towardes the Growe-deepe to the northwards of it north and south towardes Wester-zyt Wester-zyt is a village lying betwixt the Blawenbergh and the Horne About this poynt or Horne runneth off a long banck about twelve leagues westsouthwest into sea called Reefshorne Reefshorne or as some do name it Devillhorne which lyeth at some places altogether drye specially seven or eight leagues from the shoare where it is not deeper then two fathom and a halfe or three fathom a foote lesse A shippe that sayleth upon it men can but even see it from the land it is at the deepest by the land to witt four fathom lacking a foot He that commeth there from the northwards with a ship of a great draught must take verie good heed for it is upon the northwest side off steepe that men shall have one caste two and twenty the next cast fifteene and the third cast no more then three fathom When you fall with the land with Wester-zyt or to the northwards of Reefshorne you may sound alongst by the shoare in six or seven fathom untill you come neare the foresayd Horne you shall then also finde another shoale Riffe that runneth off from the land called the Owle The Owl which is also very steepe on the north side from the northwards you may not come nearer it then in seven fathom A little to the southwardes of it beginneth Reefshorne to runne off from the shoare it is there a narrowe banck you shall not finde there lesse then three fathom or three fathom lacking a foot water at two or three cast according as it shall blowe hard or soft and that you shall make your waye and then you shall get presently againe five fathom and sound it about by that shoale sand whether you desire to bee According to the opinion of some Doggers-sand beginneth from this banck When men sette sayle early in the morning out of Rinkopper deepe with a southwest waye and a good northeast winde then they are about four of the clock in the afternoone yet in nine fathom whereby it should appeare that Doggers Sand should have his beginning at this banck For to know the land hereabouts About four leagues to the northwardes of the foresayd Horne lyeth a
it From the great Helme unto the Island Wero Wero the course is northnorthwest and southsoutheast foure leagues distant there it is foure and five fathom deep From Wero there runneth off a shoale unto Kyholm and about Kyholme Kyholme and also about the little Island Samps Samps it is also full of shoale grounds which run off unto the great Island Sampso From the great Helm unto the Island Sampso Sampso it is southwest northeast foure leagues From the north end of the Island Sampso there shooteth off a little riffe north into the sea you must sound close about by it for to come into the road of Sampso when you will anchor there It is there in the road tenne fathom deepe and you shall be there under the Swan-grounds sheltred for all winds From the south end of Ebeltud to Aerhuysen Aerhuysen the coâ—rse is west and by south and westsouthwest five leagues It is there all shoale water of 2 and 3 fathom deep He that will anchor in the road before Aerhuysen let him bring the great steeple in the midst betwixt the two other sharp steeples there is the best ground and good road in three foure and five fathom so shoale as you will To the southwards of Aerhuysen goeth in the Wedersound Wedersound betwixt Jutland and Sampso he that will sayle in there must bee well acquainted for it is there all full of riffes and shoals You may not also use that fareway by night by reason of all the sand and shoals aâ—â—lso by day you must be very carefull circumspect in â—â—oking out For to sail through the Wedersound and not spare your lead but you may ancâ—or and have road there every where When you will saile through the Wedersound comming off from the gr at Helme or Ebeltud you must leave the Island Tâ—â—â—s and the Swangrounds on the larboard side running all alongst by the Juttish coast in 2 or 3 fathom untill past Horsens or the Island Endelau which you mâ—y not sayle to not come neare from the westwards by reason of all the grounds which lye before it on the west side It is a narrow channell betwixt Endelau and the main land lying from the Wedersound through the Swan-grounds Swanne-grounds south it is on both sides shoale and but a creek for to sayle through When you come off from the Melversound and will sayle through the Wedersound it is best to runne alongst by the Juttish side untill thwart of the river of Horsens then you must edge somewhat off there from the land and sayle right with the Island Tons and so you runne through betwixt the Norther and Souther grounds leaving the Island Tons on the starboard side When you are then past Tons you shall runne out close by the north poynt of Sampso towards the land of Ebeltud it is altogether one course from Horsens to Tons and forth to Sampso and the poynt of Ebeltud to wit northeast and southeast eight or nine leagues From Horsens or that Island Endelaw unto the Melversound Melversound the course is south and south and by west 7 or 8 leagues The Melversound is a deep sound of 20 and 25 fathom very crooked to come into it goeth in betwixt Fuynen Jutland which are both high lands From the Island Ebelo unto Melversound the course is southwest and southwest by south five great leagues From the road of Sampso to Ebelo the course is south by west 5 leagues From the south end of Sampso to Ebelo Ebelo the course is southwest and by south 4 leagues From Sampso to Roems Roems the course is southeast and by south six leagues The northwest coast of Fuynen lyeth southwest and by west eight leagues The little Island Ebelo lyeth off a league from the same right before Bowens but you cannot sayle through betwixt the Island and Fuynen To the southwards of the Island lyeth a great rocke under water betwixt this rock and the Island is the road before Bouwens Road before Bounes in eight and nine fathom Betwixt Syro and Wero lyeth a dangerous riffe long and broad lying further then halfe way to Syro When you will runne through betwixt the two foresaid Islands a weather of Russenesse you must leave at least the two third parts of the water on the side of Wero and goe in southsouthwest towards Roems which is nine leagues distant The foresaid riffe is called Haters riffe Haters riffe is on the east side very hard and stony hee that commeth from Balt-sack he shall run close to the Island Wero for to avoyd that riffe the channell betwixt the riffe and Wero is not very broad 3 fathom or 3 fathom a halfe deep He that commeth from Roems or Rusnes wil saile through Wero sound let him bring the great Helm to the east side of Wero and keep them so standing sailing on so right with them he shall so doing take no hurt of Haters riffe Betwixt Syro and Haters riffe and somewhat more southwardly the ground is very uneven of 5 6 7 8 and 9 fathom On the south side of Haters riffe it is good anchoring for northerly winds in six seven fathom Rusnes and Syro lye northnortheast and southsouthwest about five leagues a sunder From the poynt of Rusnes runneth off a little riffe to seawards but to the eastwards of it betwixt Rusnes and Haselyn lyeth off a riffe at least two leagues into sea which lyeth dry at the end by it it is very steep close alongst by the end it is eight fathom deep From Rusnes to Spro it is south and by east eight or nine leagues Betwixt Rusnes and Spro lyeth Callenburch Callenburgh which is also a lade place and about 2 leagues to the southwards of Callenburch lyeth a flat alongst the coast about a league from the shoare of five fathom depth you must also avoyd the south corner of Callenburgh for there shooteth off a riffe halfe a league into sea there is also to the northwards a long flat alongst the shoare but not deep to the seawards betweene Callenburgh and Rusnes it is good lying for an easterly wind From the east end of Spro runneth off a little riffe or ledge of rocks and over against it commeth also a flat shooting off from the land betwixt them both it is foure and five fathom deep Going on the south side of Spro it is also very foule more then halfe a league without the shoare But behinde or thwart of Spro lyeth Casseur Casseur a faire Haven where men doe lie at the Kay and let their goods be carried into the ships where also it is betweene both fourty fifty and sixty fathom deepe but in the middle of the fareway lye some banks where there is no more then five and six fathom water good strand ground From Spro to Langeland the course is south and south and by east foure leagues distant He that
through betwixt Langeland and Arr to the northwards and come out againe into the Belt by Nyburgh from the south end of Langeland to Tassing Tassing it is north six leagues you may sail about Tassing on both sides and leave Arr and the foule grounds lying on the one side of you Upon these grounds it is but 6 foot deep You may also saile through betwixt the foresayd grounds and Fuynen into the sound of Aelsen unto the little Islands of Areu and Toreu as hath been said here before From the little Island Areu to Apenrade the course is south and by west five leagues The sound of Apenrade is a broad open sound upon which lyeth the foresaid towne of Apenrade From the river of Apenrade unto the crooked channell of Sonderburgh The sound of Apenrade which goeth in betwixt the Island Aelsen and the maine land the course is east 3 leagues there you may saile through about behinde the Island of Aelsen to Sonderburgh and then forth into the sound of Flensburgh It is very narrow and crooked betwixt the Island and the maine land but when you are come through the narrow and crooked channell into the sound of Flensburg there it is broader and larger The sound of Flensburgh Sound of Flensburg goeth in betwixt Senderburgh and Holsterland being a broad sound He that will saile in there must take very good heed of the Holsterside when you begin to come betwixt the two lands and run in alongst by the land of Aelst Calck-ground for from Nubell or Holsterland lye off the Chalck grounds halfe wayes the deep This sound lyeth in west and by south untill that you come before the river There lyeth in the rivers mouth a little Island on the starboard side you must run into the eastwards of it and goe in west and by south west untill you come within the crooked channell of the River or Sound and then you must goe up againe southwest then you shall see the towne of Flensburgh lye before you To the southwards of the Sound of Flensburgh lye yet three Sounds or rivers where great ships may goe into to wit the Sley Nylhofvoert and the Sound of Kiel the land lyeth off from Flensburgh to Kiel south southeast or somewhat more easterly sixe leagues From Sonderburgh to the Sley The Sley the course is southeast and by east foure leagues that is a broad deepe sound lying in first about west and when you are within it then it runneth in about southwest and by west past Sleeswyke there also come out many great ships The town Gottorpe lyeth also upon this river Betwixt the Sleye and Kiel lyeth Nylhofvoert Neylhofvoert upon it lyeth a little towne calleâ—â—eckelenfoort The sound of Kiel Kiel is a broad Sound with lyeth in about southwest there you may go in also with great ships From Kiel to the west end of Femeren it is east by north about eight leagues From the Poles riff to Femeren Femeren over the Coelberger Heyd the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues but from the south end of Langeland unto Femeren it is south east by east eight leagues The channell betwixt Femeren and Laland is 5 and 6 fathom deepe you may sayle round about Femeren there it is all shoale ground Betwixt Femeren and Holsterland you may run through in eight or ten foot there lyeth a little town called Heyliger haven Heyligerhaven where you may anchor with ships of small draughts for to lade wheat or barley From the Island Femeren to Gester-rif the course is east and by north ten leagues But from Femeren to the Trave of Lubeck southsouthwest ten leagues there goeth in a good deep for great shippes it is deep upon the banck twelve foot water There is also a great bay and a good haven where men may lye safe for all winds except the northeast and northnortheast winds From the Trave of Lubeck to Gester-rif the course is northeast and southwest about nineteene leagues Deepe of Wismer From the Trave of Lubeck to Wismer-deep the course is first northeast and by east and then eastnortheast there goeth in a faire deep for all sorts of ships For to sayle in at the deep of Wismer bring the steeple upon the south land south from you and sayle so in untill that the steeple standing upon the east land by that eastermost house commeth to the five or sixe houses by these houses stand some trees together from that east land runneth off a little riffe lying off northwest by north from it when the steeple commeth to those houses then goe in southsoutheast in that deepe is twelve foot-water In the Summer there lye two buyes in the havens mouthâ— the one upon the tayle of the sand that shooteth off from the eastland and the other upon the shoale ground you must run in betwixt them This deep of Wismer lyeth from Femeren southsoutheast distant about seven or eight leagues but from Wismer to Gester riffe the course is northnortheast twelve or thirteene leagues About south from Gester riffe lyeth Rostick Rostick there goeth in also a good deepe of ten foot it is there very flatt you may sound it in on both sides with the sounding pole Wismer and Rostick lye about eight leagues asunder Somewhat to the eastwards of Rostick lyeth a high land called Robbenesse Robbenesse from it shooteth off a great riffe or shoale to seawards towards Gester riffe it is betwixt Gester riffe and that shoale not deeper then twelve or thirteene fathom If you â—ome nearest to Gester riffe then it doth shoale up suddenly but if you come nearest this shoale then it shoaleth by little and little Gester riffe as hath been beforesayd is a shoale riffe and runneth off at least three leagues into sea A little too the eastwards of this foresayd shoale lieth Barts Barts there goeth in a deepe of six foote at the west poynt goeth off a riffe which men must avoyd The Island Langeland is about eight leagues long and lyeth south north to the eastwards over against it lyeth the Golversound Golversound lying into the northwards of Laland all alongst up unto Nestvelt and Wordenburgh and commeth into the Greensound and into the Wolvegat and again into the east sea Before the Golversound lye three little Islands the one at the poynt of Laland which is called Wedero Wedero and is also fast to it with a riff so that men cannot sayl through there betwixt them to the northwards of it men doe runne into the Golversound leaving that Island on the starboard side the other two lye to the northwards of the foresayd Island of Wedero the one is called Arnis the other Ooms Arnis Ooms Ooms is a little playne Island but Arnis is the greatest which lyeth nearest to Zealand is full of trees From the Island Ooms lieth off a riffe southwest to seawards which is a great
league long and upon the end flatt which men may runne over by the lead When you will sayl into the Golversound you must leave these two Islands lying on the larboard side The Island Laland hath upon the west poynt over against the south end of Langeland a riffe or Hooke Riffe on Laland lying off from Laland at least half wayes over the Belt for to avoyd that you must runne alongst within an English mile to the eastwards of Langeland or when that you leave the two third parts of the water on Lalands side and the other third part on the side of Langeland you shall not come too neare it When you come from the southwards are bound into the Belt and that then the steeple of Mascon which standeth upon Laland commeth to stand northeast and by east from you then you are past that riffe and lyeth to the southwardes of you It is here in this Channell betwixt Laland and the south end of Langeland five sixe and seven fathom deep From the south end of Langeland to Femeren the course is southeast and southeast and by east distant eight leagues When as you come off from Langeland and are past the riffe or Hooke of Laland then the south coast of Laland lyeth east west alongst by it lyeth a sand which is called the Red-sand Redsand lyeth alongst untill before Golversound which runneth in betwixt Laland and Gester To the northwards of this sand is a roade of fourteen sixteen and eighteen foot water before the little townes of Aelholm and Roo-buy Aelholme Roobuye where men do lade nuts and Barâ—â—â— Betwixt Laland and Gester thwart of this Red-sand as hath been sayd runneth in the Golversound which men may run into come out again into the Belt but in this sound or channell there is little depth there lyeth a stone banck within thwart over the channell The little town Nicoppen lyeth upon the Island Falster a league within Gester Nicoppen Gester rif From Gester shooteth of Gester riffe at least three leagues into sea which is a shoale riffe To the eastwards of Gester riff lieth an Island called Bout Bout it is there abouts all shoale water to witt three and four fathom To the eastwards of Bout goeth in the Green sound Green-sound by the little towne Stuybekuype commeth out again into the Belt to the northwards of Laland the Green sound lyeth in about west and west and by north in three fathom there lyeth a shoale on the larboard side of the mouth of the Sound called the Tolck Tolck which men must avoyd you must goe into the eastwards of it you may lead it in alongst by the land of Meun in fourteen or fifteen foot that foresayd town Stuybekuype Stuybekuyp lyeth about a league within the mouth of the channell From Gester riff to Meun the course is northnortheast seven leagues but from Bout to Meun it is northeast about six leagues From the Gelversound to Meun Meun the land lyeth in a bay you may anchor there for a northeast north northwest and west winde in five and six fathom He that commeth out of the Sound and is bound to the southwards of Meun may come so near Meun as he will and luffe up to the westwards by the poynt and anchor where he please in five or six fathom On the north side of Meun you may also anchor in six fathom behinde a little riffe that shooteth off from the north poynt for an east southsouthwest and westwind it is there all over flat and good ground Of the depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land In the Ripe Eyder and Hever a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and the ebbe out of the southeast and so run over the north grounds In the deep of List or Silt a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and falleth very little alongst the land and the ebb to the contrary In Knuytsdeep a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water The floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth but a great quarter tyde alongst the land and the ebbe to the contrary In the Haven of Zuyder-zyt the Growe-deepe the Schellinghkroegh a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth over the Reefshorne towards the Iuttish Island and the ebbe againe to the contrary off from the land in the north Sea Of the grounds and Depths The grounds of the Hever and the bankes of the Small deep without Strand and Eyderstee lye at least two leagues without the coast of the land Betwixt Holyland and Ameren or Strand it is tenne or eleven fathom deep in that depth you may see both the lands if you climbe up in the shroudes Strand is to bee knowne by the steeple of Pielworme standing upon the south end of the land Upon the Island Strand stand more Churches and steeples but none so easy to be knowne as Pielworme Ameren is a league and a halfe long and hath all alongst low sandhills growne with spiry grasse The Island Silt you may see in ten fathom Upon this Island nearest to the north end lyeth a high â—â—eepe red cliffe on both sides going sloping downe upon the south side of the cliffe standeth a flat Church with a low steeple and to the eastwards of it another Church with a high thick steeple called Heydom The north end of the Island is called List and the south end Voortrap Courses and Distances From the Eyder to Hever the land lyeth northnorthwest and southsoutheast 5 leagues From the Hever or the south end of Strand to the south end of Ameren northnorthwest about 5 leagues Two leagues north from Ameren lyeth Silt which is about five leagues long and lyeth south and by east north by west From the north end of Silt called List unto the south end of Rim or Rem it is northeast and southwest one great league Rem is three leagues long and lyeth most south and north From the north end of Rem to the south end of Manu it is northeast and southwest a league and a halfe you can hardly get sight of it by reason of the grounds and great shoals which lye thwart of it to seawards Manu and Phanu lye about two leagues one from the other Manu is almost a league long and Phanu about 4 leagues long and lyeth from Phanu Knuyters to Knuytes-deepe southsoutheast and northnorthwest This Island hath also a faire strand but the north end towards Grouwe deepe is very flat From Phanu to Doodenbergh it is about foure leagues betwixt them lye the Havens of the Growedeepe Schelling-kroegh From Holyland to the Eyder east and by north and west by south 7 leagues From Holyland to the outermost buy in
or 10 leagues From the Trave of Lubeck to Gester-riffe northeast 19 leagues From Wismerdeep to Gester-risse northnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Rostick to Gester-riffe the course is north 7 or 8 leagues From Gester-riffe to Doornbosh east 9 leagues From Gester to Meun northeast 7 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Northerhead Tatinghen Gartinghen Souterhead Thus sheweth the Land of Eyderstee to the northwardes of the Eyder Thus sheweth the Island Ameren List White-cliffe Red-cliffe Heydom Voortrap Thus sheweth it selfe the Island Silt when you sayle alongst by it Doodenbergh Zuyder-zyt Langelegh Luysbergh Thus sheweth the Land of Zuyder-zyt to the southwards of the Doodenbergh Blawebergh Doodenbergh Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Horne or Doodenbergh and the Haven of Numen Easter poynt Holmes Boevenberghen To the southwards of Boevenberghen Thus sheweth the land betwixt Boevenberghen and the Holmes when you sayle alongst by it three leagues from the land The Scaw Harshals Robsnot Thus riseth the Land betwixt the Holmes and the Scaw when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land and the Church of Aelst when you are 2 leagues and an half by east Aelburger-deep Wismer Great Cruysoort Little Cruysoort Holster land The east poynt When you sayle to Lubeck alongst betwixt the Land of Cruysoort and Holster land then it sheweth it selfe on both sides thus Barto Robbenesse Rostick Oudevaet Buck-hoocke Thus sheweth the Coast of Meckelenburgh betwixt Cruysoort Dornebosh or the Jelle when you sayle alongst by it a league without the Land The fourth Demonstration Where in are described The Schager Rack as also the Sound from the Paternosters Kol and so forth through the Sound to Falsterbon Britto MAELSTRAND The Westerbergh Island Maelstrand Out-rockes or Paternosters Eastnortheast Pas caarte vant SCHAGER-RACK vande Pater-nosters aen Kol al 's mede de Sondt oock hoe dese landen van Schagen gelegen zyn De SONDT met alle zyn gelegentheyt in t groot About the middest going in at the souther channel lyeth a rock above water which you may sail about on both sides but within that rock lyeth a suncken rock under water and to the southwardes of it also a great rock but a little further out then the other There lyeth also a suncken rock under water by the Island on the north side of the foresayd rock which lyeth above water which men must be very carefull to take heed of There is every where good anchor ground From thence you may sail through within the rocks to Calf-sound Calfsound Bahouse and Nilus Calf-sound lyeth distant from Maelstrand about foure leagues For to sail in there out of the sea you must run 〈◊〉 alongst to the southwards of a great rock whereupon standeth a Warder On the south side of the Havens-mouth there are great rocks but on the north side all small rocks When you come within the rocks about the poynt of the north land there you may anchor in fifteen or sixteen fathom there is good anchor ground From Calfsound you may run up to the southwards through within the rocks unto the river of Nilus Four leagues southsoutheast from Calf-sound lyeth the Island Winneu to the southwards of it goeth in the channell of Nilus or Gottenbergh which is a large and broad sound lying in northnortheast in 8 9 and 10 fathom you must leave Winneu on the larboard side and runne in betwixt the poynt of the main land called Kalderhead and the Island little Denmarck and then in alongst by the main land on the south side untill past Elsburgh to Gottenburgh Gottenburgh it is there all cleane and cleare without any danger that might hurt you You may also sayle into the northwards of Winneu then you must leave Winneu and also some long rocks on the starboard side and the through Island or little Denmarck on the larboard side and then in alongst by the poynt of the mayn land on the south side as is before said Three leagues southsouthe from Winneu lye Malesound and Consback Malesound Malesound is a rough Island which you may sayle round about in seven or eight fathom under it is also good road Two cables length westnorthwest from Malesound lyeth a suncken rock under water and also one even with the water a bow shot from the land whereupon standeth a Warder Eastnortheast from Malesound lyeth the haven of Cons-back Consback there stand 2 great Warders each upon a rock close to the land betwixt them lyeth in the haven it is a fayre haven ten fathom deep and good anchor ground when you come about the low poynt you shall see Cons-back lye to the northwards of you From Malesound southwest and southwest and by west a great league to seawards lyeth the fowle and dangerous rock Nyng or Nijding Nyding The land upon Nyng is about a halfe league long The riffe on the north end runnes till about a league on the land northeast and is a halfe league broad wholy riffe with sharpe stones Upon some places eight seven five and foure foot water The taile which shooteth southerly downe is narrow and runneth from the land northeast about 2 leagues There upon is 5 4 and 3 foot water A league and a half without Nynger-Riffe northwest men may stay upon 6 and 7 fathom You may saile through betwixt Nyding and Malesound or the mayn land but it is there all shallow water Upon Nyding is a fire-beacon whereupon they make fire every night Nydingh Great stones Three leagues to the southwards of Watersbergen lyeth the river of Valckenburgh Valckenburgh On the north side of the Riversmouth lyeth an Island called Murupting and 3 leagues to the southwards of it lyeth an Island called Tullo Tullo betwixt that Island and Valckenburgh within the land lyeth a high hill called Haver being white to see to as if it were sandy Land sea faring men doe name it yong Coll because of the likenesse of height fashion which it hath like Col and sometimes it is mistaken for Coll. Three leagues eastwards from Tullo lyeth Helmstee Helmstee upon a river but there can go in no shipps but onely huyes and boates This river of Helmstee lyeth within a greate Inlet about southsouthwest 4 leagues from Swedereur Kol over these two Warders s w. from you Swedereur Two leagues southwards from Helmstee lyeth the little towne or little castle called Laholm Laholm there goeth also a little river into the land A league westwardes from Laholme lyeth Bosstadt these places lye in a great bay Swedereur Three leagues to the westwardes of Bosstadt lyeth the Island Swedereur you may runne in behind it at both sides for to anchor from the northwardes it is there large and broade for to go in but from the north end of Swedereur shooteth off a little ledge of rocks you must runne alongst to the northwards of the rocks that lye at the north end of Swedereur leaving them on the starboard
side and anchor behinde the Island betwixt the greate and little rockes in seven fathom thwart of the little white church of Turcko so that the greate rock with the two warders at the south end be southwest from you and Col stand over the foresayd Rock there it is best lying and there you are landlockt for all winds If you wil run out again to the southwards of it then leave the two rocks with the Warders on the starboard side and runne boldy close about by them towards Coll. Hee that commeth off from Anout by reason of southerly windes cannot run a weather Col let him goe from Col northeast and by north towards Swedereur and runne close about by the two foresayd rocks with the Warders at the south end of Swedereur untill he come behind the Island and anchor as is before sayd there it is soft ground A north wind bloweth there opē in From Swedereur to Coll Coll. the course is southwest and by south betwixt both lyeth a greate baye upon which lyeth that little towne Engelholme where men also may ride For to sayle from the Scaw to Coll. From the Riffe of the Scawe to the Island Lesou the course is southsoutheast but the poynte of the Riffe and the Trindel lye due southeast and northwest eight leagues asunder The Island Lesou Lesou is compassed round about with foule Dwaelgrounds riffs and sands that lye off From the southeast end where the Church stands upon lyeth off such a great riffe or shoale from the shoare that aboute 3 leagues from the land to the southwards of it it is not deeper then two fathom there under it you may make rode for a southsoutheast winde Likewise from the southwest poynt lyeth off such a great shoale that when the foresayd flatt church is east and eastnortheast from you you cannot come neare the land within three leagues But the north end you may come so near that you may have rode under it for a southerly southeast winde in three four five sixe and seven fathom the church being about south from you Riffe of Lesou From the northeast end lyeth off also a riffe right towardes the Trindel which you may sound about when you sayle through betwixt Lesou and the Trindell which is the nearer Lesou the shoaler and the nearer the Trindell the deeper Close by the Trindell on the Inner side or west side it is deep five and six fathom The Trindell Trindel is a stony sand-plate three cornerd and somewhat long of fashion it is no more then four foot deep and about two Akers of land great and lyeth most alongst the farewaye lying from the northeast end of Lesou northeast or a little more easterly about 3 leagues distant On the northeast side of the Trindell lyeth alwayes a great buy whereby you may know it a farre off Depths about the Scaw When the point of the Scaw is northwest and by west about a league from you there it is seventeen and eighteene fathom deep but when the poynt lyeth west and west and by south from you about a league there it is four or five and thirty fathom deep But he that commeth sayling about the Scaw runneth without the riffe in tenne eleven or twelve fathom and goeth on from thence southeast or southsoutheast keepeth a long while still the depth fifteen sixteen fathom at least the space of three leagues before he get twenty or five and twenty fathom When as that you beginne to get againe shoaler water of tenne eight seven and six fathom that goeth then through within the Trindell When as you shall meete with the foresaide depth of the shoaling and saile yet further on southsoutheast then you must be very carefull to use your lead of then because of the foresaid shoale which lyeth off from the northeast end of Lesou towards the Trindell you may runne over it as is said in five foure and so well in the narrowe in three fathom When the northeast point of Lesou beginneth to come southsouthwest from you then you come on against the riff or shoale but when the poynt is southwest from you then you are over the shoalest of the riffe When the west end of Lesou is southwest and the church southwest and by south from you then you are about thwart of the buye of the Trindell Four leagues south and by west from the Scaw lye the smal-Helmes not far from the shoare The Helmes there are three little Islands the southermost the Iuttes doe call the Deynen or the Dee the midlemost Holmes the northermost Grasholme by them lieth yet another little Island You may saile throug between the southermost the middlemost but then you must runne nearest the southermost through betwixt them is four fathom water Under the Helmes is good road for southeast southsoutheast southerly windes He that will go to anchor under them comming from the Scawe must runne to the strand in three fathom and runne so alongst by it in betweene the strand and the Helmes untill that he be within the rockes there he may anchor he may also well runne through alongst by the footstrand in 3 fathom When the rockes of the Helms are east east by north from you there is the road in 4 fathom 4 fathom a half The best road for to ly under the Helms with small ships is betwixt the southermost middle most little Island somwhat nearer the main land then the Islands but for great ships it is best to lye by the Grasholme He that will not lye so farr within the Helmes may also anchor farther out under the high land of Lacklou so that the Helms bee southeast from him in four five or seven fathom there it is also verie good lying for south southsoutheast windes in clean ground of small white and black sand Betwixt the Scawe and the Helmes in the farewaye it is deep eighteen sixteen and fifteene fathom Betwixt the Helmes and the maine land there is at the shoalest three fathom water When you come from the northwardes through betwixt them untill you come thwart of the south end of the rockes there runneth off a little riffe from the Helmes towards the strand where the greate stones lye called Bourser riffe but keeping in three fathom you cannot take hurt of that riffe You may well run out againe by that south end towards Zeabuy So that you may sayl round about the Helmes with shippes that are not of very great draughts Betwixt the Helmes and Lesou a good wayes from the Helmes it is 20 25 fathom deep soft ground but one league from the Helms lye some rocks or shoals where of you must take heed To the westwardes of Lesou lye the Dwaelgrounds Dwaelgrounds to the northwards of the foresaid riff that lyeth off from the southwest point of Lesou where the flat church standeth upon Which are very uneven of three four five and six
fathom deep Of these and more other shoals uneven groundes betwixt Lesou and Zeabuy reade the description off the norther part of the Belt Rockes betwixt Lesou and the Helmes About a league northnorthwest from the west end of Lesou southsoutheast somewhat southerly from the point of the Scaw eastsouthe from the little Helmes there lye two or three little low Islands or rocks a little above water betwixt these Holmkens and the Helms it is twenty fathom but betwixt these Holmkens and Lesou five fathom deep to the northwards of them is farre flat four and five fathom deepe sand ground If you wil sayl by night off from the Helmes or from the high land of Lacklie towards Lesou with a southwest or southsouthwest winde then sayle no nearer because of these little Islands and shoals then southeast and by east with that course you shall run over those shoals or flats lying to the northwards from the foresayd Holmkens in six or seven fathom afterwards it wil be deeper again nine ten and twelve fathom go then on eastsoutheast so long untill that the east end of Lesou be southwest from you When that east end beginneth to come south and by west from you then you come on against that flat or rif which shooteth off from the northeast end of Lesou towards the Trindell It doth shoale up from 14 12 and 10 fathom unto 8 6 and four and also to three fathom If you be somewhat near to Lesou three fathom lasteth a good whiles and then it will be again deeper four six tenne and fifteene fathom and then verie deep When that foresayd northeast end of Lesou is southwest from you then you are cleare of that flat The Helmes and the Trindel lie east by south and west and by north seven leagues asunder For to sail within the Trindell When you come from the Scaw with a southwest or westsouthwest winde and that you will sail through within the Trindel that is betwixt the Trindel and Lesou it is best that you goe such a course that you may make your wayes good southeast and by south and then you shall run alongst about the middest of the channel through betwixt the Trindel and the foresayd low rockes which lye northnorthwest off from the north poynt of Lesou and southsoutheast from the poynt of the Rif of the Scaw At the deepest in this farewaye betwixt the Scaw and Lesou it is 23 and 24 fathom being past over that you shall come against a banck of eight seven and six and also into five fathom and then you shall be about due west or a little more northerly or southerly from the buye upon the Trindel Afterwards it wil be again deeper if you be in the right fareway to witt seven eight ten and also wel twelve fathom Not for to sayl within the riff or the northeast poynt of Lesou it is good to run then somewhat more easterly to witt southeast or southeast and by east untill you come against the foresayd riff that lyeth off from the northeast poynt of Lesou which you may sound and so runne about by it in five four and also three fathom When the northeast poynt of Lesou that is the poynt with hommocks is south by west from you then you come against the rif when that poynt is southsouthwest from you then you are right thwart of the rif but when the poynt is southwest from you then you shall be past and cleare of the rif Being gotten about it towardes Anoute it will be deepe thirtie five and thirtie and also fortie fathom He that commeth by night about the Trindell must not spare his lead on the outer side that is on the east side of the Trindle you may not come nearer it by night then nine or tenne fathom and then you shall not befarre off from it When you sayle close alongst without the Trindell in cleare weather and that you stande without board upon the bendes of the shippe with your feet by the water then you can even see Lesou If that then in cleare weather standing so without the ship you cannot see Lesou when you are about thwart of the Trindle then you runne farre enough alongst without the Trindle Depths betwixt Anout Lesou The Trindle and the riffe of Anout lye northwest and southeast or as some say southsoutheast and northnorthwest nine or tenne leagues a sunder Betwixt Anoute and Lesou in the right farewaye it is five twentie fathom deep but to the westwards of it to wit right betwixt the Islands Anout and Lesou it is shoale water of seven and eight fathom you may sayle there over these flats and shoals through betwixt Anout and Lesou into the Belt Anout is upon the west side verie foule and farre off to seawards from it lye manie uneven dwaelgrounds of two three and four fathom When you saile with a southwest or westerly winde from Lesou to Anout and runne over the flat of Lesou in three or four fathom you neede not sayle on more easterly then southeast and by east although it be by night you shall with such winde and course run cleare enough of Anout When as that you reckon to have the length of the riffe goe then on southsoutheast and south and by east for to sail a wether of Coll. But by day or when you can see about you not more leewardly then southsoutheast When you saile off from the foresayd pointe of Lesou to Anout with a southwest or westsouthwest winde as is before said make reckoning to come by night by Anout then you can not doe better as to goe eight tenne or twelve glasse according as the winde shall blow fresh on southsoutheast untill you come against the shoaling of Anout and looke for the daye that running not to far to leewards off the poynt of the riffe you may the better gett a weather of Col. Likewise when you come off from Col with a southwest or southerly winde and runne about a halfe league alongst without Coll you neede not also saile more northerly then northwest and by north that goeth also a good waye alongst to leewards of Anout riffe and so forth towards Lesou But when you come with a northeast wind out of the Sound or from Col you must runne out close by Coll if you will sail a weather of the riffe of Anout He that must lye by or turne to windwardes betwixt Lesou and Anout and is bound for the Sound let him keepe himselfe on the west side of the farewaie when he is a league or two a weather of Lesou upon those foresaid flattes or foure sixe and seven fathom when as that he beginneth to come within a league or two of Anout there it will be again deeper but uneven the one cast at least a fathom more or lesse then the other when that you shall begin to get that uneven ground of sixteene twentie and also thirtie fathom then is Anout
southerly or northerly windes and runneth somewhat far over westwardes into the bay must be very carefull and take heed there of because it is there abouts very uneven of depths uneven grounds and therefore you cannot wel come neare then by your lead but the Coast of Zealand you may come neare in 6 or 7 fathom by your lead If it should happen that you must lye by Depths in the Scawe reach in the Scawe reach in long darke nights or mistie weather then observe these directions following If you be betwixt the Scawe Lesou then you may keepe your self well bouldly to the southwards or westwards but use the lead much about the Helmes and the Scawe you may come neare the shoare into ten twelve or fiftteene fathom before you need to east about If you be by your reckoning thwart of Lesou you may come neare it in ten or fifteen fathom But if you be betwixt Lesou and Anout there you may runne upon the flats in five six seven eight or tenne fathom If you be betwixt Anout Haselin and Coll there you may runne to the south shoare in fifteene and sixteene fathom but betwixt Haselin and Zealand in ten or twelve fathom It is best in anie wise to keepe you rather to the south shoare then to the Norwaye side but you must be verie careful of your lead and use it verie much From Coll to the Island Haselin Haselin it is southwest and by west eight leagues you may sayle through betwixt Haselin and Zealand untill you come into the Belt the coast of Zealand is a faire strand but betweene Fishers village and the Castle Kronenburgh lyeth a banke a little halfe league from the shoare of two fathom and runneth with a riffe to the shoare and is foure fathom water as also to the westwards of Haselin there shooteth off a riffe to seawards which you must avoyd About eastsoutheast from Haselin goeth into the Land a great broad sound which without at the entrance of it is a great league broad there is good anchoring for a northwest winde in five or six fathom The Sound divideth it selfe within the land into three parts the first or the eastermost called Roskildifiourd Roskildifiourt goeth up southsoutheast unto Rockil the second called Isenvoort Isenvoort lyeth into the land south and south and by west at least 5 or 6 leagues unto Isickby and Holbeck within it is at least two leagues broad and in the middest lyeth a great Island The third lyeth to Draecksholme also at least five leagues southwest and northeast like the coast towards the Belt The Coast of Zealand betwixt Haselin and the Sound is a clean coast you may sayle alongst by the Land in six or seven fathom besides the foresayd riff which lyeth betweene Fishers village there is upon it but four fathom deep but come no nearer to it by night then twelve or thirteene fathom for at some places it is steep shoaleth up suddenly Where that little new church standeth thwart of it it is flat three and foure fathom and to the westwards of that wood which standeth to the westwards of Lapsand you may come in foure fathom by the shoare without taking hurt but comming neare Lapsand you must keepe further off from the shoare in seven or eight fathom or els you should get behinde the poynte of Lappesand Lappesand Lappesand lyeth about an English mile to the northwards of Elsenoore or the Castle of the Sound lying on the west side of the sayle way alongst the coast of Zealand For to avoyd Lappesand you must be carefull of these marks there standeth a house to the westwards of the Kings mill to the westwardes of the Castle of Cronenburgh keep the Chimney of that house to the westwards of the front of the Kings mill and then you can take no hurt of Lappesand then runne alongst by it in six seven or eight fathom so long untill that the east end of the Island Ween commeth a little without the castle of the Sound keepe that so standing and sayle so in sixe or seven fathom somewhat close alongst by the castle you may playnly see lying through the water all that can hurt you For to anchor behinde Lappesand If you will shift roads out of the Sound anchor behinde Lappesand then sayle thwart of the foresayd Kings house called the Caux or Kings mill so that it doe stande about south or south and by west or south and by east from you anchor there in six seven or eight fathom there it is good lying out of the current and sand ground but if you will anchor in twelve thirteen or fourteen fathom there it is soft ground and there goeth a strong current with southerly or southeast windes but you lye there better in more roome for to sayle inwardes againe if it should happen that the winde did suddenly shift out to the northwest It happened once to one of may acquaintance that had anchored somewhat to the eastwards of the Kings-mill in sixe or seven fathom and the winde did shift in the night to the northwest when they weighed their anchor the shippe fell towards the land before they could get the ship about before the winde they did runne in three fathom over the poynt of Lappesand From Coll to Elsenure or the Sound the course is southeast southeast and by south four or five leagues About halfe wayes betwixt Coll and Elsenburgh lye the Swyneboden Swineboden which are some foule rocks and suncken rockes which lye off to seawards a good wayes from the land but when you sayle towardes the Sound comming from Col then keep the Island Ween hidden behinde the Castle Cronenburch and then you cannot sayl foul of the foresayd Swyneboden when that you are past them then runne in amidst the channell for to avoyde Lappesand or els if you bring the east end of Ween then again right without the castle or keepe in seven or eight fathom from the Sealands side you can not take hurt of Lappesand For to avoyd Lapposand when you are come within the castle you may anchor where you please The shippes doe commonly anchor all alongst by the land untill to the southwards of Elsenure there it is fifteen sixteen fathom deep but with a southeast winde it is bad lying there Towards the Island Ween lyeth a banck of eight or nine fathom it is better lying there but it is somewhat farre from the land For to sail out of the Sound When you will sail out of the Sound towards Coll are come to the end of Lappesand then goe northwest and by west for to avoyd the Swyneboden untill that Coll be northnortheast from you then goe boldly northwest and by north or northnorthwest according as the wind shall be for with a northeast winde you must runne out northnorthwest very close alongst by Col for to sayl a weather of the Riffes of Anout and Lesou
the Sisters lying from Farder east northeast about 7 leagues When you will sayle in there you must leave the sharp poynt on the larboard side within lyeth a round rock which you may sayl about on both sides thwart of it is good anchor ground North from this rock lyeth a great Bay fit for ships to lye in that tarrie for a winde within lyeth also a round rock Men do run in alongst by the west land which lyeth in first north about the Island northnortheast they leave the Island on starboard side run in northnorthwest by the west land To the eastwards of Graswijcke also betwixt the Sisters Akersound lyeth Shiphill that is a Haven where men lade Spars and fat wares From the Sisters The Sister unto Bast the course is northwest and by west five leagues Behind the Sisters to the southwards of the poynt of Roge lyeth the haven of Elffang 5 leagues When you come off from Farder you goe must distant from the Island Farder northeast and by east five leagues When you come off from Farder you must run through within the rocks which lye within the Sisters untill you come against the land there you shall find a great gray rock which you must leave on the larboard side and the small rocks that lye there within on the starboard side and then alongst about by the west-land then the haven opens it self which is narrow within flatt and soft ground When you sayle from Farder or Bast unto Soen-water you shall meet with a red poynt betwixt the Soen-water and the Copperwycke He that is bound into Soen-water must run alongst to the eastwards of it but he that is bound into Copperwycke must goe up alongst to the westwards of it and leave it on the starboard side When that you come within the Lams you shall espie a little Church upon the west-land there is the lade place of the Copperwycke Copperwijcke you may sayl up from thence to Brakenes On the north or east side lyeth Holmsound from Farder to the poynt of Roge the course is northnortheast five leagues At the east end of Roge you may anchor there is a playn strand you may run through betwixt the Roge Roge. the Calf but anchor under Fletto then you must run through within the two small rocks From the Island Farder to the soen-Soen-water Soen-water the course is north somewhat easterly but from Bast north and by east The Soen-water lyeth in most north Upon it lye many havens and lade places most on the starboard side as you come in First there is Mos-sound a Haven that goeth up to the eastwards and then there is Wykestee Wykestee which is a bight behind an Island afterwards Shiphill Ship-hill a sandbay and a very good road that goeth so up alongst to the northwards into Anslo and then it runneth about to the southwards into the Bottom Custen van NOORWEGEN van Der Neus tot aen de Pater noster oock hoe de seluige Landen van Iutlant gelegen zyn The Laerwyck Laerwyck is a great broad Sound where are many Bights and Lade-places where men may lye and lade Firretimber From the east poynt lyeth off a great rane of rocks a good wayes oft southeast and by east into sea and run in almost halfe the Sound called the Larwykes Swines where of men must take heed Within in this Sound it is flat water and shoale so that farre within no great ships can lye a float A league to the eastwards of the Nesse or east poynt of the Longsound Stavange lyeth Stavange they are ome out-rockes where men may sayle within on both sides to the eastwards of it lyeth the Sound of Laerwyck For to sayle into the Nesse The Nesse that is on the north side behinde the eastermost poynt of Longsound you must run through betwixt the great rock whereupon the Warder standeth and the land of old Longsound leaving the foresayd rocks on the starboard side and so alongst about that rough Island untill you come into the Nesse which lyeth behinde a chindle strand there you shall lye under a chindle of rockes like red sand There lye also some little rockes thwart of that chindle This is a good handsome haven and light for to come into there it is four and twenty and five and twenty fathom deep The Longsound is one of the fairest havens of all Norway and lyeth northnortheast from Jofferland distant one great league Before old Longsound lyeth a high round rocke whereupon standeth a great round Warder Coninxhaven for knowledge of this haven Coninxhaven that is the southermost or westermost channell of the Longsound goeth in betwixt the westermost through poynt and Conings Island and then men run alongst to the eastwards of the Baers which lyeth off from the foresayd rough poynt For to sayle in there you must run in amid channell and anchor in the Coningshaven in eight and twenty and thirty fathom For to sayle through within Iofferland from Westkiell the Sound lyeth through the channell first northeast and northeast and by north and then eastnortheast and afterwards againe northeast and then you come to a place where the sound is somewhat broader there lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave on the starboard side and edge to the north shoare Being past that you shall come againe in a very narrow sound which lyeth through most northeast and is at some places so narrow that the yard armes doe almost touch the rockes Being through that narrow place you must goe northeast and by east and eastnortheast untill you come thwart of the Longsound then you may sayle in there northnorthwest Road Behinde Iofferland or sayle into the sea as you wil Behinde Jofferland you may also anchor in fifteen or twenty fathom From the Baers unto the northermost rocks of Jofferland that is the southermost or westermost point of Longsound the course is southsouthwest a great league going southsouthwest from with out the Baers The Baers then you shall find a third part of water to Jufferland or shoale which you see quite under water about seven foote Betwixt them both lye two havens Eastkiell and Abbefoord men sayl in there to the eastwards of the out-rocks of Jofferland From these foresayd northermost out-rocks of Jofferland unto Eastkiell it is northwest about a league but to Abbefoort northnorthwest and north and by west also a league Men may comming from the southwards or from Westkiell Westkiel sayle through within Jofferland into Eastkiell or Abbefoort When you come before Westkiel you may see within the land three high hills and also the high land of Long-sound lying northwards from you that land is altogether very easy to be knowne he that seeth it once and takes regard of it shall know it very wel another time when he commeth thereabouts A league to the eastwards of Sandvoort lyeth the haven of
Westkiell a little to the eastwards of it lyeth Jofferland For to sayle into Westkiel Iofferland you must leave all the great rocks which lie off from Jofferland on the starboard side and all the foresayd little rocks of Sandvoort and also a white holme whereupon a mast standeth on the larboard side and run in first northwest and afterwards northnorthwest and at last north untill you come about the west poynt and then you must edge up northwest to the north side of the Islands which ly within the haven there is a Vosse or an Overfall of water there you may anchor in twenty or five and twenty fathom Thwart of Sandvoort lyeth a banck at sea which at some places is not deeper then three or four fathom and lyeth alongst to the eastwards untill thwart of Westkiell A great league to the eastwards of Sandvoort lyeth Longen For to saile in there you must leave all the little rocks on the starboard side and run so alongst by the land untill you come within the Long-holms which remain on the larboard side and then right into the Bight This is a faire haven men come into it from the eastwards When you are before Oxefordt and Longen Markes of Oxeford Longē Longhen then the Drommels lie about westnorthwest from you A league to the eastwards of Oxeford lyeth Longen before it lieth a little round Island or rock on the east side of the haven upon which standeth a mast with a barrell upon a Warder For to sayle in there you must run in close by that land where the Warder with the barrell standeth upon close alongst by the Warder but there standeth a hand on the starboard side of the havens mouth which poynteth that there lyeth thwart of it a suncken rock under water there you must edge somewhat off from the shoare Being within there you may run to the eastwards againe into sea and come out in the Sound of Sand-voordt About a league to the eastwards of Trom-sound lyeth the haven of Oxeford Oxeford which is a great broad and large Sound lying in first without betwixt the rock north Without in the comming into the westwards of the havens mouth lyeth a long rock which you must leave on the larboard side and somewhat past that long rock lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave on the starboard side and run in still north unto the west poynt of the land thwart where of lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd when that you come then within the west poynt you must sayle in northwest and northwest and by north and anchor on the north side of the haven there it is wide and broad with many bights where you may anchor every where in twenty and five and twenty fathom About halfe a league to the eastwards of Maerdow standeth a little white Church upon the sea side to the eastwards of it goeth in the Trom-sound Trom-sound being a faire Sound Without in the comming in stand on the east or northside two Warders upon a high hill you must sayle in by them and thwart of them you may also anchor and from thence you may sayle in further behind the Island Trom and the land of Maerdow untill you come into the Sound of Maerdow When the Drommels are northwest and northwest and by north from you Marks of Maerdow then you are right thwart of Maerdow If you run in so out of the sea right with the Drommels you shall fall right with Maerdow that is a certain mark to know whether you be thwart of Maerdow or to the eastwards or the westwards of it but when you are close before the land or before the havens mouth you cannot see the Drommels because they are then hidden of the cliffeland To anchor under the Island there is the shoalest water but with a northwest or northnorthwest winde it is not so good to come from thence as out of the haven but with an easterly winde it is better to set sail from thence and to get into sea The Haven of Maerdow Warder of Maerdow in the Haven Trom. North or north by east Mieuholmes N. or n. w. by north Island Maerdow The eastergat lyeth in westsouthwest there lyeth a suncken rock on the starboard side when you sayle in therefore you must run in close by the Island It is not deeper there in the gat or channell then three fathom but being come within it you shall finde it deeper you may anchor there under the Island in twelve or thirteen fathom or you may run up to the westwards into the Sound as is beforesayd For to sail into Maerdow through within the Mewholmes With a bare winde or otherwise you may sayle also in to this wester-gat of Maerdow to the westwards of Miewholmes thus To the westwards of the southermost Miewholme not farre from it lye two little rocks even above water and a little further off from in two other rockes which are somewhat greater you must runne in amidst the channell through betwixt them leaving the two smallest lying on the starboard side and the two greatest on the larboard side that channell lyeth through most north and north and by east Being come to the end of the Miewholmes you may sayle up either towards the northeast behinde the Island Maerdow or westwards into the Haven as is beforesayd There goeth sometimes a good tyde out of this Haven and the westerly windes doe blow commonly out of this channell betwixt the high lands therefore he that will come in here with a westerly winde must be very carefull and keep up his top sailes or els he should lightly not be able to get the haven but drive out of it against his will Thwart of the west end of the Island Maerdow Maerdow lyeth a suncken rock under water whereof you must take heed when you sayle in thus to the eastwards of the Mieuholmes When you are come within the foresayd west poynt or the Island Maerdow you may runne up towards the northeast behind it anchor in 12 or 13 fathom or sayle up towardes the northnorthwest into the Sound anchor there on the west side in 16 14 or 12 fathom according as you sayle farre in In the going into the Sound or haven it is 34 fathom deep The Island Maerdow standeth upon the top of it full of trees and round about it are all bare rockes On each side of the Island goeth in a channell The wester gatt or channell goeth into the westwardes of the Island and the easter gatt to the eastwardes of it For to sayle into the wester gatt you must leave the Mewholmes they are a fow rocks and Islands to the westwardes of the Island of Maerdowe on the larboard side and the Island on the starboard side and run in so betwixt them both northwest and by north but with a southwest wind you must sayle in northwest Upon the northermost Miewholme standeth a Warder To
before the Lieth Thus sheweth the hill Sick when you are to the northwards of Schuytenes The eighth Demonstration Where in The Coast of Norway betweene Ieltefioerd and the high point of Horrel is shewed FRom Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen to Olde the coast lyeth northnorthwest and north and by west about 16 leagues that is all broken land with many rocks where men may sayle through within them The Norway Barkes come off from Stade all alongst through that broken land rocks within the Island Harle unto Bergen About 4 leagues and a halfe to the southward of Old lyeth a great row of rocks lying 3 or 4 leagues without the other rocks thwart off from the shoare to seawards called the Outweers Outweers Betwixt them Old lyeth a good Haven called Southfoort there lye 3 Islands before it where men run in betwixt them both alongst into the Haven Olde Olde is a high rock a good wayes from the land and loose from the other rocks by the land but hath some small rocks lying about it there lyeth alsoo a row of rocks a good wayes off from it southwest into the sea About northwest and northwest and by north from Olde lye 2 rowes of rocks where of some lye above and some under water When as you are either to the northwards or to the southwards of Old it doth shew it selfe with a great saddle in 2 hommockes and going downe round on both sides but being thwart off or westwards from it then it lyeth in one round hill almost like Coll. You may comming from the southwards runne in about the eastwards within Old northeast to Oldesound come out againe to the northwardes of Olde Foure leagues to the northwardes of Olde-sound lyeth Kyn Kyn also a great rocke which men may sayle round about and sheweth it selfe with 2 sharp Hommckes allmost like a Cowes clawe or Bishops Myter Betwixt Kyn Olde goeth a great Sound into the land upon which lye two towns Waldres Easterdal Waldres Easterdal Northwest and by west from Kyn lye three or foure rocks and also some suncken rocks under water Southwest and by west about 3 leagues off from it lye also some rockes above and some under water Three or foure leagues to the northwards of Kyn lyeth Ornael Ornael also a great rock which sheweth it self in one great high round Hill Three leagues or three leagues and a halfe to the northwards of it lyeth the south poynt of Stade But Ornaell and Olde lye about north and south 7 or 8 leagues asunder Betwixt Ornael and the south point of Stade Sâ—â—de goeth in a great broad sound from whence men may saile through within the broken land to the southwards to Bergen A little within the south point of Stade is a Bay where men may goe to anchor thwart of a sea-beacon ly sheltred for a west winde North point off Staden The land of Stade lyeth from the south-point to the north poynt northnortheast and southsouthwest which is a whole main coast but ful close alongst by the shoare with many small rocks but none that men may sayle about with in them for to have any shelter for the sea The Norway Barkes of all places to the northwards of it yea and all those which come off from the North Cape can sayle all alongst the coast of Norway unto Berghen through within the rocks except thwart of this land of Stade Havens on Stade there they must runne a seaboard through the sea Between these two foresayd poynts are also two little havens where men may ride but a little or nothing used To the northwards of Stade the Island lyeth with many Islands northeast to the broadsound nine leagues About halfe wayes lyeth a little Island or rock called Swynoe Swynoe that is Hogges-Island a league from land without the other Islands of Flowach When you are close by the north poynt of Stade and go on northeast you run through within that little Island Swynoe but with a northeast and by north course about a sea-board of it He that is bound to Roemsdall or into the Sounds of Sudmer must runne into the Broad-sound Broad-sound which goeth in at the ends of the Islands of Flowach east and east by south the outermost of these Islands is called Hassen When you come to the end of those foresayd Islands you shall see east from you about two leagues a great high short Island called Goedeu Goedeu or of some Godsche-saed and a little to the southwards of it somewhat further in a great black rocke of fashlon like a hay-cock or almost like a suger-loafe it is called by the saylers the Cookes-broad sayle in right with it but bring not that foresayd rock to or under that Island but keep it clear off without it for els you should surely sayle upon the foresayd suncken rockes which lye under water at the north side of the broad-sound From the Island Goedeu or Godsche-sand runneth off also a little riffe to the southwards or towards the southeast from it When you come by that Island runne about that little riffe in betwixt it the foresayd black rock and anchor a little within that riffe under Goedue runne not farre within it for to avoyde a suncken rock which lyeth somewhat further in not farre from land there stand two little wardes upon the shoare a little within the risse for knowledge of the roade Behinde or to the northwards of Godeu lyeth the little Island Geske Geske upon it standeth a little Church on the south side before it men may also anchor in eight or tenne fathom cleane ground A little within Goedue on the east side of Geske lyeth another Island greater then Geske called Walderoe Walderoe on both sides of the southeast poynt of that Island men may anchor in good cleane ground and lye land-lockt for all windes From thwart of Geske and Walderoe lyeth a great multitude of Rocks northwest so farre into sea that comming a scaboard by Swynoe with a northeast course you should bee farre within them He that commeth from the northwards may sayle by west alongst by these rocks to Goedeu and leave the a foresayd suncken rocks lying on the north side of the Broade sound on the starboard side of him and runne in about by the poynt of Goedue as hath been beforesayd You may also run into the northwards of Goedeu to wit in betwixt Goedeu and Geske and anchor within Geske or under Walderoe but it is not wel to be done but for them which are there verie well acquainted There lye manie Rocks some above some under water whereof men must take heede In at the Broade sounde is the best and surest For to runne from Walderoe to Roemsdale goe on to the northwards alongst by the great Islands Luycko it is in that farewaye 10 20 14 16 and 18 fathom deepe but even past Luycko runneth a
stone riffe thwart over the farewaye on against the poynt of the maine land you must thereabouts edge off from the Island on the larboard side run indifferent close alongst by that pointe of the maine land on the starboard side then you runne over the deepest of that Stoneriffe to witt in 3 fathom or thereabouts as soone as you shall be over it it is againe verie deepe of 10 20 and presently an hundred and two hundred fathom Runne on still by the land on the starboard side and verie close alongst by it and leave all the Islands that lye on the larboard side so you shall come unto the River of Roemsdale Towards the southeast from the foresayd Island Goedeu or Godsche-sand goeth a great deepe river into the land to Sickule Honighpale and other lading places more How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Jeltesioerd or the Waghe of Bergen to the Rocks of Outweers northnorthwest and n. by west about 11 or 12 leagues From the Outweers rock to Old northnorthwest n. by west betwixt 4 5 leagues From Old to Cyne n. and by east and northnortheast 4 leagues From Olde to Ornael north and north and by east 7 or 8 leagues From Ornael to the south poynt of Stade northnortheast 3 leagues From the south poynt of Stade to the north poynt n. n. east 8 leagues From the north point of Stade to Swyno or Swynoost northeast and by north 4 leagues From Swynoe to the outermost of Flowach or the broade sound northeast and by east 4 leagues From the north poynt of Stade to the Island Hessen or the Broade-sound northeast 8 leagues From Hessen to Goedeu east and east and by south 3 leagues From Swynoe alongst without the Roemsdaels schares to Boede the course is northeast and by north and northeast From Stade to the north-end of Hitland westsouthwest 66 leagues From Stade to the east poynt of Island westnorthwest 200 leagues From Stade to Greeneland northwest about 330 leag Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Betwixt Berghen and Stade the water riseth falleth but it keepeth no certaine tyde a southsouthwest and n. northeast moone maketh there most full sea Betwixt Stade Luyckesound Boe a southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh high Water Heights The Outweers-rocks lye in 60 degr and 53 min. The Island Kyne in 61 degr 30 minutes Stade in 26 degrees Broad-sound or the Island Goedeu in 62 degr 40 min. Luycksound in 62 degrees and 55 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea The Land about Northfoert Southfoert when it lyeth east by south from you South point of Stade Ornael Kyne Olde Thus sheweth the Islands Ornael Kyne Olde to the southwards of Stade Stade When the south point of Stade lyeth northeast by north from you then it sheweth with the land from thence southwards within Ornael Kyne Olde like as it is pourtrayed in this the figure following The Land about Olde This followeth the former figure When the poynt of Stade lyeth southsoutheast 8 leagues from you it sheweth thus Caarte van NOORWEGEN vande hoeck van Horrel tot aen Momendael waer in begrepen wort het Liet van Dronten When Stade is southsoutheast from you and Goedeu east 4 leagues then the Land betwixt Stade the Broad-sound like as is pourtrayed in this the figure following and then you are open before the Broad-sound This followeth the former figure unto Stade The forme of Island Luycko when it is east by north from you Thus sheweth the Island Goedeu being east from you The ninth Demonstration Where in The Liet of Dronten is shewed TO the northwards or northeastwardes from Geske lye amongst a greate manie other rocks and little Islands five greate Islands the first called Luco Luco which is a high Island like as also the second betwixt these two goeth in a channell about southeast called Luycksound Luycksound Upon the third called Harnsoe Harnsoe lyeth also a high hil but it is at both endes somewhat lowe The fourth and smallest called Lemsoe Lemsoe or the lowe Island sheweth it selfe in 2 or 3 lowe hommocks The fifth called Flemseu Flemseu or the Island is a great and lowe Island but seemeth little to see to at sea because there lyeth but one hommock upon it not verie greate and of fashion as the roof or cabben of a Hoye Roofe Island or the west end highest within the east poynt of that Island is a good roade in a bight where men lie landlockt for all winds To the northwards or eastwards of Flemseu or Roofe Island goeth in a channell called Nogwe Fioert lying in east and by south at which men may runne in to Roemsdale Without these foresayd Islands off from Luco unto Boede lyeth a great multitude of out rocks great and small called the Roemsdales Schares Roemsdales Schares Eastwards from the Roofe Island or Flemseu lyeth amongst other rocks and little Islands the Island Lever Lever which men may sayle about on both sides whether they be bound outwards from Roemsdale to Beresound or Boe or inwards from Boe or Beresound Beresound and wil runne through the foresayd Islands Beresound is a Haven within some rockes even to the southwards or Westwards of the poynt Boe Boe. there it is good lying but not good to come into without a Pilot or some one that is there well acquainted Boede is an out-point with a neck or small point of land fast to the maine land alongst to the southwards of it men may run in and up to the southwards to Beresound or els goe to anchor in a bay on the north side behind Boe by some houses where they may lye sheltred for a west winde From Boe to Stemmeshest the coast lyeth about n. e. and by n. 2 leagues betwixt them both about half wayes lye many small lowe black Out-rocks as if they were sowne alongst the shoar called the Stoppels Stoppels betwixt them and the maine land you cannot sayle through with great shipps without great danger The Norwaye Barckes runne alongst with in them and also anchor there within under a rock which is somewhat greater then the rest and lyeth about the middst af the Stoppels or somewhat nearer the main land called the Eartholm All the Islands betwixt Broad-sound or Flowach and Boe belong under Roemsdale From Stade to Stemmeshest or Stemmesnes the course is alongst without the Islands northeast and by n. about six twenty leagues the land betwixt them both is called the Governement of Roemsdael Stemmeshest Stemmes-Hest is a high point easy to be known it sheweth it self when as you get sight of it comming from the southwardes or the westwards in two Hommocks thwart of it goeth in the Liet with divers entries About a shot of a cast-peece from the point lyeth a black round rock altogether alone not very great
called the black Oxe Black Ox. Betwixt it the point goeth in an entrie called after the foresaid rock also the black Oxe northeast and by east it is not verie wide and upon the shoalest 4 or 5 fathom deep at low water the nearer to the Oxe the deeper the nearer to the main land the shoaler water A little within the Rock the black Oxe lyeth an other great rock or Island pale of coulour called White-holme which you must leave in sayling also on the larboard side you cannot sayle through betwixt it the black Oxe be cause from the one to the other it is all full of rocks some above some under water A little within or to the end of Whiteholm Whitteholme lyeth a sunken rock Suncken Rock which you must leave also on the larboard side In calm weather or smooth water you cannot well see it but when it doth blowe any thing hard you may well perceive it by the breaking of the sea upon it On the starboard side within Whiteholm lyeth a great multitude of rocks as if they where sowed along the shoare amongst these rocks a little within or to the eastwards of the point of Stemneshest lyeth Smeerholme an Island where men may ride under and lye sheltred for all winds Smeerhelm except with e. northeast windes which blowe there in open with those windes you cannot also come out there neither with southsoutheast south southsouthwest southwest winds you cannot also come in there You must sayle in there from the northwards behind the Island In the going in which is not above a cables length broad 8 or 10 fathom deepe lyeth a little round rock at high water about a fathom above water by which you may runne about on both sides Northnorthwest about a halfe league from the black Oxe lyeth also a greater and broader but a lower rock called the Vogel The Voghel which at high water lyeth a little above water but with a spring tide the sea runneth alongst over it Betwixt it the black Oxe there seemeth to lye in a broade and wide channell but betwixt them it is full of suncken rocks and soule grounds under water When it is smooth water it is in no wise good to runne in there but in foule weather and with a growne sea and that you cannot doe otherwise you might runne in there by the breaking of the sea Mew-holme A great half league northnorthwest from the Voghel lye yet some rocks lying to the eastwardes called the Mew-holmes betwixt them and the foresayd Rock the Voghell goeth in a broade large channell verie cleane without any dangers which after the Rock is also called the Vogell there men may see all that can doe hurt The marks for to finde this channell comming out of the sea are two hills verie easy to be knowne which lye from thence east and east by north within the land The westermost is a hill somewhat low and round of fashion Clapmuts Mangelbergh allmost like a flat cap called the Clapmuts The eastermost is a high steepe sharpe Hill above on the one side with a cutt like as a steepe called Manghelbergh When these are one in the other then they are about east by north from you and then you are also right open before this channell For to saile in there keepe these two foresaid hills one in the other and sayle in right with them east and east by north or when as you come within the Vogel somewhat more easterly so that you have the foresaid Hills out a head a little on the larboarde side untill that you come by the main land and then eastnortheast alongst by the shoare if you be bounde to Dronten unto the Island Edou or Edoe About a league within the Vogel lye two rockes the westermost is high and somewhat round the other is low and also round and lyeth to the eastwardes from the first towards the land you shall runne with the a foresayd course of east e. by north off from the Vogel about a shot of a cast-peece alongst to the southwardes of the 2 rockes About half wayes betwixt them and the Vogell but nearest the 2 rocks lye two suncken rocks Two sunken rocks these you leave with the same course also on the larboard side you may see the sea alwayes breake upon them except in very smooth Water You may also sail through betwixt these two foresayd Rocks and the Mewholmes to wit alongst to the northwardes of the rocks untill you come into the Liet leaving these 2 rocks on the larboard side and the Mewholms on the starboard side Alongst to the northwardes of the Mewholmes and those two foresaid rocks lyeth also a channell where men may sayle through into the Liet then you must leave these 2 rockes to the southwardes on the starboard side some other rocks to the northwards of them on the larboard side and so come also into the Liet About three quarters of a league within these two foresayd Rocks lyeth a great suncken rock right in the middest of the farewaye which breaketh allwayes and at low water is uncovered about which you may sayl on both sides From this suncken rock to Swegge sound the course is east and east and by north a league but the Voghel or black Oxe Sweggesound are distant about three leagues Sweggesound Sweggesound is a litle Haven behind three great rocks with a little Island of an English mile long on the east side of it when you sayle alongst by it being but a little off from the shoare you cannot discerne this Island from the maine land but it seemeth to be all whole land he that is not there verie well acquainted cannot perceive that to be an Island before that he come close to it for to runne in behind it You may sayle into Sweggesound either to the eastwards of that Island or to the westwards of it according as the winde will serve To the westwards of Sweggesound or the three foresayd rocks at the west end of the end of the foresayde Island lye a great multitude of rocks foul grounds For to sayle into the western channel you must leave them all on the starboard side and runne in betwixt them and the three foresayd rockes when you come to the and of these three Rocks you must luffe up to the southwards about by them towards the northeast or north anchor there in seven or eight fathom there you shall lye landlockt for all winds but with a storm out of the west the growne sea can come in rowling there through You may also sayle in further behind the rocks untill you come in behinde the foresayd Island in a little narrow Bay there men doe lye in 2 fathom and a halfe or three fathom and also sheltred for all windes In this Haven of Sweggesound the ships commonly doe lye there to tarrie for the winde He
church on the west side of the flatte Island Betwixt the little Island is also a good haven where men may lye in three foure and five fathom it is not broade but cleane To the eastwards of this Yellow Island lyeth the high land of Dromsnes Dromsnes From thence eastwardes further up into the Liet towardes Dronten or Agenes it is most all whole land and not so broken as to the westwards of it Thwart of the rocks of Hammer-sound lying on the east side of Stangwyxfioird lyeth a faire channell called Gryp-sound one of the best channells for to come in out of the sea into the Liet it is about a quarter of a league broade and goeth in close to the eastwardes of the Island Grype Grype Gryp is a little rounde Island lying from the Voghell northeast and by east distant about five leagues upon it dwell manie Fishernen which goe from thence to sea to fish upon divers bancks of fortie fiftie seventie eightie and hundred fathom foure five sixe seven eight and some tenne leagues without the land which they knowe to finde by markes on the shoare On the north side of Grype there lye but two or three rocks close to the shoare some saye that thereabout is anchor ground in twelve fathom On the south or west side it is full of Rocks but they lye most above water About halfe wayes betwixt Grype and the three Flesses somewhat without all the other Rocks lyeth a suncken rock a little under water he that runneth alongst without these rocks must be mindfull thereof For to goe into Grypesound comming in out of the Sea Grypsound you must bring the high Mountain of Toester Poester eastsoutheast from you and sayle in right with it and so you shall not sayle to runne in sight of the Island Gryp which is easy to knowe from the other rocks by the great manie Fishermens houses which stand upon it and upon no other Island nor Rocks thereabouts leave that Island on the starboard side and goe in first eastsoutheast right with Toester being past the Island Gryp bring Toester two poynts on your larboard bowe and goe so in southeast you shall come into the Liet betwixt Hammersound and Toester From thence to the little Island Edou Edou are about four leagues About three leagues to the westwardes of it or a league to the eastwards of Grypsound in the Lieth lyeth also a suncken rock almost even with the water and almost amidst the farewaye nearest the north side you may alwayes see the sea breake upon it leave it on the larboard side and runne to the southwards of it there it is broadest you may for a neede run also to the northwards of it through betwixt it the other rocks but it is there narrow Edou Edou or Edoe is a somewhat low plain Island a league long very narrow which is the first land out on the larboard side upon the Liet that men have shelter of from the sea to the westwards of it there is nothing but broken land Rocks and little Islands where the growne sea commeth rowling in through Not farre from the west end upon the south side of Edou standeth a little white Church thwart of it or a little to the eastwards of it men may anchor in eight nine and tenne fathom The shoare is steep rising ground If men doe come neare it in foure fathom they shall be presently fast but the grounde is soft When as men come from the westwards and will anchor there they must comming neare the west end of the Island continually feele with the leade for the anchor ground and so soone as they feele it let fall their anchor thwart of the aforesayd little white Church or a little to the eastwardes of it so that the little Church come to stand over the houses When as they let fall their anchor in 10 fathom and wending up towards the land verie out the cable then the shippe shall come to lye there in sixe fathome the Liet is thereabouts aboute a halfe league broade Upon the east end of Edou is also a little haven called Kurow Kurou and it is so little that there can lye no more then two or three ships there lyeth a little black rock not farre from the shoare men doe runne in betwixt that little rock and the Island anchor betwixt them both there men lye landlockt for all winds but the ground there is not cleane At the east end of Edou lyeth another Island somewhat long called Glaseu Glaseu To the eastwards of it runneth a great broade Sound into sea called Ramsfioird but it is known of few Ramsfioerd With northerly winds there commeth through a great growne sea into the Lieth To the eastwards from Ramsfioerde lieth the land of Hitteren two greate long Islands Norther Hitteren Highland of Hitteren Souther Hitteren together about seven leagues long so that he that sayleth up the Lieth thwart of them can not perceive otherwise but that he sayleth in betwixt two maine lands At the south end or west end of Hitteren which is on the cast side of Ramsfioerd ly two little Islands called Weroy Weroy there you may sayle in betwixt them anchor in good white sand ground you may also saile through betwixt the little Islands alongst into the Liet then you leave a suncken rock lying on the starboard side by the southermost little Island From the Island Edou to the Highland or the pointe of Dromsnes Dromsnes it is northeast and by east and eastnortheast distant about three leagues To the westwards of that poynt to witt betwixt that poynt the land to the westwardes of it called Schipnes lyeth a haven called Schaerswycke Schaerswyke In the mouth of this haven about the middest of the channell but somewhat nearer Schipnes then Dromsnes lyeth a suncken rock which falleth drie at low water you may runne in about it on both sides A little within the poynt on the south side standeth a Countriemans house before which you may anchor in five sixe or seven fathom cleane rising ground which you may come neare by your leade This haven lyeth about a league more to the eastwards then Ramsfioird on the south side of the Liet fitt for to come to anchor in for those which can sayl no further by day To the westwards of this foresaid haven Schaerswycke alongst the land of Schipnes lye manie Rocks by the shoare some above some under water therefore you must somewhat shunne the southshoare thereabouts but the north shoare alongst by Hitteren is verie cleane The Liet is thereabouts a great halfe league broade Aboute five leagues to the eastwards of Schaerswyke on the north side of the Lieth lye the two Islands of Lexen Lexen to witt norther and souther Lexen which are together about a halfe league long There the Liet lyeth betwixt both eastnortheast and northeast and by east In souther
to the southwards and the flood to the northwards Courses and Distances From the north Forland to the north end of the Goodwin the course is south and by east one great leag From the north Forland to Kentish Knock northeast and by north and northnortheast 4 or 5 leagues From thence to the Orfordnesse north 11 leagues From the north Forland to the Gallopper northeast and by north 9 leagues From the Gallopper to Orfordnes northnorthwest 9 leagues From Orfordnes to the Naze southwest 8 leagues From Orfordnes or Abre to Leytstaff south and north 8 or 9 leagues From Abre to Abreknock eastsoutheast one great leag From Leytstaff to Yarmouth with in through the bancks south 2 or 3 leagues From the north Forland to the Wielings the course is east somewhat northerly about 27 leagues From the north Forland to the Mase the course is eastnortheast or somewhat moore easterly about 31 leagues From the north Forland to the Tessell or Maersdiep northeast somewhat westerly 47 leagues From the Naze or Harwitch to the Mase east 31 leag From Orfordnes to Tessell eastnortheast 37 leagues From Yarmouth or Leystaff to Walcheren or the Wielings southeast and southeast by south 32 leagues From the poynt of Cromer or Schield to the Tessell the course is east 40 leagues Of the heights of these lands The north Forland lyeth in 51 degrees 30 minutes Orfordnes lyeth in 52 degrees 14 minutes Yarmouth lyeth in 52 degrees 48 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Orfordnes Albrough Dunwitch Walderswyke Sowle Thus sheweth the coast of England betwixt Orfordnes and Sowle haven Sowle Covehit Leytstaff Thus sheweth the land betwixt Sowle and Leystaff Leystaff Yarmouth Winterton Winterton Admiralshouse The land to the northwards of Winterton untill past Haesbrough sheweth when you sayle alongst by it as is demonstrated in these two figures following the A A one to the other Castor Haesbrough Thus sheweth the land alongst the north coast of England betwixt Yarmouth and Cromer when you sayle through within the bancks De Cust van ENGELANDT tusschen Welles en 't Eylandt Coket Castor Winterton Haesbrough Cromer The eleventh Demonstration Where in The Coast of England and Schotland are set forth betweene Welles and the Island Cocket BEtwixt Wels Bornum lieth a banck You may ride under it in five or six fathom at halfe flood there is upon it no more then two fathom water He that will saile into Bornum Bornum must goe in at high water and he must bring the steeple against the Black-house and saile so in by the beakons leaving them on the larboard side These are all tyde-havens From Bornum to Chappell Chappell the course is westsouthwest 2 leagues to the northwards of it lyeth the Sonck which is a sand that falleth dry at low water You may sayle about it on both sides of the Sonck The Sonk unto Lin. For to saile into the easter channel of Lin Easter channell of Lin. then sayle about to the eastwards of the Sonck and bring that wood of trees over the poynt of Sitsein or Suytson and Chappell cast from you then goe in southeast and by south and you shall find the first buye then in south and by west and southsouthwest and by little little more westerly untill you come about the poynt there the buyes and beakons shall shew you the way When you come about the poynt then you may runne through the sands into the norther channell and sayle out againe by the same into sea by the buyes markes that are thereof This norther channell lyeth into sea northeast and northeast by east and is very well buyed and beakoned Wester-channell off Lin. You may also sayle into the westwards of the Sonck to witt south and by east in alongst by it and so runne to the first buye and then from the buye alongst by the beakons unto Lin before the towne When you come from the eastwards you may well run through within the Sonck alongst by the land close alongst by Chappell and in south and by west unto the foresayd first buye For to sayle from Cromer or Blakeney to Bostondeep Boston deepe you must goe on w. by n. untill you come by the land betwixt the Hommer and Lagernesse From the Soecke lyeth a long banck called the Flats The Flats n. into sea a league which at low water falleth dry at divers places You run with the foresayd West and by North course when you are by Cromer or Blakeney a little without the land alongst without or to the northwards of this banck at high water you may well goe over it the ground on the east side goeth up flat and playne run boldly to it without feare untill you come in foure or three fathom hee that useth his lead can take no hurt of it but on the inner side that is on the west side it is very steepe so soone as you be over the shoalest you shall get suddenly deepe water and good sand ground under it or within it it is good riding for easterly winds For to sayle into Boston deepe For to sail into Boston deep through within the Knock or Elle-knock you must keepe the sounding of the shoare in foure or five fathom so long untill that the poynt of Lagernesse be westnorthwest from you Betwixt the shoare and Elle-knock Elleknock remayneth at low water five fathom in the middest of the channell but Elle-knock falleth dry at low water When as Lagernesse is westnorthwest from you then goe on southeast through betwixt Elle-knock and the shoale which shooteth off from the shoare to the westwards of Lagernesse untill that you get againe depth off six or seven fathom in this going over remayneth at low water no more then two fathom but it floweth there about three fathom up and downe Being over it then goe on southwest alongst betwixt Longsand Longsand and the shoale which lyeth off from the shoare there it is deepe betwixt them both 9 and 10 fathom you may sound both sides as well the shoale which lyeth off from the land as Longsand in five fathom but the flats is somewhat steeper then Longsand For to sayle without Elle-knock into Bostons deepe comming as is before sayd to the west land you must looke out for the two steeples of Ingoldmills Ingoldmills standing somewhat to the northwards of Lagernesse bring them one in the other and then they shall stand about northnorthwest from you keepe them one in the other and goe on southsoutheast untill that the trees upon the poynt bee by west Lagernesse come without the poynt of Lagernesse and then you runne through betwixt Elle-knock and Dogshead Dogs-head that is a shoale without Elle-knock when the aforesayd trees come a handspikes length past or to the eastwards of the poynt of Lagernesse then goe on southwest and then you runne right into the deepe betwixt Elleknock and Longsand and so you shall
that will anchor upon the ballast plate let him bring the flat steeple which standeth a little to the northwards or the eastwards of Hull to the high point of Pawl and keepe them so standing untill that he come to the plate there it is best for to anchor upon it From the North poynt of the Humber called Spurne head to Flambrough head Flambrough head the course is northnorthwest nine or ten leagues betwixt them it is shoale water of six seven and eight fathom deepe Flambrough head hath many white spots and Chalke Hils especially upon the north side towards Fyley Flambrough hath a Head or Piere A league to the westwards of it on the south side lyeth a little Towne called Burlington Burlington which hath also a Piere You may anchor there in the Baye in six or seven fathom Three leagues by west Flambrough head lyeth Fyley Fyley in a round baye to the southwardes of a poynt that lyeth out which hath a Pier or Head where you may lye within it but it falleth there drie at lowe water Without the head of Fyley lyeth a rock under water called Fyley bridge Fyley bridge betwixt it and the Pier you may well lie a flote with a shippe of an hundred lasts in five fathom at low water and have shelter for a northeast east winde From the poynt of Fyley to Scharbrough it is northwest two leagues Scharbrough Scharbrough hath 2 Pieres or Heads where you may runne within them at high water from the southwardes but at low water it falleth there also drie Men come in there from the southwards From Scharbrough the coast lyeth alongst by Robbinhoods bay Robbinhoods bay untill before Whidbye most northwest but past Whidbie the land falleth in westnorthwest by little little more westerly unto the Tees Robbenhoods bay is a good roade for a southsouthwest and west winde there men lie in seven or eight fathom Whidby Whidby is a tide haven which falleth drie at lowe water at the east side of the haven runneth off a riffe of rocks where of you must take heede For to saile in there you must runne in betwixt the two beakons untill that you come in betwixt the two lands and anchor there From Whidbie to the Teese the coast lyeth most westnorthwest and west and by north about seven leagues betwixt both lye Huntley foote Redcliffe Huntley Huntleyfoot foote is a high hill lying on the sea side about 4 leagues to the eastwardes of the Tees Redcliffe Redcliffe lyeth about halfe wayes betwixt Huntleyfoote and the Tees it is a cliffe of such verie redd earth that when the sunne doth shine against it it is to see to like redd cloth these two are verie good markes for to know this coast by Close to the southwardes of the mouth of the Teese lye three Riffes which lye about a halfe league eastnortheast into sea which are verie foul and stonie and fall drie at low water upon the north side they are verie flatt so that you may sound about by them in five sixe seven fathom but on the south side are so steepe that comming neare them and sounding in thirteen and fourteen fathom you should be upon them before you should be able to heave the lead the second time A league and halfe to the northwards of the Teese lyeth Hartlepoole upon a poynt that lyeth out almost like an Island For to goe in there you must runne into a bight to the southwards of the towne with in a head untill you come against the towne there you shall lye drie at low water About halfe wayes betwixt Hartlepoole Hartlepoole the Teese runneth off also a riffe of rocks thwart from the shoare a good wayes into sea come no nearer in then 5 or 6 fathom There standeth a mill to the northwards of the towne Hartlepoole if you keepe that to the west side of the towne Hartlepoole then you cannot sail upon that foresayd riff but if you bring the foresayd mill a little to the westwards from the town so that you may plainely see through beâ—wixt the mill and the towne then you shall not faile to saile upon that riffe For to sayl into the Tees For to sayle into Teese comming from the northwardes you must observe these markes following A good wayes to the northwardes off Hartlepoole a little to the southwardes of Sonderland and a little within the land lye upon the high land two hommocks close one to the other verie easy to be known off fashion like womens breasts called the Paps The Paps keepe these 2 hommocks even without the poynt of Hartlepoole which shall then stand from you northwest and by north and sayle so on to the southwardes and you shall fall before the Tees and shall not sayle to neare the sands that lie out before the mouth of the Tees and lye off about a halfe league into sea On both sides as well on the north side as the south side of the Tees stand 2 little white houses for fire beacons If you come from the northwardes and get sight off them then bring first the 2 southermost one in the other which shall then stand from you south and by east sayle right in with them untill that the other 2 which stande on the north side of the Teese come also one in the other then leave them on the south side and sayle in right with them that stand on the north side and so you shall runne in amidst the channell there is upon the barre or shoalest at low water no more then five foote but it floweth there with a common tyde at least 2 fathom up and downe A southwest moone maketh there full sea If when you come from the southwardes you will sayle into the Teese then bring the innermost of the 2 firebeakons which stande on the north side at least a handspikes length or the length off a capstane barre to the northwardes of the other and runne so westwardes towards them untill that the two firebeakons on the south side are one in the other then saile in right with them as hath beene saide untill that the 2 firebeakons on the north side come one in the other when you have them one the other runne in right with them untill that you come by the north shoare then close alongst by it When as that you come so farre in past the first fire beakon to wete that you may see Hartlepoole betwixt the 2 firebeakons there you may anchor in three 4 or five fathom or when Hartlepoole commeth betwixt the foresaide firebeakons then go southsouthwest untill that you come by the south shoare there it is also good anchoring Further it is pilots water unto Stockton for there within the deepes doe shifte oftentimes and that in shorte time 3 4 or 5 times in a summer He that will sayle in there with northerly windes and a floud must reckon well his
tydes for the floude falleth strong to the southwardes over the groundes and should thereby bee lightlie carried behind the bank to the southwardes off the buye which lyeth upon the poynte of the banck Besides this foresaid channell there runneth yet another channell through the grounds which lye off from the north poynt of the Tees For to sail in to the newe-channell For to sayle in there you must take marke of the two high lands within the land to the southwardes of the Tees bring them within a handspikes length one to the other or bring the Paps to the west side of Harlenope then shall also a foresayde two high lands come within a handspikes length neare one to the other sayle in right with them and so you shall runne right into that new channell alongst through that a foresayde sand and come against the buye upon the sandes on the south side off the Deepe againe in the right farewaye When that you get again deeper water or have the two fire-beakons on the north side one in the other then go in towards them and further as hath been before said About seven leagues to the northwardes of the Tees lyeth the river off Sonderland a little to the northwardes off the Paps which are very good markes for to know the land by there abouts When the Paps are southsouthwest from you and that you are about an English mile from the land then you are right before the river of Sonderland the ground is there abouts indifferent cleane but somewhat stonie you may anchor there in 4 or 5 6 fathom On both sides as well on the north poynte as the south poynte of the River it is stonie On the north poynte standeth a beakon in the water there you must runne in within a little shippes length alongst by it being past that you shall gett deeper water to with a fathom a halfe 2 fathom at low water but upon the barre remaineth no more then three foote With a common spring high water there is about 2 fathom a half or a little more After this aforesayd first depth of a fathom and a half or two fathom you shall meet againe with a stonie floore about three ships lenghts broad upon it is at high water about 11 or 12 foote deep according as the tydes shall runne being over there it is again deeper A little past that is a narrow place where a long shippe shall scarce be able to wend within it it is wide enough and very where good anchor ground From the Tees to Tinmouth the course is northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues Two leagues to the southwards of Tinmouth lyeth the poynt of Sonderland Sonderland but close to the southwards of Tinmouth goeth in the River of New-castle From the poynt of Tinmouth shooteth off a ledge of rocks you must sayle in by it leaving it on the starboard side The markes for to sayle into this River are two firetowers or firebeakons which stand upon the north shoare bring them one in the other or the innermost that is the highest a little to the northwards of the outermost or lowest sayle so right in alongst by the aforesayd ledge of rocks on the north side and so you shall have upon the shoalest two fathom at halfe floud a southwest moone maketh there full sea The south shoare is flatte you may lead it in there with the sounding pole for ships that goe not deepe in ten foote at halfe floude When you come within runne all alongst by the north shoare untill past the little towne Sheels edge then over to the other shoare untill you come through the crooked reach there the river lieth up againe a little to the n. wards then to the southwards to Hawkes-bill about by it to the towne New-castle Seven or 8 leagues to the northwards of Tinmouth lyeth the Cocke Island betwixt them both about half wayes lyeth a River called Bly Bly where the French men doe much sayle to fetch coale From the north poynt of this river runneth off a ledge of rocks a great shot of a cast-peece about southeast into the sea but the south side the coast to the southwards of it is very cleane and sand-strand Upon the south poynt stand two beakons If you will sayle in there bring them one in the other and sayle right in with them and then you can take no hurt of the foresayd ledge or riffe of the north poynt When that you come by or thwart of the outermost of the 2 foresayd beakons you shall see there by it another smaller beakon that standeth upon a little ledge off rocks that shooteth off from the south poynt leave that on the larboard side and runne in alongst close about northwards of it The foresayd ledge of Rockes on the north side remaineth at high water a good wayes from the land and also at a spring-tyde above water within it is a bight there it is good lying for a north or northeast winde and there remaineth at low water two fathom depth In the mouth of the River it is with an ordinary tyde and high water about two fathom deep or somewhat more and it floweth there two fathom up and downe so that at low water it falleth allmost altogether dry The Cocket Island Cocket Island is a very little Island not high it lyeth about a halfe league from the land you may come to anchor in it for an east south southeast wind but the winde comming to the northwards of the east maketh there a bad roade for you must lye betwixt the Island and the maine land where you have no shelter for a north winde On the south side of the Island the ground is foul a little to the southwards of the Island runneth off a foule ledge of rocks from the shoare untill thwart or past the Island He that commeth from the southwards must keepe the Coast of Bambrough without the Island or els he should not faile to saile upon the poynt of that foresayd ledge Betwixt that ledge and the Island it is also very narrow so that a man standing at low water marke upon the rockes of this ledge should allmost be able to cast with a stone unto the Island For to sayle in there take heed unto these marcks here after described there standeth a house upon the sea side which is a Salt kettel and also a Castle somewhat further in within the land which doth shew it self high enough bring them one in the other then they shall stand somewhat more northerly then west from you and runne so right in with them and so you shall runne in right amidst the channell betwixt both being come within edge up behinde the Island anchor there in five or six fathom About this Island there run also manie more divers little Rivers in to the land but they fall most drie at low water Of the Depths shoales about these places
May or the point of Fifsnes on the north shoare lye divers little Havens where of some of them doe also yeeld out coales but are little or nothing used by the Hollanders On both sides of Inchkieth is good ground good lying as well for westerly as easterly winds From Inchkieth to Lieth it is southeast a league Before Lieth Lieth about halfe an English mile from the shoare lyeth a Rock upon which standeth a Mast with a crosse or some other thing of wood upon the top of it for a beakon At high water the Sea floweth over it at low water it falleth dry With a spring tyde at low water men may go on foot to it From the east side of that Rock lyeth off a Riffe almost unto Inchkieth You may also run through to the southwards of Inckieth betwixt that foresayd Riffe the south shoare but is not to be done but by them which are there exceeding well acquainted There is altogether full of Rockes foule grounds When as you sayle in to the northwards of Inchkieth you must leave the foresayd Mast on the larboard side and run about to the northwards of it then towards the south shoare and anchor about halfe an English Mile by west Lieth and also halfe an English Mile from the shoare in 6 7 or 8 fathom Lieth the Haven Edenbrough are tyde Havens which fall dry at low water From Lieth to Queenes Ferrie Queenes Ferrie there lye on both sides many Rockes some above and some under water In the Narrow before Queenes Ferrie lyeth a little Island called Inchgarve which you must runne alongst to the northwards of on the south side it is with a Stone bancke where men may goe over at low water fast to the mayne Land alongst to the northwards of it it is cleane and deepe Within that little Island lye Caryn and other places more where men doe lade Coales Under the east side of the poynt to the northwardes of Queenes Ferrie is good road in 2 3 or 4 fathom according as you lye farre from the shoare A league north from the Island May lyeth the poynt of Fifsnes Fifsnes lying from S. Abbens head northwest and by north 4 great leagues From thence to Dondee it is northnorthwest five leagues Dondee Dondee is a good Haven which goeth in betwixt 2 high Lands being within men doe anchor before the Towne Farther in upon the River lyeth another Towne called S. Johns S. Iohns which you may goe up to at high water Betweene the poynt of Fifsnes and Dondee lyeth also the Baye of S. Andrewes S. Andrewes there is all over good anchor ground Foure great leagues north by e. from the poynt of Fifsnes northeast from S. Andrewes lyeth a great Rock called the Inchkap Inchkap which the Sea floweth over at high water and at low water it falleth so dry that the Fishermen goe upon it Seven leagues to the northwards of Dondee lyeth Monrosse Monrosse a good Haven First you must sayle in there amidst the channell and edge up to the northwards anchor before the Towne Over against Monrosse lye three Hommocks which shoote out from the other land bring the middlemost and the houses upon the strand together then shall you find the middle of the fareway on both sides of the havens mouth lyeth a blind cliffe Betwixt Dondee and Monrosse lyeth an out point called Redhead Redhead about a great League to the Southwards of Monrosse There standeth a high Tower upon the Land called Abrot From Monrosse to Stone Baye Stone-Bay or De Torre the course is northeast by North foure leagues This is a deepe bay a good Havē for those that are bound to the southwardes where men may lye Land-lockt with many Ships Three leagues to the northwards of it lyeth Aberdyn Aberdyn In this Havens mouth it is three fathom deep The west poynt is somwhat foule therefore you must run in by the east land untill you come within the Haven and anchor before the Towne in foure or five Fathom Up to the northwardes is a great Bay but is shoale on both sides There goeth through a little Creeke towards old Aberdyn which is an old ruinous Towne From Aberdyn to Boeckenes Boeckenes the course is northnortheast twelve or thirteene leagues Betwixt them both lyeth a tyde Haven Boeckenes is a high Hill and lyeth upon the south side of the point To the northwards of Boeckenes lyeth a Bay as a Haven called Spy Spy or Spilaert and right before the shoare lyeth a sand called Ruttenbrugh which you must take greate care thereof as you come from the northwards From thence the land lyeth in west west southwest unto the Haven of Rosse or Luvernes To the northwards of Rosse lyeth an out poynt called Cape Tarbate C. Tarba right in the bottome of the Baye betwixt Catenes Boeckenes distandet from Boeckenes about 19 or 20 leagues In this bay are manie havens sounds which are deep enough for to come into with great ships It is from thence to Catenes 14 leagues northeast by north Catenes lyeth from Boeckenes northwest northwest and by north 20 21 or 22 leagues From Boeckenes unto the outermost Orckanes it is north and by west and northnorthwest two and thirtie or three and thirtie leagues The Orkeneys are one and thirtie Islands in number first Wayets or Elhoy which lyeth next to Scotland five leagues about the poynt About northnortheast off from the poynt of Catenes lye two little Islands Pits Pichlandscare there you may run through to the westwards betwixt Elhoey and Scotland To the northwardes of them lieth an Island called Heynda with an other Island called Platta to the northwardes off Platta lyeth Mayland or Ponoma On the north side of this greate Island are all the havens where the ships come to Upon the east side of this great Island lyeth another Island called Kabunsa to the northwards of it lyeth an other Island at the northeast poynt of the greate Island you may also run through there towards Papewester and leave Sand a lying on the starboard side Close to Papewester lyeth Fara to the southwards of it is Sirza To the eastwards of Sirza and Fara lye two Islands in the middest of all these Islands called Eeda and Chapnoza Sanda lyeth to the northwards of al these Islands but Papa Stronza lye to the southwards of Sanda To the eastwardes of Stronsa lyeth an Island called Cuistella that is the eastermost Island of all the northermost is called Ronalze or Northernase Eleven or twelve leagues northwest from the great Island lye two rocks the one under water the other above water he that commeth from the westwards must take heede of them Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames On these coasts betwixt Tinmouth S. Abbens-head a southwest northeast moone maketh high water At Lieth in the Haven a southwest
by w. moone maketh ful sea The floud falleth alongst these coasts southsoutheast and the ebbe northnorthwest At Orcanesse Boecknes a southwest northeast moon maketh high water The floudes come about from behind Scotland from the westwards through betwixt Fayrhill Orcanesse make there about full sea with a southwest northeast moon From Boeckenesse the floud falleth south alongst the coast towards Lieth the ebb north to the contrarie In this fareway it is deep 40 50 and 60 fathom in 45 50 fathom you may see the land In this fareway in the sommer the first Herrings are caught Courses and Distances From Tynmouth to Staples north and by west 16 leag From Staples to Barwicke westnorthwest 3 leagues From Barwicke to S. Abbens-head n. n. w. 5 leagues From the Staples to S. Abbens-head n. w. 8 or 9 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Bas west 4 leagues From the Bas to Inckieth west west by north 5 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Island May northwest 3 leagues From S. Abbens-head to Fifsnes northwest by north 4 great leagues From Fifsnes to Doonde northnorthwest 5 leagues From Tinmouth to Scuytenes northeast 99 leagues From Tinmouth to the Naze northeast by east easterlye 103 leagues From Tinmouth to the Scawe eastnortheast 130 leag From Tinmouth to Holyland east by south easterlye 106 leagues From Fissnes to Stone-Bay north and by east 16 leagues From Redhead to Monros northwest 4 leagues From Monros to Stone-bay n.e. and by north 5 leagues From Stone-bay to Boecknes northnortheast somwhat northerly 16 leagues From Aberdine to Boeckenes northnortheast 12. leag From Boeckenes to Phyloort or Spyloort northnorthwest 3 leagues From Phyloort to the poynt of Elgyn west 10 leagues From the poynt of Elgyn to the Haven of Rosse or Luvernes west by s somewhat southerly 7 leagues From cape de Terbate to Catenes n.e. by n. 14 leagu From Catenes to Ilhoy westnorthwest 5 leagues From Boeckenes to Catenes northwest by northwest and by north 22 leagues From Boockenes to the Orcaneys north by west and northnorthwest 26 leagues From Boeckenes to Hanglip or the south end of Hitland north somewhat eâ—sterly 50 leagues From Boeckenes to Scuytenes east and by north somewhat northerly 72 leagues From Boeckenes to the Naze east somewhat southerly 88 or 90 leagues From Boeckenes to Boevenb in Jutland east by south 106 leagues From Boeckenes to Holylande s e. by e. 128 leagues From Boockenes to the Tessell s e southerly 143 leagues From Boockenes to the Holmes before Yarmouth southsoutheast 108 leagues From Aberdine to the Holmes before Yarmouth southeast and by south somewhat southerly 100 leagues Heights S. Abbenshead in Scotland in 56 degrees 12 minutes Boeckenes lyeth in the height of 57 degrees 55 minutes Catenes in 58 degrees 40 minutes The greatest or the outermost Island of the Orekneys in 59 degrees 8 minutes Eylanden van HITLANDT ofte Schetlant Fayer hil en Fulo Eylanden van HEBRIDES gelegen achter de noordwest hoeck van Schotlant Eylanden van FERO ofte Farre How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth Boeckenes when you saile alongst by it In this form sheweth the land Catenes when you saile alongst by it Thus sheweth the northeast poynt of Orkenes when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land of Scotland to the northwards Aberdyne when you sayle alongst by it 2 leagues from the land The thirteenth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coast of Fayre-hill Hitland and the Islands thereabouts as also the Islands of Fero and some Islands behind the northwest Corner of Scotland THe Island Fairhill Fairhill lyeth from the east point of the Orcanais northeast from Boeckenesse north and by west about seven and thirty leag On the west side of Fairhill is at some places foule ground but upon the southeast side is good anchor ground there you may anchor every where but there stretcheth a riffe on the east side of the shoare off southeast two leagues in to sea Fulo Fulo lyeth from Fairehill northwest and by north tenne leagues betwixt them both lyeth the southermost poynt off Hitland lying from Fairehill northnortheast 7 or 8 leagues and from Fulo east and by south 4 leagues The southwest coast of Hitland to witt from the southermost poynt to the northwest poynt lyeth northwest and by north eight or nine leagues On the same southwest side over against the Island Fulo lyeth a Sand-bay where men may anchor but on the east side of this Bay it is somewhat foule From that northwest or west poynt off to the north end the land of Hitland lyeth northeast by north southwest and by south twenty or one and twenty leagues Two leagues to the northwards of the foresaid west poynt lyeth the Haven of S. Magnus S. Magnus which is a broad Sound within it is good anchor ground in sixteen or seventeen fathom depth according as you shall be farre within the land On the north side lyeth a high rocke where you must run in to the southwards of And on the south side lyeth two or three rocks which you must leave on the starboard side when you sayle in there Even to the eastwards about the s poynt of Hitland lyeth a fayre Sand-bay where you may anchor in twelve or thirteen fathom from thence to Hanglip the course is northeast somewhat easterly 8 or 9 leagues Betwixt Hanglip Hanglip and the south poynt lyeth an Island which you may sayle about on both sides within it lyeth Hambrough Haven Hambrough haven or the Scottish Haven which is a lade place for the Hamburgers and Scots This Haven is also called Bremer Haven There lyeth also a high steepe poynt to the southwards of Hanglip to the southwards of it men doe runne into Broad-sound Broad-sound the chiefest Haven of all Hitland which is deepe and hath cleane ground there men doe lye landlockt for all winds From the Broad Sound lyeth a Sound in alongst to the northwards through the land which commeth out againe into the sound to the northwards and so maketh an Island of the land whereupon the high hill Hanglip lyeth When as you will sayle in there from the northwards that is to the northwards of Hanglip you must runne in nearest by the south shoare and edge to it betimes In this channell betwixt both lands lye two Islands or rocks the greatest lyeth nearest the north shoare and the smallest nearest the south shoare betwixt them both lyeth also a suncken rocke which at low water is uncovered and at high water you may know it by the breaking upon it When as you will sayle in here you must leave the foresayd greatest Rocke with the suncken rock on the starboard side and the smallest rock on the larboard side there is upon the shoalest three fathom and a halfe water Within this haven lye also two havens at the north point which
is the northermost Island lying behinde Scotland lyeth from Fulo about westsouthwest 37 or 38 leagues it lyeth by two other little Islands about a greate league one from the other The Islands of Lewis lye from Rona southwest distant sixteen or seventeen leagues and from the north end of Lewis to S. Kilda it is southwest and by west 16 leagues On the east side of S. Kilda is a good roade for a west and northwest winde This Island lyeth by the other little Island where of the two are not very great upon that which lyeth to the westwards you may see some houses stand and these two little Islands lye tenne leag to the westwards of the great Island of Lewis Upon the coast of Lewis lye also two rowes of great rocks like as if they where little Islands lying one from the other south north somewhat easterly about 7 or 8 leagues The southermost lye by 3 little Islands but the northermost lye by eight small little Islands or rocks The Island of Lewis is devided into many parts the which men may sayle through at many and divers places Lewis with the Islands belonging to it lye southsouthwest and south and by west about 29 leagues But on the east side goeth a broade Sound through of five or six leagues Men sayl in close by the Island of Lewis about southsouthwest untill past the Island Cheut From thence the Sound lyeth through betwixt the great Island Bragadull Lewis south south by west towards the west end of Lewis called the Ephts then you must leave Mulla and Ila with divers many other Islands on the larboard side Jona Ila Mulla Bragadul are 4 of the greatest Islands which are lying on the west coast of Scotland and lye close by the mayn land but there are many havens Sounds so that there you may sayle in and about them every where At the northwest point of Ireland lye also some Islands which you may sayle through round about them all Betwixt Rona Orkneys lye also some Islands which also you may sayle through betwixt and round about He that falleth with these Islands must be very carefull and circumspect for the most part of them are inhabited by wild and savage people In Lewis the Islands thereabout a southwest and northeast moone maketh the highest water likewise also without the north poynt of Scotland Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames In Hitland within the havens Sounds a southsouthwest northnortheast moon maketh full sea The floud runneth there to the eastwards and the ebbe to the westwards especially at the south end and north end of Hitland and so fall thwart through the Sounds and havens In the Island of Fero a north and south moon maketh the highest water Under the Islands of Fero goe very hard tydes with great turnings the floud commeth there out of the west westnorthwest the ebbe out of the east and eastsoutheast and fall so alongst through the Islands there you must reckon your tides there after when you will sayle from the one Island to the other there are two wels or Maelstreames the one at the south end of Suydry and the other a league within Scalhead at Quaelnes Although the tides doe run so strong through these Islands yet nevertheles it floweth not there foure foot up and downe How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Fairehill to the northeast poynt of Orcaneys southwest 9 or 10 leagues From Fairehill to the south end of Hitland southsouthwest and south and by west 7 or 8 leagues From the south end of Hitland to the Island Rona westsouthwest 46 leagues From the north end of Hitland to the rocks of Rocol westsouthwest 127 or 128 leagues From the south end of Hitland to Fero westnorthwest northwest and by west 61 leagues From the north end of Hitland to the south end of Fero west and west and by north 58 leagues From Hitland to the east poynt of Island the course is northwest and by west about 130 leagues From the north end of Hitland too Gryp northeast by east the north-end of 115 leagues From Hitland to Stadt eastnortheast 66 leagues From Fero to Rona the course is south and by east 45 or 46 leagues From the south end of Fero to Rokol southwest westerlye 85 leagues From Rona Lewis the course is southwest 16 leagues From the north end of Lewis to Saint Kilda southwest 16 leagues From the south end of Lewis to the northwest poynt of Ireland the course is southsouthwest about 27 leag From S. Kilda to the north end of Hitland northeast and by east 39 leagues Of the heights of these lands The south end of Hitland lyeth in 59 degrees 48 minu The north end of Hitland lyeth in 60 degr 50 min. The south end of Fero lyeth in 61 degr 15 min. The north end in 62 degr 20 min. The Islands of Rona lyeth in 58 degr 46 min. The north end of Lewis lyeth in 58 degr 18 min. The Rock Rokol lyeth in 58 deg 20 min. The northwest point of Scotland lyeth in 58 degrees 30 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea When Fairehill is west and south 3 or 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is west from you see Hitland northwest from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is southeast and southeast and by east 3 or 4 leageus from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is northwest and northwest and by west 4 leagues it sheweth thus Fairehill being 5 leagues southwest and by west from you sheweth thus When Fulo is northwest from you so far that you may even see it out of the top it sheweth thus When the southeast end of Hitland is westnorthwest from you then sheweth the land as in these three figures the AA BB one to the other Thus sheweth Hitland when it lyeth northwest and by west about 4 leagues from you Bremerhaven Point of Broadsound Hanglip In this forme sheweth Hitland betwixt Hanglip and Hamburger-haven Thus sheweth the land to the northwards of the haven of Broadsound Hanglip northwest from you Five leagues to the northwards of Hanglip the land sheweth thus being about a league off from it Hitland lyeth in there with a great bight with many Islands Thus sheweth Hanglip when it is northwest from you eight leagues When as the north end of Hitland is southeast and by cast from you then it riseth thus When S. Kilduyn is southwest about five leagues from you it sheweth thus When the Island Lewis lyeth east from you then it riseth thus and then you are without S. Kilda This Island lieth also upon the coast of Lewis S. Kilda 6 leagues southwest from you it sheweth thus S. Kilda northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus S. Kilda southwest and by west 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus Fulo 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus This Island lyeth westsouthwest from Scotland
Thus sheweth the Island Barre or Rona when it is 4 leagues s s.e from you This land lyeth on the northwest poynt of Scotland towards Locherme The south poynt of Fero westnorthwest from you 5 leagues it sheweth thus The south poynt of Fero northwest 6 leagues from you it sheweth thus The first part THE SECOND BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN Is set forth the Description of the Sea-Coasts of Norway Finmarck and Lapland and also the whole White Sea from Dronten to Nova Zembla Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famons Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pascaart Vande zeecusten van RVSLANT Laplant Finmarcken en Spitzbergen De Custen van NOORWEGH tusschen Dronten en Tromsondt The first part of the New LIGHTNING SEA COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE SECOND BOOKE Of the EASTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The Description of the Sea-Coasts of Norway Finmarck Lapland the whole White Sea The first Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coasts of Norway from Dronten to the Island Tromsound as also Iohn Mayes Island and the New-found-land of Spitsburgh Nomen-dals Islands FRom the Island Gryp to the Nomen-dals Islands the course is northeast eighteene leagues but from Gryp to the Island Rust Rust north and north and by east four and sixteen leagues Betwixt them ly besides the Nomen-dals Islands also the Islands Holyland Holyland and Traenoch Traenoch Traenoch and Rust lye thirteen leagues asunder From Rust to Wero the course is northeast and by north nine leagues but to Loffoert northnortheast and by north three and thirtye leagues Betwixt Wero Wero and Loffoert Loffoert lyeth the Maelstrame Maelstreame where you may sayle through but at still water By the west poynt of Loffoert you may runne in and make roade under it And also you may runne through from thence within betwixt the Islands and the mayn land all along unto the North-Cape Betwixt the Islands Westerholl Sanien Sanien and Tromsound Tromsound you may also runne in at divers places and make road Thwart of these Islands lye here there in some places suncken rocks and foule grounds a great league more without the land He that saileth alongst this coast may be care-full there of Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places On these coasts a southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh full sea The floud commeth there out off the northwest and westnorthwest and falleth alongst Finmark towards the North-cape Courses and Distances From Rust to Loffoert northnortheast and northeast by north 33 leagues From Loffoert to Sanien northeast easterly 36 leagues From Sanien to Suyro northeast and by cast 40 leagues Heights The Maelstream lyeth in about 68 degrees The Island Sanien in 70 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Loffoert east and by south Rust east and by south from you sheweth thus When the east end of Loffoert is southeast and by east from you it sheweth thus with the land to the westwards When Loffoert is southeast from you 6 or 7 leagues it sheweth thus When Loffoert is eastsoutheast from you it sheweth and the land betweene thus This belongeth to the Former The east end of Westerholl shewed thus when as you sayle alongst by it about 7 leagues off from it These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other Thus sheweth the land of Sanien when the 2 high hils upon the east end are southeast and by south the poynt with the cliff south and by west from you 4 leagues When as the two foresayd high Hils upon the east end are south from you then they are right one in the other The second Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Sea-coasts and Islands of Finmarcken From Sanien to north Kijn or north Cape FRom the Island Tromsound to Surroy Surroy it is east-northeast somewhat northerly 15 or 16 leag To the eastwards of the Island Tromsound goeth in the Tromsound betwixt the Island Fogelden Fogelden and Skyrfeu Skyrfeu as you sayle in there you leave the Islands Loppen Loppen Loppen-kalf Loppen-kalf lying on the larboard side without the other Islands within it are divers Islands bayes and sounds where you may sayle in and seeke road as Oxefioert Biurfioert more other Betwixt Loppen and Surroy men doe sayle through Suyersound and Stiernersound into the river of Altenbotten Altenbotten and then betwixt them they leave on the starboard side Niussioerd Oxefioerd Langefioerd On the larboard side about by the west poynt of Suroy on the land of Suroy lyeth a Haven where by is also a Fisher village both called Haeswyke Haeswyck Suroy is about ten leagues long and lyeth on the off-side eastnortheast Nine or ten leagues to the eastwards of the Island Tromsound about three leagues without the land and westnorthwest 5 leagues from the west-end of Surroy lyeth a shoale of rocks a little under water Showld John Huygen of Linschoten in this second voyage to Nova Zembla in the yeare 1595 sailed with his shipp upon it in faire weather and smooth water that the sheating of his stemme was beaten of two ships but after some beating the shipp turned off with the strong current It is to be thought that there lye more then men can see or as yet are discovered About six leagues east and by north from the east end of Suroy lyeth the Island Ingen Ingen. betwixt them both lye also Reef-holme Reefs-holm and Shipholme Shipholm little Islands which you may sayle about on both sides untill under Ingen or Suroy When as you come in betwixt Suroy and Ingen there lyeth thwart off from Suroy towards the other land a good haven called Hamerfeest Hamerfeest A little further in lye two high little Islands and over against them a road called Slechtnes Betweene Hamerfeest and Slechtnes Slechtenes before that you get Slechtenes lyeth a bay on the land of Suroy where is good road in 25 or 30 fathom close by the shoare A little past these Islands on the land of Suroy over against the river of Alten is a good road called Goeshop Goeshop beeing a fayr sandbay Between Ingen the north-cape or the Island Maggereu lyeth Homsbuy Holmsbuy an Island which you may sayle round about having on the northwest side a bay called Akefioerd Akefioerd where men may make road for southerly easterly winds on the southeast side is a bay called Knaarwyke Knaarwyke where men may make road and lye sheltred for westerly and northerly winds
Caarte van FINMARCKEN van t' Eylandt Sanien tot Noordkyn On the south side of Maggereu even about the east point lyeth Keelwyck a good haven On the same southeast side by the southermost poynt of Maggereu lyeth a little Island called Altensoleu the Sound betwixt that little Island the land of Maggereu is called Maggereu-sound Maggereu sound there is good road and shelter for almost all winds Men may run in through Suyer-sound to the westwards of Suroy within Suroy Ingen Helmshuy other more Islands to the southwards of them a long through divers channells to the southwards of Maggereu and come out againe into sea betwixt the North-Cape and North-Kyn From the north Cape westwards the coast lyeth alongst the Islands west and by south about 37 leagues and then from thence westwards it falleth away more southerly Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Between Suroye and the river of Alten a southwest by west and northeast and by east moone maketh high water At the North-Cape a southsouthwest northnortheast moon To the westwards of the North-cape the streames come out of the northwest and westnorthwest and fall alongst Finmarck towards the North-cape Courses and Distances From the Island Tromsound to the west-end of Suroye eastnortheast northerly 15 or 16 leagues From the east-end of Suroy to Ingen east and by north 6 leagues From Helmshuy to the North-cape east and by north 6 leagues From the North-cape to North-kyn east and by south 11 or 12 leagues Heights The North-cape lyeth in the hight of 71 degr 30 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea When this poynt with the * is westsouthwest from you it sheweth thus Noortfoelen with the land to the westwards sheweth thus when the poynt * is southwest and by west from you The land to westwards Foelen sheweth thus when it is southwest and by south from you When southerfoulen is southwest and by south from you 3 leagues it sheweth thus Noortfoelen south and by west from you 3 leagues sheweth thus Thus sheweth Suroy as you saile alongst by it 5 leagues off Shipholm Island without Suroy When as Shipholm is southeast and the Island without Suroy is south abut four leagues from you then they shew themselves thus Thus sheweth the land Ingen when it is eastsoutheast 4 leagues from you Road of Ingen Thus sheweth Ingen when this Hill is 1 league south and by east from you This Hill lying upon the Island Lappen you may see over Suroy as you saile alongst by Suroy from the north end to the south end Thus sheweth the Island Lappen when it is south and by west from you 4 leagues Lappen south and by east from you 4 leagues sheweth thus Lappen sheweth thus southwest and by south from you 4 leagues When as Ingen lyeth south thwart from you about 4 leagues it sheweth thus and then Shipholme lyeth south and by west from you Long-Hill Thus sheweth Ingen when this Long-Hill is southwest and by west from you When Helmsey is south or somewhat more westerly about 3 leagues from you it sheweth thus When as Helmsey is south and south and by west 5 leagues from you it sheweth thus Helmsey being southwest seven leagues from you sheweth thus Southsouthwest Thus sheweth Helmsey being foure leagues off from it when the flat hill is southsouthwest from you Thus from sheweth the Island Stappen when it lyeth southsouthwest 4 or 5 leagues from you Thus sheweth Stappen when it is 5 or 6 leagues southwest from you The east end of Stappen sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it North Cape south and by east The Mother with the Deughters southeast and by south Thus sheweth the North Cape sayling alongst by it the poynt being from you as above is shewed South and by east Noord-kaap The Noord-kaap south and by east from you sheweth thus When the Mother with the Daughters is eastsoutheast from you the land sheweth thus When the North-Cape is southeast and the Mother with the Daughters southsoutheast form you then they shew themselves thus De Custen van NOORWEGEN en Laplandt vande Noord-kyn tot aen de Rivier van Kola Thus sheweth the North-Cape sailing alongst by it about three leagues from land when you are close by the land you may see the Mother alongst above the land Nortkyn Mother with the Daughters Thus sheweth the North-Cape when as the Mother with the Daughters are southsouthwest foure leagues from you then the North-Kyn lyeth southsoutheast from you as is here above demonstrated Southwest and by south Southwest southwest and by west Thus sheweth the North-Cape the poynt being from you as standeth there above Written and then you may see the Mother from the hatches appeare even above water Thus sheweth the North-Cape when it is west and by north from you and that you are 3 or 4 leagues without North-kyn Southsoutheast Thus sheweth North-kyn being southsoutheast eight or nine leagues from you then lyeth the north cape nine or ten leagues southwest from you and then between both you may see yet more land in the southsouthwest The third Demonstration In which Are shewed the Sea-coastes betweene the North-Cape and the River of Kola EAst and by south about 11 or 12 leagues from the north-Cape lyeth north-Kyne Northkyn From north-Kyne to Tannebay it is eastsoutheast 10 or 11 leagues between both it is all a cleane coast without Rockes or foule grounds a high steepe craggie land without any strand When as you come sayling alongst past North-Kyne towards Tannebaye you shall meete first with the poynt of Slechtnes a plaine poynt lying out verie easy to be known and then Omega a Fisher village standing on the Sea side even there to the eastwards of it goeth in the Tannebay Tanebay which is a great deepe River which lyeth in first south afterwards southwest farre within the land doth devide it self into two parts at the mouth of the River it is at last two leagues or more broad and all over verie deepe He that is bound into the Tannebay must run in alongst by the west shoare because he must lye by the west shoare on the eastside is no road or place where men may anchor On the foresayd w. side are manie points bayes to see to as if they were roads but you must saile past them all so long untill that you se on the same w. shoare a rounde hil whereupon standeth a Warder a little past that stand some Fishermens houses upon a low hommock twhart of these houses runneth of from the land a low flatt point you must runne in behind that point anchor before those houses with an anchor to seaward a hawser fast on the land A little to the eastwards of Tannebay lyeth the poynt the land of Matkorf Matkorf from thence to Wardhouse the coast lyeth southeast and by east southeast and most southeast by south sixteene leagues betwixt them there is much
high plaine land Halfe wayes betwixt both but nearest Wardhouse Wardhouse lyeth a high hommock upon the high land to see to like a castle or Countrie house verie easy to be knowne being thwart of it close by land it seemeth as if there were a great Sound where men might saile into Wardhouse are three little Islands with some little rocks also by them the southermost is the greatest of the three which onely is inhabited upon it is a village of about 300 Norway houses with a castle it is abouts a half league long and lyeth an English myle off from the land lying as the coast most south north betwixt both it is all over deep water On the south side of this Island lyeth a haven or great baye about half wayes the Island and likewise one also on the north side so that these two bayes doe come so neare one to the other that there remaineth no more then a narrow chindle strand about a stone cast broade dividing so the Island almost into 2 the eastermost part is the shortest highest the westermost the longest Close upon the strand on the east side of the souther-haven lyeth the Castle to the northwards of it upon the foresaide chindle strād about the Bayestrand the houses In the souther Bay it is good lying but the best road is betwixt the maine land and the Island about halfe wayes on the side of the Island against a Sandbay Roade Kilduyn and right against the Castle there is good anchor-ground in tenne or twelve fathom landlockt for all winds except for north and south winds which blow there right through yet men have some shelter of some poynt of the Island Men may without feare come in there betwixt the Island and the Manie either from the southwards or the northwards it is all over cleanie and cleare but he that commeth in from the northwards must runne somewhat nearer the Rock where the gallowes standeth upon then the Island because thereabouts the Island is a little foule About a shott of a Cast peece northwards from the greatest lye the two smallest close one to another seeming afarre off to be one Island are together not an English myle long but high and rocky to see to there lye also two or three rocks by them On this coast like as at the north-Cape a northeast southwest moone maketh high water From Ward-house to the poynt of Kegor or the Fishers Island the course is southeast and southeast and by south ten leagues Betwixt them both is a great baye wherein are divers Sounds rivers amongst other the River Pitsing which is a great faire and large River where men may goe in with great shipps a good wayes within the river is good road there is taken and laden much Salmon but there fall no other speciall wares Southsouthwest from the poynt off Kegor lye two Islands to the southwards of them men doe runne into Monnick-forde Kegor is a fayre haven lying at the north end of the Fishers Island Kegor or Fishers Island a little without the poynt There lye two or three rocks at the north poynt of the haven and also a suncken rock in the middest of the havens mouth you leave the suncken Rock with the other Rocks on the starboard side of you and runne in by the south shoare and edge then behinde the foresayd rocks and anchor there in seven or eight fathom the havens mouth lyeth in southwest it is there so good lying as in any havens thereabouts on the coast The Danes call this haven Easter-haven Easterhaven there was wont to be the Staple of the Fish where every one must come to buye therefore the Island is yet called whereon Kegor lyeth the Fishers Island It is indeede no Island but very neare it is fast to the maine land with such a very small neck that the Russes which come from Kilduyn or the River of Kool and are bound to the River Pitsing doe goe alongst within this land hawle their boates over that small neck for not to goe about a seaboard From Kegor to Laus Laus the course is alongst the shoare southeast and by south somewhat easterly nine or ten leagues This is a right playne coast without poynts or bayes all alongst by Laus to Tiepena but the south poynt of Laus lyeth out a little upon which stand two Warders to the northwards of that poynt is the haven of Laus a fayre sand-bay there is very easy lying for southerly or easterly winds but not for northerly winds the winds betweene the northermost and northeast doe blowe there open in and make therein a very great hollow sea men lye there in twelve tenne and eight fathom according as they runne farre in the farther the shoaler but all cleane rising sand-ground From Laus a little towards Kegor lyeth a little Island behinde which is good anchoring for easterly winds in cleane sand-ground but it is somewhat narrow From Laus to Tiepena Tiepena it is a great halfe league at the poynt lye some little rockes but you cannot see them before you be close to them Tiepena is a fayre haven when you come from the northwards you must runne so farre to the southwards alongst by the shoare untill that you see open into it and sayle in amidst the channell When as you come from the southwards the haven openeth it selfe being come in you must edge up to the northwards and anchor there there you lye land-lockt for all winds there are no dangers which may hurt you but it is over all cleare and cleane sandy ground A little about the poynt to the southwards of Tiepena which is on the southwest side of the Fishers Island is another faire haven where men may goe to anchor called Kowens Kowens From Laus to the River of Kola the course is south and by east and southsoutheast about tenne leagues But Kilduyn and Laus lye southeast and by south somewhat easterly and northwest by north somewhat westerly also tenne leagues assnder Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At the North-Cape a Southwest moone maketh high water Thwart of the Tannebay a southwest moon maketh high water At Wardhouse a southwest moone maketh high water On this coaste like as at the North-Cape a northeast and southwest moone maketh high water Alongst these coasts of Lapland to the eastwards of North-cape the flood commeth out of the northwest and northnorthwest and so runneth alongst the land unto Orlogenes Courses and Distances From the North-cape to the North-kyne east and by south 11 or 12 leagues From the North-kyne to the Tanebay eastsoutheast 10 or 11 leagues From the Tanebay or Matkorf to Wardhouse southeast by east southeast and southeast and by south 16 leagues From Wardhouse to the poynt of Kegor southeast southeast and by south 10 leagues From Kegor to Laus southeast and by south easterly 9 or 10 leagues From Laus to the River
of Kool south and by east and southsoutheast 10 leagues From Laus to Kilduyn southeast and by south easterly 10 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea South Southsouthwest Southwest by south The North-cape west west and by south The Mother the Daughters Sayling betweene the North-Cape and North-Kyne and the poynts being from you as stand here by Written the Bay betwixt them both sheweth thus North-Kyne southeast and by south The poynt of Tannebay South and south and by east Kyne southsouthwest This lyeth by west Kyne Thus sheweth the land betwixt North-Kyne and Tannebay when the North-Kyne is southsouthwest eight leagues from you and the poynt of Tannebay south and by east Thus sheweth Kyne when the hill with the Crosse is southsouthwest from you 2 leagues Southsouthwest The west poynt of Kyne Thus appeareth the Mother When this hill with the Crosse is south and by west from you 2 leagues then sheweth North-Kyne thus Tannebay Kyne southwest and by west Thus sheweth the land betwixt Kyne and Tannebay when you sayle alongst by it seven or eight leagues without the land Kyne being southwest and by west from you Tanebay Thus sheweth the Tannebay when as you come off by Kyne close alongst by the land you may see these two poynts on against the high Innerland the east poynt sheweth it selfe almost like Portland the west poynt sheweth it selfe first sloping but when you come by little and little before the Sound then it well be also steep Matkorf Tannebay Kyne When as Matkorf is thwart from you then it sheweth and the land to the northwards of it towards Kyne thus Tannebay Kyne Thus is the land to the eastwards of Tannebay when as you sayle alongst by it three leagues without the land Wardhouse The land to the northwards of Wardhouse Thus sheweth the Island Wardhouse when it lyeth south from you three or foure leagues Island Wardhouse The manie land In this forme sheweth the Island Wardhouse the land to the northwards of it when it is s s w. a league halfe or 2 leag from you Thus sheweth the land and the Jsland Wardhouse being westnorthwest from you three or foure leagues Thus sheweth the land of Kegor or the Fishers Island when as you sayle alongst by it foure or five leagues without the land Thus sheweth the land of Kegor or the Fishers Island when as you sayle alongst by it comming from the westwards Island Kilduyn These three last figures belong one to the other by the Crosses Poynt of the Fishers Island Thus sheweth the Island Kilduyn and the land to the northwards of it in the bay towards Fishers Island when as you are betwixt then both seven or eight leagues from land Kilduyn being about south or southsouthwest from you The fourth Demonstration Where in Are described the Sea-Coastes of Lapland betweene the River of Kola and Islands of Swetenoes FOr to sayle up into the River of Kool or Kola The River of Kool you must goe from Laus or the south end of the Fishers Island towards the River southsoutheast and south and by east run about by the high land of Poden-wolck and then the River shall open it selfe very wide When you are by the poynt of Laus you may see the Island Kilduyn and the River of Koole or the land by it Betwixt Laus and the River of Koole is also a great baye When as you are in the mouth of the River it lyeth in first south and by west and then southsouthwest to that Island which standeth marked with A in the Carde of this River and then by little and little southwest and by south alongst by the Island marked with B unto the Trayne Island then southwest and by west and by little and little about the poynt west by south afterwards in west unto Divels poynt over against it lyeth the White stone which lyeth upon the land thwart of it is good roade From thence againe west and south westsouthwest and southsouthwest unto Kool When as you come into the River Road in the River and will seeke roade there you must keepe alongst by the west shoare being somewhat within you shall see a little Island lying close by the shoare from thence somewhat further about the high poynt is a Bight or Baye and in that Bight a Sand-baye where men may save a shippe without Anchor or Cable that is a faire Sand-baye where men may runne in all alongst Alongst by the north side it is five fathom deepe and cleane sand-ground men runne in there betwixt the two poyntes but there lyeth a black Rock in the narrow betwixt both shoares which they must leave lying on the starboard side within that rock it three and two fathom deepe unto the strand within there is faire greene fields A little without the Baye lye two Islands where of the outermost or eastermost is the smallest When as in sayling up alongst the River you may come by these two foresayd little Islands about halfe wayes to the Island marked with A there is also good roade Roade three Kings at the west shoare you shall see upon the high Land three Warders called the three Kings thwart of them is the roade When you are somewhat past the Island A you cannot see the River any more open but it seemeth to bee shut and close for that Island by A commeth then under the high land on the east side Under the Island marked with B is also good road Roade and cleane sand-ground Likewise is also good road under the Trayne Island that is reckoned for the halfe of the River to witt off from the mouth of Kool When as you come now a little past the Trayne Island where the C standeth then you shall see out a head a black blewe hill called the Divels hill Divelshill it seemeth meth there as if the River were close and shut It is best sayling alongst by the starboard side there you have most all ground close by the land There are many Bights poynts and Bayes which are not all to be described Het eylandt Kilduyn met de Reede nae 't leven ontworpen leggende op de hoochte van 69 graden 40 minuiten De Rivier van KOLA in tgroot besteck De Custe van LAPLANDT tusschen de Rivier van Kola en de eylandē van Swetenoes From the Klinck-hill unto the Robben Island Robben Island sayle all alongst by the west shoare the Robben Island is also covered at high water but when it is under water then anchor thwart of the burnt trees Thwart of the Robben Island lyeth a very great rock as sone as you are thwart of the high land looke out carefully for it keepe without it or to the northwards of it to witt a bow shot there is the roade there you may anchor by the shoare so shoale as you please it is there good lying and there you begin to see Kool alongst by the house Betwixt the
Island Kilduyn and the River of Kola somewhat nearer the River than the Island lyeth a haven called Bliesna Silensi Bliesna Silensi that is so say the next to Silensi there you sayle in by a round reddish Hommock being come within it you must edge up to the westwards so that the haven is altogether shut and that you can see no sea you may anchor there so deepe or shoale as you will it is there every where cleare and cleane white sandy ground and somewhat oazye and soft there you may also without feare sayle on against the shoare in the oaze and so may save a shippe without anchor or cables The Island Kilduyn Kilduyn is about two leagues long and one league broade and lyeth westnorthwest and eastsoutheast alongst the land like as also the channell betwixt the Island the maine land which is at some places about a halfe league broade and at some places narrower but all over very deepe and cleane About the middest yet nearest the cast end is a faire close road betwixt two poynts that lye out towards the maine land there men lye under the Island close to the shoare before the Laps tents under the eastermost poynt which is a low playne poynt in twelve thirteene or fourteene fathom sand-ground more to the southwards it is very deepe you shall soone have fifty and sixty fathom For to go into Kilduyn from the westwards If you will goe to anchor under Kilduyn comming from the northwards or the westwards then runne about by the west end in betwixt Kilduyne and the mayne land When you are come somewhat within you shall espy a little round Island there the Channell beginneth to be narrow yet it is broade enough for to turne to windwards through sayle forth towards the southeast end untill you come in betwixt those two poynts and run to the foresayd low poynt and anchor there within the bight before the cabbens so neare to the land as you please there you lye landlockt for all winds as if you lay within a towne in a close haven For to saile in from the eastwards For to sail into Kilduyn from the eastwards you must sayle in to the westwards by the east end so long untill that you come by the foresayd low poynte of the Island then edge up about it to the northwards and runne into the foresayd bight before the Cabbens and anchor there in twelve thirteene and fourteene fathom that is the chiefest roade At the north and east end of Kilduyn betwixt the Island and the maine land there is also a very good roade in eight tenne or twelve fathom where men may lye sheltered for all winds Thereabouts is on the Island a good water place there the water commeth running off from the high land there men may goe lye by it and fill their caskes lying in the boate You may also anchor under the maine land betwixt the narrow and the Roade of Kilduyn at the place where the anchor standeth marked in the Carde At the east end of Kilduyn lyeth also a Fishers village called Kammen at a high poynt which is called the Sacrifice poynt From the Island Kilduyn to the poynt Tiribiry the course is southeast and by east about five leagues betwixt them is a great bay In this bay a great league from Kilduyn lyeth a high Island called Bliesna Olinie Bliesna Olinie which is the next or the nearest Olinie behinde it under the mayne land nearest the south end of the Island is a good road where three or foure ships may lye very well The lyeth a round hill or high Hommock upon the maine land which sheweth out above all the other hommockes and is very easy to be knowne upon which standeth a high crosse of two crosses one above the other to the northwards off it lyeth a flat poynt thwart of it lye some rocks alongst the shoare which at high water are covered At the south end of the Island Olinie a little from land lyeth a rock almost even with the water but you may alwayes see it well by the breaking of the water To the Northwards of the Island about an English myle lyeth a rock not farre from land and also to seawards from it a suncken rocke which you cannot goe over at low water Hee that will comming from the northwards goe to anchor behinde Olinie must runne a good wayes to the eastwards of this foresayd rocke alongst to the northwards of the Island for to avoid the foresaid rocke Being come behinde the Island you shall espy the foresayd round hommock with the crosse you must not runne past the crosse but leave it on the larboard side and sayle inclose by it for to avoyd the foresayd rockes which lye off from the flat north poynt the poynt with the crosse is very cleane and so steepe that you might lye with a ship on against the shoare without any hurt He that will come into this Road from the southwards let him run alongst by the coaste which is very cleane untill past the foresayd poynt with the crosse and edge up close about by it as is beforesayd Men doe anchor within the poynt in seven sixe five foure and three fathom deepe or shoale as they will there goeth no grown sea at all About halfe wayes betwixt the Island Olinie and Tiribiry Tiribiry is another haven or great Bay where men may lye landlockt for all winds Tiribiry is a great River and off-off-water where is a great Salmon fishing there men may goe in with great shippes and anchor every where within it where they will in good sandy-ground it lyeth in most south and afterwards more westerly the eastermost poynt lyeth out more to seawards than the other so that it maketh a bay where men ride under for a northwest winde Two leagues to the southwards of Tiribiry lyeth Waronia which is a great sand-bay or haven with at the mouth is narrow but within it is a broad Sound there is also an off-water where is also much Salmon caught Within this bay it is every where good anchoring shoale water and cleane ground Before the mouth of this haven lye three little Islands behinde them is also good road Two leagues or two leagues a halfe to the southwards of Waronia lyeth a Gabriele Gabriele a tyde haven which falleth dry within so that men may goe over there dry at low water it floweth there twelve foot up and downe a southsouthwest moone maketh high water on this coast In the mouth of this haven lye three Islands two on the north side which are the lowest and one on the south side that is the highest you must runne neerest the southermost when as you will sayle in there being come within the Islands you must edge up to the northwards behinde the two northermost Islands and anchor there on the north side of the haven there it is seven and eight fathom deepe cleane ground About a
league to the southwards of it lyeth Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi that is to say the farther Silensi but betwixt them both a little to the northwards of Silensi lyeth yet a great indraught which lyeth in at least two leagues into the land and is about so wyde as the River Tye before Amsterdam there may lye a great multitude of shippes it is there broade and large enough and all over good anchor ground A little to the northwards of this in-draught lieth a little Island or rock somewhat high about which you may sayle within to witt through betwixt these rockes and the land but may make no road under them Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi is a great broad bay before it lye three Islands which are to see to gray of colour as the mayne land To the northwards of these Islands upon the poynt off the bay standeth 3 great Warders and a little to the southwards of the Islands on the mayne land lyeth a steepe hill by which markes this bay is very easy to be knowne If you will sayle into this bay comming from the northwards alongst the shoare by the foresayd great in-draught a little to the northwards of this baye you must looke out for these foresayd great Warders leave them on the starbord side sayle in close by them through betwixt that poynt and the Islands first westsouthwest somewhat within and then more southerly untill behind the Islands and anchor there in five six or seven fathom you may also sayle further to the southwards into the baye so deepe as you will there it is all over cleane When you come before the channell it seemeth to bee very narrow but it is broad enough To the southwards of these Islands is also a channell which is very narrow but yet for need you may sayle out there The southermost Island that is whereupon the Fishermen dwel is fast to the northermost with a shoale whereupon is at high water 10 or 11 foot water but at low water you cannot goe over it Two little leagues to the southwards of Salensi lyeth the Island Daelna Olinie Daelna Olinie that is to say the Furthest Olinie it is an Island almost of Fashion like Bliesna Olinie at the north end high at the south end lower and upon the end very steepe it hath in the middest but some what neerer the south end then the north end a low valley where at high water the sea doth almost run alongst over it Behinde this Island not under the Island but under the mayne land are good roades For to come in from the northwards behind this Island it is a broad large and very deepe Channell without any dangers but if you will sayle in behinde it from the southwards then you must runne in close by the Island for to avoyde a foule and stony riffe which lyeth off from the maine land halfe wayes to the Island and so shoale that it falleth dry with the spring tydes at low water About halfe wayes the Island nearest the south end is a point lying out from the mayne land twoards the Island to the northwards of it men doe anchor in 6 7 or 8 fathom When you come in from the northwards you may so soone as you come within the points lusse up towards close about the point of the main land into a bay anchor there in eight six five or foure fathom according as you sayle far in there it is very easy lying In these roades under the mayne land it is all cleane flat rising ground but under the Island it is deepe and the ground rising very steep therefore it is not good anchoring there Betwixt this Island Daelna Olinie Silensi lye 3 little black Islands where is very easy road under them in 8 7 and 6 fathom From Daelna Olinie to Rinde Rinde are five leagues Rinde is a very faire Haven before it lye foure little Islands where men may goe to anchor behinde them behinde these Islands this Haven hath two bayes upon the point betwixt them both standeth a great Crosse the southermost baye is farre the greatest into it commeth also a river or off water where men doe catch Salmon The middlemost Island which is the northermost save one is the greatest and highest upon which standeth a great Warder the northermost is somewhat long and small so low that at high water the sea runneth up a good wayes upon it on both sides and so maketh that Island smaller Betwixt that Island and the maine land or the north shoare of the Havens mouth lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave in comming in on the larboard side and runne in close by the main land this channel is so narrow that you cannot sayle in it except you have a large wind at low water there remaineth no more then 9 or 13 foot water To the southwards of that great Island lyeth another Island that is indifferent high and the southermost of them all betwixt that and the point of the maine land lyeth in the souther channell which is broad and deep enough but when you seyle in there you must run nearest the land for to avoid a suncken rock which lyeth at the foresaid poynt of the maine land These channells both from the southwards and from the northwards lye in both alongst the shoares when as that you come then within the Islands you may anchor there all over where you will there it is broad and large and every where cleane cleare Men doe anchor commonly under the greatest Island thwart of the great Warder and also behinde the norhermost Island in five foure or three fathom there it is very easy lying but with a southeast winde the sea commeth a little rowling in but there can goe no great sea Farre within the southermost bay almost before the river lyeth a rock but above water Without the greatest and the southermost Island lyeth a little Island or great rock somewhat round you may sayle out and in betwixt the southermost and the greatest Island alongst to the n. wards of that little round Island that is you must leave the southermost Island with the outermost little round Island both on the starboard side and the greatest Island with the Warder on the larboard side when you sayle out this is a very narrow channell but very cleane and cleare so that there is nothing to bee avoyded but onely a little suncken rock which lyeth at the north end of the outermost little round Island and falleth dry at low water neverthelesse it is not good to use it except it were for need that you could not doe better He that is bound into this haven must run close alongst by the shoare for to get sight of the foresayd Islands for by reason that the inner land is high the Islands lye so under the land that men can hardly see them when they bee any thing farr off from the shoare A halfe
league to the southwards of Rinde is another great Bay or haven before it lye two little high Islands upon the northermost standeth a great crosse you may sayle in there about on both sides off these little Islands and also through betwixt them and anchor where you will in fifteene twelve eight or five fathom deep or shoale according as you saile farre in lye there sheltred for all windes but when the winde is hard out of the sea thwart upon the shoare there will come in somewhat a rowling sea but there can goe no great sea that can hurt you A little to the northwards of this haven lyeth a low long Island close to the shoare whereby you may also know this coast you may sayle through betwixt this foresayd Island the maine land without any danger From this haven to the Seven Islands are foure great leagues A little to the northwards of the end of the seven Islands lyeth a faire great sand-bay where is also good anchoring for southerly and southeast windes but not for easterly winds with a northeast or sea wind it is bad lying there for there is no shelter for them men doe anchor there in twenty fifteene or twelve fathom according as they lye far or neare to the shoare The Ruffes call this Bay the Golden Bay Golden Bay because the strand is of red sand On all these foresayd coasts a southwest northeast moone maketh high water like as on the former The seven Islands Seven Islands lye all of them alongst the shoare the first or northermost is farre the greatest of all a high Island The foure northermost follow close one to the other and lye about an English mile or a shot of a cast peece a little more or lesse off the land so that men may sayle there through betwixt The fifth is a little round Island and lyeth nearer to the land there you cannot runne through within it which is fast to the land with a shoale of rocks whereof some lye above and some under water The two southermost lye a good wayes to the southwards of the fifth betwixt them the mayne land you may alse sayle through you may also runne through in out betwixt these same Islands every where except betwixt the second and third off from the northwards betwixt them both it is fowle The first Island Betwixt these Seven Islands and the mayne land goeth a strong tyde as well of flood as of ebbe whereof men must be very carefull Betwixt the northermost and the mayne land is a good road thwart of the south end of the Island under the maine land there is a faire sand-bay with an off-off-water where is much Salmon to be caught but it is not there used A little to the northwards of this Sand-bay lyeth a little Island betwixt the great Island and the coast men doe anchor to the southwards of that little Island thwart of the sand-bay in seven six five or foure fathom so shoale as they will there is a very even sand-ground rising so even as if it were planed Over against the foresayd bay men may make road under the south poynt of the Island thwart of a little bay there they bring a hawser on land and an anchor to seawards in nine-tenne fathom there they lye somewhat more out off the tyde then in the bay over against it Betwixt this great Island and the coast is about two third parts of the channell towards the mayne land flat rising ground and the other third part towards the Island Deep the neerer the Island the deeper unto 18 and 19 fathom About halfe wayes betwixt that foresayd little round Island and the north poynt of the gratest Island stand on the mayne land some little Lappish houses or a little village Betwixt the second and third Island Second third Island or nearest thwart of the second to tell from the northwards lyeth yet a little village thwart of it is a bay where men may anchor in tenne or twelve fathom all cleane sand-ground but with a south wind there commeth in a rowling Sea but with northerly winds it is very good lying there Thwart of the fourth Island The 4 Island on the mayne land is also a sand-bay where is also good road in seven or eight fathom for a northwest or north wind but with an east winde it is there bad lying that bloweth there in open through betwixt the fourth and fifth Island Even at the end of the seven Islands is a great Indraught or bay which the Russes call the Shipper The Shipper which is narrow at the comming in but within indifferent large wide within it is good road in twelve eight foure fathom clean rising ground but with a northeast wind it is bad lying there that bloweth there flat in About nine leagues to the southwards of the Seven Islands lyeth a poynt called Siornenos that is to say Blackpoynt it is so called because it is very black to see to there within it the land is high and goeth downwards low towards this poynt almost as Swetenoes At this poynt the land beginneth to alter informe to the northwards of it the coast is altogether high but to the southwards of it all low and even land so that thereby you may know when you sayle alongst this coast whether you be to the northward or to the southwards of this black point A little to the northward off this poynt lyeth a high and great Island a halfe league long which the Russes call Noock Ostrove Noock Ostrove which is the Nayle Island behinde it is very good roade you must run in there from the southwards from the northwards you cannot come in there behind it The north end is fast to the mayne land with a bancke or strake of sand which lyeth most part above water you may sayle in there so farre behinde it as you will and anchor in ten eight six or foure fathom the further that you sayle in the shoaler it is it is very good lying there and sheltered for all winds From the Siornenos or the black poynt to Evanekrist Evanekrist it is southsoutheast foure leagues that is a poynt with many crosses under it you may make good roade for southerly winds From Evanekrist to Kletna Kletna are yet three or foure leagues this is a poynt whereupon stand also many crosses it lyeth out a little but not so much as Evanekrist there you may have also road for southerly winds but not for seawards From this poynt to the Islands of Swetenoes or Jockena Island of Jockena it is two leagues Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places At Kilduyn an eastsoutheast moone maketh the highest water At Seven Islands a southeast moon maketh highest At Swetenoes a south and north Moone maketh high water Alongst the coastes to the eastwards of the north cape the floods come out of the northwest and
northnorthwest and run so alongst the coast of Lapland unto Orlogonose How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Kilduyn to the poynt of Tierrebirry southeast and by east 5 leagues From the poynt Tierrebirry to the Seven-Islands southeast by south 18 leagues From Tierrebirry to Swetenoes the coast lyeth south east by south 40 leagues Heights The land Kilduyn lyeth in 69 degrees 40 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Kilduyn Meyne-land River of Kool In this forme sheweth Kilduyn when the steepe poynt lyeth south and by east and the River of Kool southsouthwest about five leagues from you and the land to the westwards of Kilduyn is very hilly and the river doth shew it selfe very wide open as here standeth pourtrayed The River of Cool Thus sheweth the Island of Kilduyn when the w. poynt lyeth s w and by s and the east poynt south and by west somewhat westerly from you the river of Cool lieth then s w by w. from you the maine land that you may se to the eastwards lieth then s e and by south somewhat southerly from you the land of Laus you may then yet also see in the n. w. Tiribiry Island Kilduyn Thus sheweth the land eastwards from Kilduyn when the south or east end of Kilduyn is west and by north 3 leagues from you The land of Tiribiry The Island Kilduyn The Island of Kilduyn and Tiribiry shew thus when as you sayle alongst by them foure leagues from land about halfe wayes betwixt both nearest to Tiribiry as is pourtrayed in these two figures here above the AA one to the other The land of Tiribiry The Island Kilduyn In this forme sheweth the land of Tiribiry when you sayle alongst by it being 4 or 5 leagues from it and eleven or twelve leagues from Kilduyn The fifth Demonstration In which are set forth The Sea-Coastes of the Mouth of the White Sea THe Islands of Swetenoes or Jockena there are six in number whereof the five lye alongst the shoare about the space of two leagues the sixth lyeth within the other thwart of the southermost of the five The three northermost lye one by the other as also the 2 southermost parted asunder from the other three the northermost off all these Islands of Jockena Islands of Sweetenoes Jockena lyeth from the poynt of Swetenoes due west three leagues behinde it is good roade thwart of the south end in five or six fathom The poynt of Swetenoes is a flat poynt lying out to the westwards of it at the end of those foresayd Islands goeth in the river of Jockena where is a great Salmon-fishing When you are by Swetenoes Swetenoes you can see little perfectenesse of these Islands because the mayne land is much higher then the Islands He that commeth from the northwards and is bound in to Jockena For to sail into the River off Jockena must runne close alongst by the shoare for to get sight of these Islands Through foure severall wayes you may sayle through these Islands into the river of Jockena First comming from the northwards you may sayle alongst by the shoare through betwixt the shoare and the Islands which you leave then all on the larboard side into the river The second passe lyeth in through betwixt the three northermost and the two southermost Islands that is broad wide and deepe and also the best channell off all it lyeth southwest and southwest and by west from the poynt of Swetenoes and lyeth in most south when you saile in there you must runne nearest the southermost Island because of a suncken rock which lyeth in this channell somewhat off from the third Island at high water you may run over it but not at low water Being come within these Islands you shall see the sixth Island which lyeth within the two southermost you must run about by it leaving it on the larboard side When as you are then a little past that innermost Island you come against the high poynt and sayle in alongst amidst the channell betwixt both lands there it is shoale water to wit five foure three to two fathom and a halfe but you may sayle in amidst the channell without feare all alongst unto the Lappish-houses where the Salmon-fishing is and anchor there also in the middest of the river thereabouts lye some suncken rocks which at low water are uncovered whereof you must take heed For to have the right knowledge of this channell you must looke out for the high poynt which lyeth at the west poynt of the river within the Islands when that is behinde the fourth Island to reckon off from the northwards and the poynt of Swetenoes is northeast and northeast and by east from you then you are right open before the foresayd channell Betwixt the two southermost Islands goeth also an indifferent wide channell through where men can sayle in and so come on against the innermost Island which you may sayle about on both sides Betwixt the Islands and the mayne land you may also sayle through but that is a very narrow channell men sayle through it as if they sayled in alongst a ditch betwixt two Dykes For need or if it were in extremity you might also sayle through at high water betwixt the northermost Island and the second and likewise also betwixt the second and the third but if you can by any means doe better it is not good to doe it Pas caarte Van de Mont van de WITTE ZEE tot aende Riuier Dwina al-Archangel toe Men may anchor at divers places within these Islands Betwixt the two southermost Islands and the innermost Island you may have roade where you may lye sheltred for all winds and safe from Ice-drifts out of the sea Within the innermost Island you must also anchor over against it somewhat further in against the steepe poynt At the rivers mouth on the west shoare is a bay where you may sayle in and anchor so neare to the shoare as you will in six five foure and three fathom soft sticking ground there you lye safe from Ice-drifts You may also anchor on the east side right before the steepe poynt but there you lye not safe for ice that commeth out of the river The tyde here alongst these Islands agreeth neere with the tyde of Swetenoes it floweth with Spring tydes neare two fathom and a halfe up and downe Behind the poynt of Swetenoes you may run into the bay and anchor there for a north northeast and east winde there is cleane ground From Swetenoes to Lombascho Lombascho the coast lyeth southsoutheast thirteene leagues Under Lombascho men may also goe to anchor but it is not there very good lying especially with great shippes the ground there is not cleane and when the wind is out of the Sea commeth in there rowling very much The lying of this road standeth drawne out at large in the Card with the depths set downe
as it is at high water and neepe tydes the water falleth and floweth there at least two fathom up and downe at Spring-tydes little lesse then three fathom or two fathom and an halfe Within the poynt or in the bight of Lombascho you may not anchor there remaineth not above three foot water and the ground is stony and foule To the northwards of Lombascho lye five Islands lying alongst the coast allmost halfe wayes to Swetenoes Three leagues to the southwards of Lombascho lyeth a black steep poynt untill that the coast lyeth of from Lombascho also southsoutheast but from that poynt to Orlogenes Orlogenes the course is south 9 leagues betwixt them there is no place where men may anchor but all alongst a whole coast cleane and steepe From the poynt of Orlogenes lyeth off a stone-riffe a shot off a cast peece into Sea which falleth dry a great wayes at low water whereof men must take very good heed From Orlogenes to the river Ponnoye it is six leagues betwixt them lye the three Islands Three Islands First from Orlogenes to the two first Islands the course is south three leagues from thence to Ponnoye southwest by south 3 leag A halfe league to the northwards off Ponnoye lyeth the third of the three Islands so that the two and the third lye about two leagues asunder These Islands are much lower then the maine land so that they can hardly be seene or not at all except you be by the shoare thwart of them you may come neere the shoare in seven fathom without danger Thwart of these three Islands and Ponnoy the mouth off the white sea is at the narrowest About foure leagues thwart off to seawards from the three Islands in the middest of the mouth lyeth a shoale which is very uneven and stony and at some places with low water commeth dry above water it lyeth south and north first north alongst the coast at last north and by west untill thwart of Lombascho but there alongst it is deepe enough fifteen and sixteen fathom About southeast from Ponnoy it is at the shoalest seven fathom deep You may also saile alongst to the eastwards of this shoale into the white Sea but there it is shoale water uneven very shoale The right fareway is alongst to the westwards of it and five and twenty fathom deep Ponnoy is a River where at low water remaineth no more then ten foot water it floweth there with a spring-tyde three fathom up and downe and with an ordinary tyde 15 foot From the three Islands to the Island Sousnowits which men doe call the crosse Island the course is southwest by south or as some doe hold southwest ten leagues or from Ponnoy nine leagues All alongst this coast men may anchor every where in eight or nine fathom and with contrary winds stop the tydes there goe strong tydes especially in the spring of the yeare withan Ebb. Between the three Islands and the crosse Island lyeth a poynt upon which stand also three crosses one by the other which men doe mistake oftentimes for the crosse Island but it is much smaller to see to When you doe get sight of that poynt there sheweth by it as if there lay a shippe before the land with the topmast-stricke The right crosse Island hath upon the north end two Crosses and upon the South end three by all these markes they are easy to bee knowne one from the other Behind the Crosse Island you may have road in 6 or 7 fathom you may sayl in behind it as well from the northwards as from the southwards it is there cleane and cleare every where men doe anchor when as the great crosse doth stand from them e.n.e. there is the right road Southeast and by south from the three Islands and Ponnoy on the Russe side there goeth in the Meseens golfe into which commeth a great River where men may go up to Kilda and Kolmogro and also another upon which the town Slowoda lyeth Southeast from Ponnoy lyeth a little Island in the mouth of the Meseens golf where you may have road under for westerly and southwest winds The south poynt of this golf is a low sand-strand all grown with trees there you may also anchor alongst by the shoare but close by the land if you lye somewhat of from the shoare in 9 fathom there the ground is foule from thence alongst the shoare to the Blew point it is al faire strand ground From the Crosse Island to the blew or Gray point the course is southwest twenty leagues In this fareway in the mouth of the White-sea Current in the mouth of the white sea there goe sometimes very strong currents especially in the spring through the terrible great freshuts of the melting of the snow which falleth from both sides into the White-sea and runneth through this strait into the sea with graet whirling terrible riplings It happeneth sometimes that the current runneth there so terrible strong to the w. wards into the sea that with a reasonable gale full sayls men can doe no more but stem the tide where of men must be mindfull Under the Gray poynt Gray-poynt men may anchor on the south side in tenne eight or seven fathom there it is good lying for easterly windes a northeast winde commeth from the poynt the ground is there reasonable good but not the cleanest From the Gray poynt eastwards to the Meseens Golf the coast is all faire sand-strand with some bancks of 2 fathom and an halfe and three fathom alongst the shoare not farre without the land where sometimes the current falleth over with great riplings From the blew poynt to the river of Arch-Angell the course is south and by west fourteen leagues When as you sayle so towards the rivers you shall then first espy the land a good wayes to the westwards of S. Nicholas it arriseth in a long strake and then there riseth more land towards the River as if it were a round Island afterwards you shall see the steeple of S. Nicholas when that standeth south and by west southsouthwest from you then you are open before the mouth of the river of Arch-Angell The cape of Candenoes Candenoes and Orlogenes lye northeast southwest 7 and sixty leagues asunder The point off Candenoes is very easy to bee knowne there stand five great crosses upon it for markes When as you fall with it you may very well perceive that the land falleth away on the one side to the southwest towards the White sea and southeast on the other side About thirteen leagues to the eastwards of the cape de Candenoes lyeth an Island called Morsonowits Morsonowits to the eastwards of it goeth a great Baye into the land but it is very shoale water with many shoales and Dwale-grounds It hath heretofore happened that some ships have beene here lost thinking that they runne into the mouth of the White Sea for it
a greeth very neare with the course and also with the height of the White Sea but it is easy to bee know by the land and to discerne one from the other for the Russe coast to the eastwards of Candenoes is altogether a land with Sand-hills and a flat strand but the coast of Lapland is high and hilly In this Bay goeth a River through the land where you can come through with Lodges into the White Sea Thwart off this Baye about sixe and twenty leagues east and east and by south from Candenoes lyeth the Island off Calgoya Calgoya being thirteene leagues long you may sayle round about it but upon the south side runneth a great riffe alongst the land they that come from the eastwards must avoyd it for it is fast to the west end off the Island Upon this Island are great store of Geese which in the Sommer are altogether bare or naked without any feathers which sit broad upon one egge which they have lying under them so doe hatch their young one which are there in such aboundance that the Russes doe come there a shoare with their Lodges lay a deele or boarde upon the land and drive the Geese with staves into their boats or Lodges in such aboundance that they salt them into Barrels in great aboundance From Candenoes to the Island Tussara Tussara it is eastsoutheast two and forty leagues betwixt them both goeth in the foresayd Baye By west Tussera lyeth the point off Swelgenoes Swelgenoes From Tussara to the River of Colcova Colcova the course is east seven leagues which is a good River being twelve foot deepe but there is no other trade but that the Russes doe come there from Colmogro and S. Nicholas with Lodges for to trade there to barter their wares there for Skins and other wares Seven leagues to the eastwards off the River of Colcova lyeth the River off Pitsana Pitsana there is but six foot water and is an unknowne place but a little to the westwards of it lyeth a shoale which you must avoyd Oliver Bruneel in his voyage from Nova Zembla come on ground there About thirteene leagues to the eastwards of Pitsana lyeth the river off Pitsora Pitsora which lyeth in southsoutheast by the east point and hath twelve foot water the land is there low with Sand-hills upon the west side standeth a Pack-house with some crosses When you come within the River you must edge up westwards towards the Pack-house and anchor there in three or foure fathom there is a great Haff or broad water You must avoyd the east side off the River which is full of Sands bancks The little towne of Pitsora lyeth about five and thirty leagues within the land there is great aboundance of costly Skinnes and Christall Betwixt Pitsora and Waygats lyeth Oltgyn Oltgyn without the Land lye two rocks or little Islands the one called Orangien and the other Grave Maurice you may anchor under them in six or seven fathom From the southermost shooteth off a little riffe but you may sound it wel in three fathom To the eastwards and to the westwards of these two little Islands is a great Bay where it is shoale water the land runneth there round to the point of Pitsora all alongst in a Bay off from Pitsora unto the Waygats It is from Pitsora to Waygats northeast and by east 38 or 40 leagues Waygats â—aygats which is also called the Straite of Nassaw is Straite where men may sayle through into the Tartarish Sea it lyeth in first about e. afterwards northeast through about eight or nine leagues about halfe wayes through lyeth an Island â—neâ—â— which you may sayle about on both sides A little within the point on the north side is a fayre Baye which you may sayle into so deepe as you will in five foure and three fathom good sticking ground alongst by the east shoare is the deepest water there you shall lye sheltered for all winds and Ice-drifts Through this narrow or Strait hath beene divers times attempted or under taken for to discover and to finde a way for to passe alongst to the northwards of Tartaria unto the rich Kingdomes of Cathay China so forth to the Molucques but in vaine because of the terrible ice that remaineth there to whole yeare through can never melt by reason of the continuall cold From the east end of the Straite Waygats to Baye off Oby Oby it is eastsoutheast southeast by e. forty leagues To the eastwards of it that land lyeth forth northeast forty leagues more to the two rivers then yet so forth alongst northeast but how far it yet unknowne The West cast of Nova Zembla Nova Zembla lyeth to the northwards off from Waygats to Costintsarck northnorthwest about three fifty leagues To the northwards of it the land falleth away about north and by east to the poynt of Langenes or the States point further northnortheast northeast eastnortheast to the Island of Orangien the northermost part of Nova Zembla in the height of 77 degrees and an halfe Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places At Swetenoes a s and n. Moone maketh high water Alongst the coastes to the eastwards of the north cape the floods com out of the northwest northnorthwest run so alongst the coasts of Lapland unto Orlogonose At the three Islands a southwest and northeast moon maketh high water At Katsnose poynt an east and west moon maketh the highest water Before Podessemske and S. Nicholas an east by s and west and by north moon maketh the highest water At the Island of Nova Zembla a southeast moone maketh high water From Orlogenes the three Island the flood falleth into the mouth of the White Sea towards the graye poynt of Catsnose about s s.w southwest by west But about the poynt of Catsnose the flood falleth into the White Sea partly towards Warsiga and Ombay and also towards the Podessemske and S. Nicholas To the eastwards of Candenoes towards the Island of Colgoyen the flood falleth east and by south as also alongst the same Island from Colgoyen towards the Waygats the tyde falleth east and west Alongst Nova Zembla the tydes turne about with the moone alongst Rusland they come out of the west and westnorthwest betwixt Candenoes Pitsora fall so alongst Rusland The floods towards Waygats come from Colgoyen and Nova Zembla and fall together east and by north through the Straite of Waygats towards the River of Obye so that the ebs and floods doe keep open the channell of Waygats that they are oftentimes without ice or at least but with ice that drivers in shoales But to the eastwards of the Waygats the floods come out of the northeast and fall so into the Oby and into the Strayt of Nassaw there the water riseth and falleth but keepeth
ye have stonie-ground Ships could come in to ly there but there is no anker-ground A mile and a half southwest southerly from the aforesaid rock that seemeth like to be a ship there lieth another rock of that same fashion yet not so sharp above as the other this lieth but a small canon-shot from the land besides this there are many other little rocks whereon are abundance of fowls standing out in a corner between this and the Bears-gat is the wall rough and rockie and sometimes here and there small foot-strands whereon ye cannot come with your boat and from thence begins the land to be higher and stonier for from the aforesaid corner Seawards in it is rockie and stonie and landwards in full of hills and mountains in time of need ye may bring your boat to the foot of the hills half a mile further there lieth more such rocks stayly descending to the water alongs the shore so far from land as a small piece of canon can carrie it is commonly fiftie or sixtie fathoms deep The matter of three miles south and to eastward from the south or west-corner there lyeth a stone A Stone which at the undeepest hath about eleven foot of water which stone in circuit is about so big as a man can throw a small-stone Lucas Bouwenson from Delfs-Haven hath with calm water broken the ruder of his ship there on about this stonegoeth commonly a hollow water The length of half a mile northeastward from this stone ye have uneven ground for casting your sound-lead one time ye can have but seven fathoms and at the other time ye can sound five and thirtie from this stone towards the land falleth the ground by degrees off to the depth of six and thirtie fathoms and deeper yea so far from the wall as a small peece of canon can carrie ye have fourscore fathoms water with soft clay-ground but about the stone the ground is stonie and sandie Claes Dirckson Seyn from Wijck wrote in the year after our redemption 1616. that about eleven or tvvelve miles south south-east from the South-corner of the Island he found 35 or 36 fathoms vvith black moulie sand and small stones John Sybrantson Pael-man writes that south-eastward from the south-east corner of the Island about two miles he found rockie ground my neighbour had once 60 and I had but 30 fathoms so that it is very uneven there About a quarter of a mile northwestward from the South-corner there stands a rock high above water with sundrie other little rocks by him which are commonly called the seven or five rocks The seven or five rocks when ye come from the north ye can easily passe through between them hard by the land there lieth a Holmken Holmken a little above water From these seven or five rocks till near under the wall drieth it up from thirtie to five fathoms From the southwall north northwest a short mile the land falleth out with a corner commonly called the Low-south-corner The Lovv-south-corner on the shore is it low and there lieth the sloops that keeps watch Between the South-corner and this corner there are severall infalls with a low shore commodious for boats to come by in the infalls is it sandie ground six or seven fathoms deep Between this and the South-corner lye some small rocks some above and some under water from thence about two canon-shot is the land somewhat crooked to an infall which is commonly called the Bocht of Guinea The Bocht of Guinea From this aforesaid Bocht north-east northward about half a mile come ye into the South-bay South-bay a lesser Bocht as the aforesaid there were wont to stand ten tents in this bay for the handling of fish oil but in one year the sea washt away three tents thirteen chaloups tuns and oily-vessels pertaining to the chamber of Amsterdam it washt away likewise most of the ground whereon they stood wherefore those from Amsterdam did delve a large peece of ground the sommer following whereon they have set two tents Afore this Bay ye have from nine to fifteen and so forth to eighteen fathoms with black sandie-ground a little further off ye have five and twentie yea thirtie fathoms with short stonie ground and again so far as a small piece of canon can reach ye have fourscore fathoms and soft ground Between the Bocht of Guinea and the South-bay the wall is very stay stonie and rockie when ye ly on fifteen fathoms afore this South-bay then ye can see through between the land and the Fowlie-rock or Vogel-klip Some two canon-shot from this Fowlie-rock Fovvlie-rock into the Bocht there lieth a small rock and on land there is a Red-hill Red-hill in the aforesaid Bocht there lieth a channel whereon ye may lay four or five chaloups The matter of a mile north-eastward from the South-bay ye shall finde a little corner then ye have a gate or entry where ye can row through from the mountains into a Kolk or depth there ye have so much room as to lay some twentie chaloups on and it is very convenient for the waiting on whales this is called of Sea-men the Hoepstocks-Bay The Hoepstocks-Bay A large canon-shot from this Hoepstocks-Bay ye shall finde a corner where there are many small rocks which are called the Rudsen The Rudsen from thence to the Red-hill the wall is rockie and stonie The matter of a mile north-east northerlie from the aforesaid Rudsen there is an outlying corner commonly called the Walrush-gate VValrush-gate without or rather at the which there lieth the Briellish-steepel between these two the land hath a great infall which is commonly called North-bay and is the most convenient place of all for the handling of fish-oile A quarter of a mile from these Rudsen or small rocks towards the Bocht there is a flat place North-Bay which is called the Wood-bay VVood-bay because of this flat the land lieth high this flat is a short quarter of a mile large between this and the Walrush-gate there lieth a great flat Channel whereon lie all the tents and kettles of the chambers of Holland and Zeeland this Bocht hath a flat sandie-ground where the ships may lie at anker on fifteen or sixteen fathoms water about a canon-shot from land In the fore-sommer the ships lie near on land within the Bay on eight or nine fathoms water From the Briellish-steepel the land lieth eastward up and hath for a mile flat strand which is very convenient for chaloups to keep watch the aforesaid corner of the Walrush-gate is very high and stay towards the sea at the end of the aforesaid mile ye finde nothing but rockie stay land without any strand and which is worthie to be made mention of a canon-shot from thence ye have a stone on the fashion of a steepel At the end of this aforesaid land a little foreby the steeple there ye finde a little infall
which is called Mary-Mus-bay The Mary-Mus-bay because that Mary Mus from Rotterdam of happie memorie was the first that ever sent a ship there to boile oil there is a very commodious anker-ground for about a canon-shot from land ye have five six or eight fathoms water and a far way Seawards in ye have smooth water likewise ye have a shore fit for all kinde of commodities useable for boiling of fish A little landwards in ye have a pool whereout ye can take fish yea ye can bring your boat from shore into that same pool From the east-corner of Mary-Mus-bay the foot of the mountains streatches themselves in sea very stay and high towards the west strand or shoar From the foot of these mountains setting your course north-east northerly for the matter of a quarter of a mile ye have a flat shoar where aforetimes there hath stood a crosse on a grave between those two the land hath a great infall and hard under wall a stonie ground the wall of it self is flat and sandie so that a man might have occasion on severall places to boil fish The Northwest Corner De Noord-westhoec van IAN MAYEN Eylandt BEsides this aforesaid Bay two musquet-shot from land ye have nine fathoms depth off-falling ground to the seventeenth fathom about a musquet-shot further ye have good single sandy ground but when ye come to have five and twentie thirtie or fiftie fathoms there ye have foul stonie ground which continueth till ye come so far in Sea that ye can see both the corners of the land half a mile from the land yee loose the stonie-ground and again hard under land where ye can see the ground is it stonie From the crosse to the next Yce-hill is it overall flat sandy ground and in some places stonie it is about half a mile broad and some places are fit to lay your boats on that keeps watch but it is not convenient for ankering of ships for deepnesse From the northwest corner towards the east ye have a stonie and stay wall a quarter of a mile in length where ye finde a convenient little bay whereon ye may set one kettle to boil fish in but because a short canon-shot from thence it is well 300 fathoms deep therefore it is inconvenient for ships to ly there From thence runs the wall well a half mile in length eastwardly up at the end whereof there is a little bay where ye could set a kettle and lay a boat on watch but a short canon shot from the land is it well three hundred fathoms deep From thence to the north-corner which is half a mile on the shoar is it stonie knottie and stay On the north-side of this Island the yce lyes sometimes so near that if ye would sail from hence to Spitsbergen ye should be forc'd to set your course fourtie five and fourtie yea sometimes fiftie miles northerly about and sometimes ye can sail right northwards from this Island wel five and fourtie or fiftie miles to the heighth of 75 grades norther bredth before ye can see any Yce By fair and clear weather ye can see the Bears-mountain when ye are thirtie miles from it Now adayes there are not so many fish taken about this Island as was wont because they run now more towards the north then they used to do At John Mayens Island the veriation is a stroke and a half northwestward Of the Tides and flowing of Streams In the South-bay a south southeast and north northwest Moon according to the Hollands compas makes high water the floud flows from the south running northwards and ebbes contrarily Situation and Courses From Hitland to John Mayens Island north and northwest at the half stroke 160 miles From the North-end of John Mayens Island to the North-cape east somewhat northerly but little 170 miles From the North-end of John Mayens Island to the southermost point of Spitsbergen west northwest half a stroke northerly 165 miles From the South-end of John Mayens Island to the Island Grijp on the Liet of Dronten northwest a little more northerlie 147 miles From the South-end of John Mayens Island to Langenes the northermost corner of Yceland southwest half a stroke westward 111 miles From the north-corner to the south-corner north-east and north-east easterlie 9 miles From the North-corner to the South-east-corner of the little Sandiebay north-east northerly and north northeast 2 miles and a half From the little Sandiebay to the Eyer-Island or the beginning of the great Hout-bay east southerly 1¼ of a mile From the Eyer-Island to the first Rock that is like to a ship with her sails southward westerlie 1¾ mile From the first Rock to the other Rock which is also like to a ship west and a little southerly 1½ mile From this second Rock to the south-corner southwest 2¼ mile From the South-corner to the five or seven Rocks northwest ¼ mile From the south-corner to the low south-corner or the Hoy-berg north 1 mile From the Hoy-berg to the Southbay northeast 1¼ mile From the Fowlie-Rock to the Hoepstock-bay north-east 1 mile From the Fowlie-Rock to the Rudsen north-east scarce 1½ mile From the Rudsen to the Briellish-Steepel north-east northerlie 1 mile From the Briellish-Steepel to Marie-Mus-bay east northerlie 1¼ mile From Marie-Mus-bay to Muyens second Crosse-corner north-east 1½ mil. From Muyens Crosse-corner to the North-corner east 2½ mile The Hights The North-corner lieth on the hight of 71 grades 23 min. The South-corner lieth on the hight of 71 grades Thus appeareth the land in your sight when ye are on Sea The flat strand Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is northvvard tvvo miles from you Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is vvestvvard tvvo miles from you Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is southvvard tvvo miles from you The third Demonstration Containing The situation of the Bears Island the Hoopen Island as also of whole Spits-bergen for so much as they are northerly and easterly known as yet WHen ye come from the North-cape to the Bears-Island The Bears-Island your course is north northwest and north-west northerly about 54 or 55 miles Syroy Syroy then lyes right north northwest from the Bears-Island Upon the aforesaid North-cape there are people who lives till they be seventy or fourscore years old they never eat any bread for they live on fish and flesh The Indwellers of the North-cape towards Finmarken say that that Bay never freeses so that they get their living most by taking of fish and drying the same The Bears-Island is reasonable high ye can row about it in the space of six hours at the north-west corner thereof coming within three miles to it ye can finde ground of fourtie fathoms and how nearer the land ye come how undeeper it is for within a canon shot to it ye are on 15 fathoms Out of the bears-Bears-Island ye can have refreshment of waters although it were for an hundred ships there groweth likewise
brave herbs whereof ye can make salate which refresheth a man extraordinarily there are also many fowls ye finde there coals to burn not unlike to the Scots coals At the northeast corner there lieth a little Bay where ye can ly safe after a little Island cornerwindes from east southeast to west southwest blows flat into this bay but as for other windes ye ly safe ye can come into this bay at the south-side thereof at the north-side it is almost fast to a great Island except a narrow passage where ye can come handsomely through with a chaloup hereabouts is no other Inham to run into in time of storme but round about ye have anker-ground yet ye must ly in open Sea the ground is durtie and there goeth a hollow Sea so that it is not good to anker there in time of storm the floud floweth commonly from the south-west toward the northeast a southwest northeast moone make high water and it floweth commonly four foot up and down At the time of year ye can take good kods and haddoks at the Bears-Island The East-coast of Spitsbergen FRom the Bears-Island to Hoopen-Island The Hoopen-Island the course is north-east northerly as is suspected two and thirtie miles the Island is seven or eight miles in length and not above three musquet-shot broad it lieth east north-east west southwest at both sides so wel at the south as the north but on the north side alongs the whole Island ye have good anker-ground on twentie fathoms a great half mile from land on the southwest end and the northeast end ye have some flat ground where the Walrushes use to come otherwise it is overall stay and ragged but on the southside it is overall stonie and rockie and not fit for ankering of which ye must take heed yet ye may sail within half a mile alongs the coast without danger but there is nothing on this Island that serveth for refreshment There hath been some who have sailed beyond the Hoopen-Island east north-eastward 24 miles but found no land found aboundance of yce and could reach no ground The Hoopen-Island appeareth to you as five mountains whereof the northeast end is the highest At the northeast end of Hoopen-Island there is a valley wel a quarter of a mile in circuit whereon resorts a great number of Walrushes yea sometimes it lieth whole full of them there are likewise an innumerable number of Sea-mews and other Sea fowls they flie sometimes in such multitudes that they hinder you from the sight of the firmament above your head so that the land is wel enough to be known by the off and on flying of those fowls seeking food for their young ones From the northeast corner of Hoopen-Island to Black-point the course is north westerly some ten miles but before ye come to Black-point on the southeast side there lieth a great many small Islands from the mast of your ship ye can tell sixtie of them but indeed there are so many as if they were sowen and that all alongs the coast so far as ye can see and that towards the northeast and west northwest as we suspect altogether stones and rocks When Black-point Black-point is four miles north easterly from you you see a great Island in comparison of the other when ye are a large musquet-shot on the south side of this Island ye ly on thirtie fathoms stitch-ground it is a stay ground for the length of a ship more Seawards in ye have 60 fathoms within the aforesaid Islands towards land ye can see open in Sea where the Islands are not so close together A mile further east from the aforesaid great Island without the low Islands there lyes a great many blindes in Sea where ye can have no anker-ground the Sea beats much on those blindes when it is high water yet there is no great floud On the northeast corner of hoopen-Hoopen-Island there goeth as strong a stream as there doth in Texel the floud cometh from the south southwest and runs along the land A south-southwest winde maketh there the highest water on the aforesaid Island is no refreshment to begot so far as is yet known but is all stonie low land neither can ye see the aforesaid Islands from farre But Black-point is a very high land so that when it is fair weather ye can see it from hoopen-Hoopen-Island thereabout ye have thick mists yea sometimes for the space of five or six dayes ye see not once the Sun but all thick cold mist From Black-point so lyeth the coast eastward on northeast up so far as ye can see to Wijbben Iansons water west northwest but the whole coast along lieth full of rocks and little Islands the floud cometh out of the south-west by the Cape on the east side of Look-out and runs northeastwardly up to Wijbben Jansons water Ye can scarcely lay on by the east side of the Cape Look-out because of the Yce that cometh from the east of Nova Sembla and runs along the coast as if it were fast land like to a bank so that ye can scarcely come through The West-coast of Spits-Bergen Look-out or Kijckâ—â—â— FRom the bears-Bears-Island to the Cape Lookout or the south corner of Spits-Bergen is the course north northwest somewhat westly about eight and twentie miles There lyes a stonie channel on the southeast cape of Look-out Seawards in wel four miles in length on some places when the water rages ye can see it beat on the channel ye can sail through between this channel and the land but with great danger From the cape Look-out to the south-end of the foreland the course is north northwest six or seven and twenty miles between both lyes Hoorn-zond Klock-bay or Belzond and Yce-zond From the cape Look-out to Hoorn-zond the course is north northwest six miles it is betvveen both stonie and foul ground The Hoorn-zond Hoorn-zond is a wide bay and lyes without danger of all kinde of windes The English have their tents standing there and comes every year to take fish Between Hoorn-zond and Klock-river by others called Belzond Bel-zond lyes the coast northwards westerly and north northwest all alongs the coast it is stonie and foule and full of rocks and craigs Within the Bel-zond lies sundrie rivers and havens and a little within the corner on the north side lyes Willem van Muyens haven VVillem van Muyens haven that is so called because Willem van Muyen had fisht there aforetimes a little northwards up runs a river landvvards in which is called the undeep river The undeep river whereon lyes the cold harbour where aforetimes there have stood some tents a little more southerly lyes Michel Rinders river and more southerly from the aforesaid river lyes Sardammer-river which runs a great way landwards in From the Sardammer-river westward or sailende in through Klock-bay a little about the south corner there lyes a fair harbour which because of its conveniencie
is called the Fair-haven The fair haven which is a brave road and in time of need a man might keep a ship there without anker or tow it is a clean slipperie ground From the Klock-bay to Yce-zond lyes the coast all northwesterly and north northwest between these two it is durtie and foul without any bochts or Infalls yet when ye come a little about the south corner ye finde there the Green harbour there is a good road and ye may freely anker there so hard under the wall as ye please and that on eight ten or twelve fathoms water it is there every where a clean flat upgoing ground and ye ly there befreed from all sorts of windes When ye come a little about the north corner ye finde the Safe haven The Safe haven which lies northward up and sailing a quarter of a mile upward ye come to a good road which is called the Safe-haven the ground is somewhat stay but clean there ye may let anker fall on thirtie fathoms and ye ly secure from all windes Farther eastward up the fare-water runs so far up that never any boat yet hath been at the end of it for it lyes most commonly the whole sommer throughfull of Yce but if ye shun this north-wall there is no danger ye need to fear The Yce-zond The Yce-zond is a wide river to come into but when ye come into the Hoorn-zond or Safe haven or get into the Yce-zond and when ye perceive that theyce begins to come out of the south ye must make haste to lift anker otherwise ye should be besiedged with Yce so that ye could not come forth and chiefly in the after-sommer Whilest ye sail this passage upward ye shall finde a great many Roes of which ye can take some and all alongs the shoar ye have such a multitude of fowls on the rocks where they breed their Young-ones that by their dung the rocks grow as if it were green there growes likewise a sort of herb which is called Slae and is alike to scurvie-grasse the which herb tastes even as salate and refreshes a man extreamly From the Yce-zond to the south-corner of the Foreland the coast lies northwest yet ye must shun the south-corner because it is a little foul there lies a rock southwest from the lād off seawards in which is a quarter of a mile long The Foreland lies south and north from the south to the north-corner or fowlie corner wel fifeteen or sixteen miles in length a mile and a half benorth the south-corner of the Foreland there lies two Islands the one a canon shot from the other and as far between them and the wall on these Islands there are many thousands of fowls like to Rotgeese and drakes there are likewise a great multitude of egges to be got a great mile benorth there lies a rock of clear white stones under which there are many great ones this lies from the wall seawards in about a mile and a half three miles beyond the Persh-Rif there lies a little Island near under the shore where likewise are many fowls and egges to begot between both it is reasonable clean but towards the wall lyes some rocks wherefore ye must take heed that ye come not too near to the wall About the north-corner of the Foreland between the maine land ye can cast anker on twentie eighteen fifeteen ten and four fathoms according as ye are far into it but nearest the foreland At the fast land lies the Crosse-bay Crosse-bay and somewhat forward southerly within the foreland there lies the English-bay The English bay where the English come a fishing From the Fowl-corner or north corner of the foreland to the Danes-Island the course is northeast northerly the matter of nine miles under way lies Madaleenen-bay Madaleenen-bay where ye have a good road at the south-corner of the bay but it is high stay land and we cast anker commonly a little within the south-corner yet ye may sail a little farther in and let the anker fall at the north wall for ye have every where good ground on fifeteen twentie and five and twentie fathoms The north-corner of the Madaleenen bay is the south-corner of the English-bay Which is stonie and foul and very dangerous for those that knows it not From the Madeleenen-bay to Robbe-bay the course is north north east and south southwest two miles between those two there lies a low Island which is called the English-look-out English look-out from whence a stonie channel lies in length of a canon shot ye can come through this channel but with great danger From the Robbe-bay which lies on the Danes-Island to the south-bay the course is north north-east about half a mile we sail commonly benorth the south-corner of the south-bay into the bay but when ye come into the south-bay ye must shun the north-wall for it is foul in the incoming ye may go somewhat near the northwall and cast anker on ten fifeteen sixteen or twentie fathoms good ground safe from all windes The Hollands or Maurits-Bay AT the north-corner of the South-Bay there lieth four small Islands of which the uttermost is the greatest from the westmost part of those four Islands to the Hollands or Maurits bay the course is east northeast a quarter of a mile if ye shun the rocks ye need fear no danger except some rocks otherwise is it a fair coast for ye may ly at anker under two severall corners of this bay and that a canonshot or two from the wall as ye please that on fifteen eighteen or twenty fathoms if ye sail a little south southeast in ye can see the Hollands ships lying at anker afore their tents but if ye would sail to them ye must not come nearer the southwall as where ye have seven fathom water and then ye come first where the Amsterdams tents are when ye are there ye may go as near the wall as you please yea if there come an Yce ye may make your tow fast on land and need not fear any windes then come ye to the tents of the chamber of Middelburgh and Vlissing likewise where the Danes and others stands From the westmost tent there runs a craig off by the which ye cannot come it runs most the whole passage over and then ye see flat out of the South-Bay on the south side of the afore said craig there lieth sundrie little Islands as also many stones under water it were possible to sail from hence out of the South-Bay to Sea but it must first be marked with beacons or tuns because it is a narrow passage From the west-most tent out of the South-Bay is about a mile in length and is called the amsterdams-Amsterdams-Island amsterdams- amsterdams-Amsterdams-Island because their tents stands there the place where the tents stand is about a musquet shot in breadth after which runs a Kinde of water or a still standing pool East southeast and
east northerly from the Amsterdams tents lie two Yce-mountains hard on shore sometimes the Yce comes down with such a force that they make the ships that lie afore the tents to sturre The land within the bay is very high and stay as likewise it is by the Amsterdams and Danes Island although not so high At the South-corner of the Hollands-Bay lieth a little Island hard under-wall called the Devils-Island Devils-Island ye need not fear it for ye may sail hard by it From that same corner to the Vogelsang the course is east northeast a great mile The Vogelsang is an Island clean round about for ye may let anker fall where ye will From hence east southeast a canonshot lieth the Island met de kloof or cloven Island The Cloven-Island so called because the mountain that lieth on shoar is cloven and lieth between the Vogelsang and the aforesaid Island Betvveen the fast land and the aforesaid Island there lie divers Islands vvho because of their multitude are called Archepelliga Archepelliga in these Islands are diverse roads to be found for those that are acquainted there but none to be had at the fast land From the cloven Island to the Island called the Zews-uytkijck The Zevvs-uytkijck or Look-out the course is southeast easterly about half a mile between both there lieth a little round Island called the Geese-Island The Geese-Island vvhen ye come thither ye must sail through betvveen this and the Zevvs-kijck-uyt keeping the Gansen-Island a canonshot from you seavvards in at the Zevvs-Island ye have good anker-ground and lieth on 20 or 15 fathoms good anker-ground That passage vvhich runs betvveen the Islands and the fast land ends betvveen the Zevvs-Island and Moniers-bay it is possible to sail through the Hollands-bay but onely for those vvho are used vvith those passages From the Zevvs-uytkijck to Moniers-bay Moniers-bay is the course southeast a half mile and the passage is almost a quarter of a mile broad and on the south-side there lieth a haven called the Eyer or egge haven The egges-haven Moniers-bay is not fit to sail into because it is stonie foul and rockie and seldome used On the east side of the Zevvs-kijck-uyt in the after-sommer ye have often south-west windes with great calmnesse and in the fore-sommer northerly windes although ye have had a good gail at sea how farther east so much vvorse the floud floweth from the south toward the north all alongs the coast it floweth wel eight hours and ebbes in lesse then four All the Yee that cometh with an east winde from Nova-Sembla cometh with a great force along the northcoast of the cape the Kijck-uyt into the Hollandsbay yea so hard that the ships have enough to do to shun it this is alvvayes so when ye have often eastwindes in the fore-year then it is driven to the west-side of the cape the Kijck-uyt where the yee lieth and swimmeth till it be driven by the south-floud untill the coast of the Fore-land so that all the bayes are filled therewith from thence it runs northward on not knowing whether From Moniers-bay to the Red-bay the coast lieth east south-east four miles the coast is everywhere foul and stonie hard under Moniers-bay it is a low land yet by piece and piece climming upward to the Red-bay The Red-bay the east-corner of Moniers-bay is called the Low-corner From the Red-bay to Reene-velt the course is east south-east five miles the coast is not clean yet ye get anker-ground on twenty or eighteen fathoms alongs the Reene-velt yet ye shall finde no clean ground The Reene-velt The Reene-velt is low even ground in the middle thereof lieth a little round-hill which when it is from the south south-west from you ye have all along the coast of Reene-velt anker-ground as is aforesaid On the east-side of Reene-velt there runs a broad sail-water called the East-wijck at the end of which never any hath been as yet this water runs very far landwards in and is well three miles broad on the east-corner of the Easter-wijck lieth the Gray-corner lieth from Reene-velt south-eastward three miles as is aforesaid The Reene-velt lieth from the outmost of the Islands east south-east ten miles From Reene-velt north-east northerly four miles lieth the Moffen-Island where are many Walrushes From the Gray-corner Gray-corner with a south-east course ye sail to the South-easter-land on over a bay which is four miles broad which bay runs south and south south-west The Easter-land runs east north-east upward but it is yet unknown how far it is a even lane reasonable high but of divers sorts of earth alike to Spits-bergen so that it is thought to be an Island The whole west coast of Spits-bergen is wholy high uneven land The difference at Spits-bergen is 22 grades north-westerly when the Sun is south south-west he is at the highest there according to the Hollands compas In the fore-sommer ye have there commonly easterly and in the after-sommer southerly windes Likewise on the west coast of Spits-bergen in the fore-year ye have commonly east and north-east and in the after-year most southerly windes Of the Tides and flowing of Streams At the west-coast of Spits-bergen the tide keeps no constant course but a floud with a north-east and south-west moone maketh the highest water it floweth with a daily tide five and with a floud six foot A south-west and north-east moone maketh highest water at the bears-Bears-Island the floud cometh commonly out of the south-west and floweth toward the south-east A south south-west and north north-east moone maketh the highest water on the north-east corner of hoopen-Hoopen-Island and it floweth there as hard as in Texel it cometh out from the south south-west and runs along the coast to the Cape the Kijck-uyt the stream floweth from south-west north-eastward to Wijbbe Jansons water On the east-side of the Zews-uytkijck cometh the stream from the south and runs to the north it floweth eight hours and ebbes scarce four Of the Depths At the north-west-corner of the bears-Bears-Island ye have fourtie fathoms and drieth more and more up till ye be within a canon-shot of land where ye have fifteen fathoms water Situation and Courses From the North-cape to the Bears-Island the course is north north-west and north-west westerly 54 or 55 miles From Suroy to the Bears-Island north north-west 50 miles From the Bears-Island to Hoopen-Island north north-east northerly 32 miles From the south-west to the north-east corner of Hopen-Island east north-east 8 miles From the north-east corner of Hopen-Island to Black-point north westerly 10 miles From the Bears-Island to the Cape the Uytkijck north north-west somewhat westerly 28 miles From the Cape the Uyt-kijck to the south-end of the foreland north north-west 26 or 27 miles From the Cape the Uytkijck to Horn-zond north north-west 6 miles From Horn-zond to Bel-zond north westerly and north north-west 7 miles From Bel-zond to Yce-zond north westerly 11 miles From
the south-end to the north-end of the foreland north 15 or 16 miles From the north-corner of the foreland to the Danes-Island north-east northerly 9 miles From Magdalene-bay to Robbe-bay north northeast 2 miles From the Robbe-bay to the South-bay north north-east half a mile From Devils-Island to the Vogel-sang east north-east a large mile From the Vogel-sang to the Zews-Uyt-kijck south-east easterly a large mile From the Zews-Uyt-kijck to Moniers-bay south-east half a mile From Moniers-bay to the Red-bay the course is east south-east 4 miles From the Red-bay to Reene-velt east south-east 5 miles From Reene-velt to the Gray-corner south-east 3 miles From Reene-velt to the Moffen-Island north-east northerly 4 miles The Hights The Bears-Island lieth on four and seventie grades and a half The Cape the Kijck-uyt lieth on six and seventie grades and six and thirtie minutes The north-corner of the Foreland lieth on nine and seventy grades twentie minutes Thus appears the land in your sight when ye are on sea Reenevelt Red-bay Thus appears the Red-bay when the round hill lieth south from you Thus appears Hoopen-Island when ye are north-east north and north-west from it The fourth Demonstration Containing A Description of Orlogenes from the Cape of Candenoes to the west-coast of Nova Sembla and the Weygat ORlogenoes and the cape Candenoes Candenoes lieth severally north east and southwest 35 miles The corner of Candenoes is well enough known there stands 5 great crosses up for tokens which when ye come by ye can perfectly perceive that the land fails you on the one side south-west toward the White sea and on the other side south-east About ten miles easterly from Cabo de Candenoes there lieth an Island called Morsonowits Morsonovvits from thence easterly there lieth a great Inham landward in which is a flat undeep water withall a deceitfull ground There hath been divers ships who have saild amisse here thinking that they had been in the mouth of the Whitesea therefore it is necessarie to learn to distinguish the land for the Russish coast eastward Candenoes is very sandie and a flat shoar and the coast of Lapland is high and full of mountains Into this Inham there runs a river from the land through the which ye can come in boats to the White sea Besides this Inham about twentie miles east and east southerly from Candenoes there lieth an Island called Colgoya Colgoya which is ten miles in length ye may sail round about it but on the south-side thereof lieth a craig which comes from the east that ye must shun because it joyns to the west-end of this Island There are a great many geese on this Island which in the sommer time are wholly naked having no kinde of feathers they lay their egge under their stump or taile and on that fashion breeds forth their young ones there are such multitudes of those geese there that the Russes comes with their Lodges or boats to land and takes of them by multitudes and salts them in tuns From the Candenoes to the Island Tussara Tussara the course is east south-east 32 miles and between both lieth this great ham On the west-side of Tussara lieth the corner of Swelgenoes Svvelgenoes From Tussara to the river of Colcova Colcova the course is eastward five miles that is a good river and some twelve foot deep there is no other traffique there but that the Russes comes from Colmogro and St. Niclaes with their lodges to change their wares for rough skins Five miles eastward from the river Colcova lieth the river Pitsana Pitsana which is but six foot deep and is not well known a little westerly from this lieth a drie bank which ye must shun Olivier Brunel coming from Nova Sembla sat here on ground Ten miles eastward from Pitsana lieth the river Pitsora Pitsora that runs by the east-corner in south south-east and is deep six Holland yards the land there is low and sandie on the west-corner there stands a Pack-house whereon stands some crosses when ye come within the river turn a little westward up toward the Pack-house and let anker fall on three or four fathoms water there is a great poole or lake Ye must shun the east side of the river for it is full of sand and banks The town of Pitsora lieth 26 Dutch miles landward in there is abundance of costly skins and cristall Between Pitsora and Way-gats lieth Oltgijn Oltgijn and without on the land lieth two rocks or little Islands the one called Oranjen and the other Graef Maurits there ye may ly at anker on six or seven fathoms From the south-side there comes a sandbed off-falling where ye have but three fathoms On the east and west-side of these two Islands there is a great Inham flat water the land lieth there in the round to the corner of Pitsora all in one Inham it is from Pitsora to Way-gats north-east easterly 24 miles Way-gats VVay-gats which is likewise called the Strait of Nassowen is a narrow passage through which ye can sail into the Tartarish sea It lieth first easterly and then north-east the matter of six or seven miles about midway there lieth an Island which ye can sail by on both sides A little within the corner on the north-side is a brave bay Traen-bay into the which ye can let anker fall so deep as ye please to wit on five four or three fathoms good strong ground toward the east wall ye have the deepest water and ye ly there safe from all windes or Yee-flouds It hath been assayed at two severall times to finde away through this Strait to sail be-north Tartarie to come to the rich Kingdomes of Cathy and China and from thence to Molucquen but all in vain because of the great Yee that lieth there the whole year and never melts by reason of the constant cold From the east-end of the Strait Way-gats to the Inham of Oby Oby the course is east south-east and south-east easterly thirtie miles On the east-side hereof the land lieth north-east thirtie miles more to the two norther rivers and from thence northeast but how far is not as yet known The west-coast of Nova Sembla Nova Sembla lieth from Way-gat northward to Constint-zarck north-west about fourtie miles Benorth this falls it north easterly-ward to the corner of Langenesse or the Staten-hoeck or States corner and so forth north north-east north-east and east north-east to the Islands of Oranje the northmost part of Nova Sembla lieth on the heighth of 77 grades and an half Of the Tides and flovving of Streams From the east-side of Candenoes to the Island of Colgoyen the stream fals east and east southerly as likewise along that same Island From Colgoyen to Way-gats fals the stream east and west Alongs Nova Sembla the streams turns about with the moone Alongs Rusland they come from between Candenoes and Pitsora out of the west and west
countrie-church come to that aforesaid old peece of wall of the old ruinous castle and then right in as hath beene before said Or runne in by the first markes untill within a shot of a cast peece neer to the west shoare then edge up to the north shoare untill that Ahuys come in the middest of the River and anchor there as hath been said Hanno Hanno is a high round Island which men may sayle round about under it is good road for south and southeast windes Behind Hanno runneth up a little River to Self-brough but serveth onely for small shippes or Crayers which go not deepe From Ahuys to the Rockes the course is east and by south twelve or thirteene leagues betwixt them both lye divers little townes as Fleholme and Rottenbuy Fleholm Rottenbuy where men may anchor before in sixe seven and eight fathom good anchor ground And other Havens more but little or nothing knowne by Hollanders Thwart of Rottenbuye lyeth a little Rocke somwhat off from the land called Malqueren under which men may also ride From the north poynt of Bruntholm to the Rocks the course is northeast somewhat northerly sixteen leagues but from the poynt of Sandhammer eastnortheast sixteen leagues If you runne alongst close by the north poynt of Bruntholm you shall runne with a north waye alongst even without the Rocks But if you runne alongst close by the poynt of Sandhammer and will saile from thence to the Rockes you shall with a northeast by east waye fall with the Land even within them or to the Westwardes of them The Rocks The rocks are some little rocks together which men may sayle round about but can have no Roade under them they lye 3 or 4 leagues distant from the maine land are smaller then the Eartholms A leagues or two to the northwards of them lyeth the Vrouwen of Greene Island by some called the rough-Rough-Island and also the Outlyers It is not so brooken in it selfe as the Rocks and also much greater off to seawards from it lye some rocks to the westwards of it it is all full of rocks some above and some under water alongst even fast to the Land you may saile about within the Greene-Island betwixt it and the rockes but no man can doe it but he must be verie well acquainted there and then also not without great daunger To the s wards of it you may also finde Road at some places but you must be verie wel acquainted also not without daunger by reason of the multitude of suncken rocks and sharp grounds The east side of of the Outlyers lye from the rocks northeast and by north The south end of Oeland Oeland is a sharpe point and lyeth from the rocks east west about ten leagues distant Thwart of it betwixt the mayne land and the aforesayd south poynt of Oeland it is about four leagues broad betwixt them both goeth in the Calmer-sound For to sayle up into the Calmer sound then goe on from the rockes or from the Outlyers northeast and by east and then you runne in betwixt Oeland the maine land upon 14 fathom and sayle then northnortheast betwixt them both a middest the channell both the shoares are verie foule but if you come not nearer them then in 7 fathom you can take no hurt there From the Rocks to Calmer are sixteen leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them northwest from Southerorden the southermost poynt of Oeland lyeth the towne of Christianopell Christianopel lately built there upon a little Island by the Kings Majestie of Denmarke and so called after his name Thwart of it was wont to lye upon the mayne land a little towne called Overschare Overschare now it is one with Christianopel thwart of it lyeth a ledge of rockes about a great English mile off from the shoare southeast into the sea come no nearer it then in ten fathom At Christianopel is a haven on the east side from it lyeth off a riffe towards the eastnortheast into sea therefore he that will sayle in there must come in from the northwards for to avoyde this riffe To the northwardes of Christianopel towardes Calmer it is on both sides as well on the side of the mayne land as on the side of Oeland all full of rocks and foule grounds but you may sound both the shoares in the middest betwixt both in the farewaye it is tenne and twelve fathom deep all soft claye ground to the southwards of Christianopel it is deeper but to the northwards of Calmer it is by little and little shoaler Two leagues to the northwards of Christianopell lyeth Bercker haven Bercker-haven there men doe lade oaken beams there within it is good lying but verie bad for to come in or out because of the multitude of sunken rocks and other foule grounds which lye before it about a half league off from the shoare to seawards About a league to the northwards of Berckerhaven lyeth Hosmes ground Hosmes ground which is a very bad foule ground lying somewhat farther off from the shoare to sea-wards then the other rocks which lye alongst the shoare thereof you must take heede About a league to the southwards of Calmer two leagues to the northwards of Hosmes ground lyeth a poynt called Steensoe Steensoe which is a somewhat high rough and very foule poynt a halfe league long lying within a halfe league neare to the towne to the westwards of it runneth in a great bight where is good lying also for manie shipps but you cannot come in there because of the manie foule grounds and dangers except it be with a very skilfull Pilot upon the west side over against the poynt standeth a white house The King of Denmarks fleet of ships laye there in the time of the last siege of Calmer When you come so farre in that you leese the south end of Oeland out of your sight then you get the Castle of Calmer Castle of Calmer in sight sayle towards it but shunne the shoares as hath been sayde here before The Castle hath four great towers when the two eastermost of the four come one in the other then is the Castle about northwest from you then you come by the Grimschaer Grimschaer this is a rock easy to be knowne upon it standeth a mast with a Barrell upon the toppe of it which lyeth much nearer the west shoare then Oeland when you get it in sight then sayle towards it Thwart of the Grimschaer or Tonholm lyeth a sunken rock about a cables length off from it and a little more to the eastwards upon it is no more then five foot water The farewaye is through betwixt this sunken rock the Grimschaer about northeast and by north sayle close alongst by the Grimschaer leaving it on the larboard side and then the foresayd sunken Rock remaineth on the starboard side of you Being a little past the foresayd sunken Rock Grimschaer you come then
on against the west end of a long small rock which lieth farr to the eastwards towards Oeland and lieth almost even with the water at some places a little above water and at some places the Sea runneth alongst over it edge then a little up to the northwards and runne about by the poynt of that rock Being past that you shall meet on the larboard side a low rock from the which there shooteth off a little taile to the northwards upon it standeth a little beacon sayle alongst by it and being a little past it then shall the town lye westsouthwest from you let your anchor fall there in five or sixe fathom there is the right road If you come to anchor somewhat northerly in the roade you must be carefull to take heed of a sunken rock which lyeth not more then eleven or twelve foot under water The Marks of this sunken rock Sunken rock are these When the mills upon the Mulholm are one in the other with the mill which standeth on the north side without the town then you are thwart off the foresayd sunken rock On both sides of it as well to the northwards as the southwards of it it is deep enough It is good lying there allmost with all windes but a north and by east winde is the worst which bloweth there open in With shipps that go not deeper then sixe or seven foote men may come to lye at the bridge before the towne You may also sayle to the westwards of the Grimschaer that is through betwixt the Grimschaer and the land with shipps that go not deep but he that shall doe it must be verie well acquainted there for there it is all full of Rocks some above and some under water From the south end of Oeland called Southerorden The riff of southerorden lyeth off a great dangerous riffe a league and an half into sea there it is seven and eight fathom deep when the Chappel upon Southerorden is northwest a great league from you there it is tenne and eleven fathom deepe you may sound about this riffe in eight or nine fathom but it is not good to come nearer it when you can doe otherwise and can passe it A halfe league to the northwards of the Towne Calmer to wit a little to the northwards of the road lyeth an Island called Skalloe Skalloe which you must leave on the starboard side when you are bound from Calmer to the northwards It is indifferent cleane upon the west side but from the Sweeds side there over against it runneth off a stone riff almost unto the Island Upon this riffe standeth commonly a stone-beacon it is dangerous to sayle through there or over that shoale for one that is not there very well acquainted It is also Pilots water Foure leagues to the northwards of the Calmer on the Sweeds side lyeth an out-poynt called Schenknes or Skegnesse Skegenes thwart of it lyeth a small Island called the Baker The Baker betwixt this poynt and Skallo it is very uneven of depths The east coast of Oeland is a cleane coast lieth northnortheast southsouthwest Off the Island Rughen To the westwards of the Island Rugen men doe sayle up into the Jelle unto Straelsound For to sayl from Straelsound out alongst the Jelle For to sail out at the Jelle goe on north and north and by west there lyeth a Middle-ground sometimes there standeth a beacon upon it and sometimes not leave that on the larboard side being past that sayle to the poynt where the wood standeth upon so that the town come behind the wood you shall then see a verie high tree bring that over the flattest steeple and keep it so a while standing going on still north and north and by west unto the beacon the Jelle When as you luffe up about by it west then looke out for two trees which stand upon the east shoare somewhat within the land bring them a ships length without the highest tree which standeth upon the shoare luffe up about the beacon towards the buye In the mouth of the deepe lye three buyes which in sayling out you must leave all on the larboard side but in sayling in all on the starboard side It is not deeper in the mouth of the Deepe then sixe seven foot and also without it is farre of shoale water The Island Rugen hath four poynts that lye out under which men may ride at divers places as Doornbosh Whitmond Jasmond and the Peert The poynt of Doornbosh Dornbosch lyeth from the Jelle north distant two leagues it is high land with a steepe poynt men may ride under it for northeast east and southeast windes If you will anchor there then anchor in three four or five fathom so that the steepe point stand northnortheast from you or that the Church stand over the poynt or anchor where about that it shall please you or shall be best convenient it is there all over shallow water and clean sand-ground From Dornbosch to Brontholm the course is east northeast seventeen or eighteen leagues but Dornbosch and Fasterbornes Riffe lye northnorthwest and southsoutheast fourteen leagues asunder From Dornbosch to Whitmont the course is northeast by east four leagues Betwixt them both goeth in a greate Bay where you may run in alongst by Whitmondt and have road there in five or six fathom for southwest south also for an east winde If you will seeke roade under Whitmondt Roade under Whitmont for westerly windes and runne about by the poynt comming from the westwards then come not nearer the poynt then seven or eight fathom there shooteth off an uneven shoale which you must avoid being come about the poynt anchor there in twelve thirteen or fourteene fathom that is about a league from the shoare nearer to the shoare in seven eight or ten fathom the ground is not cleane in twelve fathom you have grosse sand in thirteene or fourteene fathom soft ground so that with harde windes you should need to shoe your anchor you lye there also landlockt for a west and south winde Iasmond Roade under Iasmondt lyeth from Witmond eastsoutheast distant three leagues If you will anchor under Iasmond for a west or westnorthwest wind then sayle so far about the poynt that it come to be northnorthwest or somewhat more northerly from you when you come about the poynt you shall see in the southwest or somewhat more westerly from you a little thick wood of trees upon a plain hill and on each side of that little wood a little sharpe steeple and also a great tree like as if it were a mill without wings when that tree commeth to be southwest and by west from you anchor there in 9 or 10 fathom there is indifferent ground according as the ground is there by the poynt of the land it is about 13 fathom deep Or bring the north poynt northwest and the other poynt southwest and by south
from you and anchor there in ten or eleven fathom there it is good soft ground but it lasteth not long so soone as you finde the soft ground you must let fall your anchor for the ground is there at manie places not cleane or you must sayle farre about both the poynts there you lye landlockt for a northwest and north winde in tenne eleven or twelve fathom good soft ground The Peert The Peert which men doe also call the great Buck upon Iasmond is a tuffe of trees or two and is a poynt that lyeth out with two poynts where is betwixt them both a faire Sand-bay where in is good lying in foure or five fathom clean ground Jasmond and the Peert lye southsoutheast and northnorthwest distant four or five leagues To the southwards of the Peert goeth in that New-deep where men doe sayle through to Statyn THE NEW-DEEPE About a league south somewhat westerly from the Peert lyeth a poynt called the Ironhead there lyeth off a little riffe therefore you must runne alongst somewhat without that poynt and being a little past that poynt you can see the outermost buy of the New-deep For to sail into the New deep wherein lye two buyes in the middst of the deepe so that you may sayle alongst on both sides of the buyes but with shipps of great draughts you must run close along to the e. wards of the buys there is the very deepest of the channell By the outermost buye it is at the shoalest there is the barre commonly there is 11 foot water or a little more then 11 foot and a half and sometimes also well 12 foot but in the middst of the Mouth of the deep it is commonly still 12 foot and sometimes more Upon the Peert lye three high hommocks the westermost of them is the greatest one great round hommock when you keep that right without the Iron head and then run on southsouthwest when you cannot sayle amisse although there were no buyes in the mouth of the Deep When you come over the Barre you shall finde againe 4 or 5 fathom depth being a little over it you must go on southeast unto the entrance of the Peen with that course you leave the Island of the Roeden The Roeden lying at least two cables lengths on the larboard side It is there all over good anchoring Right over against Grijpswald lyeth a little Island called stobber round about which you may allmost sayle something more easterly then Grijpswald lyeth a little riffe thwart from the shoare Roade under the Roeden If you will sayle into the Peen you shall espie sailing thus right out a head at the east side of the Peen two poynts keep the eastermost a handspikes length without the westermost for to avoyd a stonie shoale which runneth off from the west poynt of the Peen untill that you come before the Peen Upon the east shoare stand 2 beakons bring them one in the other run so into the Peen which lyeth in first s w but in the comming in there is no more then 6 foot or 6 foot an half water If you will anchor under the Island the Roeden you must be mindfull of a little riffe that lyeth of from the Roeden to the s wards towards the mayne land anchor there either to the westwards or to the eastwards of it accordings as the wind shall bee in 3 fathom or 2 fathom and a halfe so shoale or deepe as you please there is the common roade for the ships The Rough Island Rough Island lyeth from the Roeden northeast and by east distant about two great leagues About eastnortheast from the Roeden For to sail out to the eastwards of the Roeden lyeth also a channell into the Sea a little to the southwards of the Rough Island that is good for to runne out with westerly winds when you cannot come out at the New deepe and also for those that are bound to Danske or to the eastwards From the Rough Island lyeth off a little riffe to the southwards which you must avoyd and runne through betwixt that and the shoale which runneth from the shoare thwart off it is the barre or shoalest off this channell not lesse then eleven or twelve foot water that is a short out let being over you shall get presently deeper water This channell is Pilots water Upon the Island the Roeden dwell Pilots which doe bring out shippes The Coast of Pomeren lyeth from the New deepe to Colbergen east and west about sixteen or seventeen leagues Betwixt them both lye yet two channells the Swinne and the channell of Camin The Swin Swin lyeth seven leagues eastwards from the New-deepe which runneth through a little River into the Haff or broade water right over against the river of Stetyn Camin Camin lyeth five leagues to the eastwards of the Swin upon the east end of the Haff or broad water of Stetyn that channell goeth through also with a river into the Haff Five leagues without the land when Jasmond is westnorthwest or thereabout the Peert westsouthwest and Rough Island south from you there lyeth a banck Banck of seven fathom upon one place somewhat lesse and upon another somewhat more betwixt it and the land towards Jasmond it is again thirteen fourteen and fifteen fathom deep but to the eastwards of the New-deepe alongst by the coast of Pomeren it is all shoale water off foure five sixe and seven fathom so farre into the Sea that when you can but even see the land of the Swin there it is not deeper then seven or eight fathom without sight of the land it is twelve thirteen fathom deep The Haven of Colbergen Colbergen you must sayle into between two heads untill you come before the Towne Within in the river right over against the town lyeth a Well or Brook which can give all the countrey thereabout Salt off water which they seeth and yet the water of the river is fresh as Milk for it is a little water that commeth out of the land The coast of Pomerland lyeth from Colbergen to Gashead northeast by east southwest and by west about 13 leagues betwixt them both lye two havens more to witt Coflyn and Ruwolde The haven of Coflyn lyeth from Colbergen eastnortheast 3 leagues distant And from Coflyn to Ruwold Coflyn Ruwolde the course is northeast and by east five leagues Into the haven of Ruwold or the little river called the Wipper an indifferent ship may go in It is from Ruwolde to Gashead northeast by east four leagues The land lyeth from Garshead to the Rosehead east and east and by north 20 or 21 leagues betwixt them lye the havens off Stolp The Stolp Liba and Sernevis A little to the eastwards of Garshead lyeth the haven off the Stolp which is a river so called as the towne which runneth up to the same towne onely for small ships although that theredoe indifferent
starboard side untill that you come to the land of Oesel over against the great tree In this fareway it is five fathom deepe When as you come sayling so alongst past the Grasground you shall meete with an Island on the larboard side to the northwards of it goeth in the Deepe unto the Castle of Moensound The Castle of Moone sound in three fathom but sometimes it is shoaler for there it is all full of sands To the southwards of the same Island goeth in another Deep which you may sayle through untill you come to the end of Oesell and then you leave the two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the starboard side But the right and best Deep goeth from the foresayd great tree in alongst by the land Oesell which is three and four fathom deepe and at last it will be six seven eight fathom when you sayle alongst there you leave the foresayd two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the larboard side From the great tree to the first little Island the course is eastsoutheast eight or nine leagues then from the first little Island to the second south east and forth to the end of Oesell east and by south From that ende or northeast poynt of Oesell runneth off a foul riffe a great half league into the sea called the Paternoster Pater-noster which you must avoyde From this northeast poynt off Oesell unto Parno the coast of Lisland lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest When you come about that poynt you may sayle into the sea or buye off Rye where you will west and by north to Arentsbergh southw or somewhat westerly to Ambrooke south somewhat easterly to Round southeast and by south to Kinne or where you will the lying of Kinne is described here before From Kinne to Magno and Serckholm all alongst unto Parno the course is northeast and by north eight leagues Thwart of Magno Serckhollom Magno Sterckholm it is betwixt Coerland and the Islands five and sixe fathom deepe and alongst Coerland altogether a faire strand Parno Parno lyeth in a great Baye it is there in the roade three and four fathom deep For to anchor there you must anchor so that the steeple of Parno stand northnortheast from you there is the best roade Oetgensholme Oetgensholm and Syburghnes lye east and by n. and w. by south seven leagues distant one from the other You may sayle round about Oetgensholme and anchor under it for northerly and northwest winds in sixe or seven fathom but you must beware of the Blinde as before is sayd From Oetgensholm to great Roge Great Roge. the course is east four leagues betwixt them both a little to the southwardes of the fareway lyeth a shoale even above water which you may sayle round about but you may not come verie neare it because it is stonie and rockie round about it Great Roge is an out point with two or three white Chalck-hills and thereby is verie easy to be knowne Betwixt this poynt and Oetgensholm somewhat more southerly lyeth another poynt called little Roge Little Roge. betwixt it and great Roge goeth a broade Sound into the land of sixe and seven fathom depth but in the end it is shoale There-abouts it is all cleane ground and good for to anchor in From great Roge to the Island Narghen the course is east somewhat northerly five leagues When you sayl from great Roge towards Narghen you shall finde four leagues to the eastwards of great Roge an other poynt with two white chalck spots called Surp betwixt it and great Roge the land falleth away to the southwards into a great baye If you will saile to Revell then sail alongst by that poynt of Surp towards Narghen leaving it on the larboard side off you going on still east untill you come to the east end of Nargen Being there by it then goe on eastsoutheast a league and an half and then you shall come by the end of the riffe which lyeth off from the Blote Karels Riffe off the Karels come no nearer it then in sixe fathom When as the castle of Revel commeth without the Karels then sayl right unto the head of Revell Revell untill you come to the east side let your anchor fall there and then hawl with the fore-ship or stearne to the head and make you fast by foure cables for the north and northnorthwest windes which blow there flat open in making it a lee shoare so that sometimes with such winds there commeth in a rowling sea East about 4 leagues from the south end of Nargen lyeth the Island the Wolfe which is about a league long Northnorthwest and northwest and by north two leagues from the west end of the Island the Wolf and northeast and northeast and by east from the north end of Nargen lyeth a rock under water called the Revel-stone although there be no more water upon then 3 or 4 foot yet it is in the Summer time with faire weather oftentimes so smooth water that it doth not break upon it and it is also very steep so that you may not come neerer it by your lead then in 12 fathom The markes for to knowe the place of this Revel-stone Revell-stone are these When the northeast end of Nargen is southwest and southwest and by west from you and the high steeple of Revell is a capstane barrs length or a little more to the westwards off the west end of the Island the Wolfe then you are right thwart of this rock The steeple of Revel is also the right south from you But when the steeple of Revell commeth to the Wolfe The Wolf and that you are bound to the eastwards and you are surely past this Revell-stone and a good wayes to the eastwards of it From the west end of the Island the Wolfe lyeth off a riff to the northwards into sea about an English mile toward the Revell-stone upon the end of this riffe lye five or sixe rocks a little above water If you come away from Revell on north and by west alongst by the Wolf then marke the poynt of Surp when that commeth even unto the south end of the Island Nargen then you shall also have even the length of the foresayd riffe If you looke out then on the starboard side and be not sayled very sarre alongst to the westwardes of the Wolf you shall see the foresayd rockes lying upon the end of the riffe lye thwart from you and then you may run to the northwards about by them in five fathom without doing amisse Betwixt Nargen and the Wolf lyeth also a stony shoale which is very broad but much neerer Narghen then the Wolf and lyeth from the south poynt or Narghen shoale of Nargen about northeast and from the north poynt eastsoutheast Therfore if you bring the south poynt of Nargen about southwest or southwest and by south and
the foresayd north point westnorthwest from you and that the Wolf lye then free from the mayne land you shall not misse to fall upon this shoale You may sayle round about Nargen Nargen and also anchor under it for northerly and westerly winds in 10 12 14 18 fathom From Nargen to the Island Wranger the course is east seven leagues The lying there of you may see in the following directions Of the Coast of Finland betwixt the Alands Haffe and Elsenvos Betwixt Uxe or Bostell on the coast of Sweden the Island of Aland Alandts goeth in the Alands Haff which men do call the North Bodem which lyeth up so farre to the northwards into Finland that a ship with good fresh way should scarce be able to sayle to the end off it in five dayes upon the farthest end of this North Bodem lyeth the towne Toreu there Sweden is parted from Finland At the outermost rocks off Finland on the Alands Haff lye Islands Ercke Castelholm and Corpe Ercke Castelholm Corps Ercke is the westermost of all and the outermost from thence goeth in the Corpe sound northeast alongst thwart off Castelholm and Corpe Corpe lyeth within the other Island and from Corpe you may edge over into the Liet off Abbo which commeth running off from Uttoy you may alsoo sayle up into this channell about behind Lipland and so come out into the North Bodem Uttoy is a great Island upon it standeth a great mast with a barrell for a beakon and lyeth from the Island Corpe east and west about nine leagues On the west side of Uttoy Uttoy goeth up the Liet of Abbo which lyeth in first north north and by east about three or four leagues and then you come on against a great Island And then it lyeth in alongst that great Island northeast unto the the Sound of Abbo Abbo Abbo lyeth at the end of that foresayd great Island This Liet runneth up alongst to the eastwards through betwixt the rocks about thirteen leagues within it lyeth a rock under water which is a Magnes Magnes or Load-stone also the grounde seemeth to be there of the vertue of the Load-stone or when you come thereabouts the compasses doe not stand but run and turne without any certain standing still untill that you be at least a league past it and then they begin to stand right againe From thence it lyeth east and east and by south all alongst through the rocks unto the Rough Island to the westwards of it runneth the channell of Luys into the sea when you are thwart of it sea you may see the land of Revel It is there betwixt them both to wit betwixt the Out rockes and Nargen or the land thereabouts ten leagues broad The Out-rocks of Luys and the channell of Uttoy lye east west about 21 or 22 leagues distant although it be there betwixt them both all broken land and full of rocks yet nevertheles there are no havens nor channels fit for ships to come into From Luys Luys alongst without the Rocks to the channell of Elsenvos the course is east and by north 15 or 16 leagues but Nargen or the Wolf and channell of Elsenvos lye northnortheast southsouthwest about 16 or 17 leagues asunder How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Derwinda to Lyserorte northeast 4 leagues From Lyserorte to Domesnes eastnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Domesnes to Round east and by north somewhat easterly 8 leagues From Round to Duynemondt or the mouth of the river of Rye southsoutheast 15 leagues From Domesnes to Rye or Duynemond southeast 20 lea From Duynemondt to Lemsael or Sales northeast 14 leagues From Duynemond or the mouth of the river of Rye to the Island Kin north and by east 14 or 15 leagues From Round to the Island Kinne east by north east 7 leagues From Domesnes to the south end or the road of Oesell northwest and by north 6 great leagues From Domesnes to Ambroeck north and by east 7 leag From Round to Ambroeck northwest 8 leagues From the south end of Oesell to Arentsbergh northeast 8 leagues From Luseroorte to Howbrough west by south somewhat westerly 40 leagues From Lyserorte to the poynt of Alant or the Islands north and by west somewhat westerly 52 leagues From the south point of Oesell to Hondsorte northnorthwest 12 leagues From Hondsort to the poynt of Dagerorte northnorthwest 8 leagues From Dagerorte to Syburghnes east and by north 7 leag From Syburghnes to the Oxeholme and the Grasholme southsoutheast 4 or 5 leagues From the Grasholme to the great tree upon Oesell south 5 or 6 leagues From the northeast poynt off Oesell to Parno eastsoutheast 20 leagues From Arensbergh to the northeast point of Oesell east and by south 8 or 9 leagues From Ambroeck to the northeast poynt of Oesell northeast somewhat easterly 9 or 10 leagues From Round to the northeast end of Oesell north somewhat westerly 13 leagues From Lemsael to Parno north and by east 11 league From Dagerorte to the Rose-head southwest and by south 80 leagues From Dagerorte to Eastergore southwest and by west 39 leagues From Dagerorte to the Godtsch sand w. s.w 26. leagues From Dagerorte to Boechschaer northwest and by west 18 leagues From Dagerorte to the poynt off Alandt or the Islands northwest and by north 26 or 27 leagues From Syburghnes to Oetgensholm east and by n. 7 leag From Oetgensholm to great Roge east 4 leagues From great Roge to Surp east 4 leagues From Roge to Nargen east somewhat northerly 5 leag From the south end of Nargen to the Island the Wolf east 4 leagues From Revell to the Wolf north somewhat easterly 5 lea From Oetgensholme to the Out rocks of Luys north by east 15 or 16 leagues From Syburghnes to the channell of Abbo or Uttoy northwest and by north 20 or 21 leagues From Uttoy or Abbo to the channell of Luys the course is east 22 leagues From Luys to the channell of Elsenvos east 16 or 17 leag From Nargen to the channell of Abbo the course is westnorthwest 32 or 33 leagues From Nargen to the channell of Elsenvos northeast and by north 17 leagues From Nargen to the Out-rocks of Luys northwest by north 13 leagues From the Wolfe to Peltingschares eastnortheast 20 leagues From the channell of Abbo to Boeschaer southwest somewhat southerly 16 leagues From the Island the Wolf to Wranger east and by south 3 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Domesnes Doembergh Lyseroort Coerland sheweth it selfe in this forme betwixt Lyseroort and Domesnes when you sayle alongst by it Domesnes Doembergh Lyseroort Derwinda Backovens Towards Der Lyba Thus sheweth the coast of Coerland from Domesnes past Derwinda and the Backovens towards Der Lyba When you sayle about Domesnes then Oesel sheweth it selfe thus The little Island Ambroeck The Island Round when you sayle alongst by
it sheweth it self thus Round Doembergh Domesnes Thus sheweth Coerland to the eastwards of Domesnes Castle of Duynemondt Rye The high land of Kowerwyck The mouth of the Duyn When you come against the mouth of the Duyn the River of Rye the land sheweth it self on both sides of it thus When Dagerorte is northnortheast foure leagues from you it sheweth thus Dagerorte being northeast from you three or four leagues sheweth it self thus In this forme appeareth Dagheror when the towre is east and by south and the northermost poynt is east from you four leagues and then you may even see it in clear weather from below When as the towre upon Dagherorte is southeast by south the land to the eastwards of it is southeast foure leagues from you then it sheweth it selfe thus Syburgnes When the towre of Dagerorte is southsoutheast from you then it sheweth it selfe with the land to the westwards of it thus Syburghnes Dagherorte Thus sheweth the land of Dagheroort towards Syburghnes High-hill Thus sheweth Syburghnes when the high hill is southsouthwest 4 leagues from you there it is five and thirty and six and thirty fathom deep Thus sheweth Revell when you are by the Revelstone without the Wolf The forme of Oetgensholm The fourth Demonstration Where in The Sea-Coastes betweene the Wolf and the outtermost of the East Sea THe Island Wranger Wranger lyeth from Nargen east distant 7 or 8 leagues and 3 leagues east and by south from the wolf Under Wranger is on both sides good road good anchor ground especially on the south side where there is a Bay there you may anchor betwixt the two poynts in ten twelve or fourteen fathom according as shall be convenient and lye sheltred for a northeast and east and also for a northwest and west winde You may sayle round about Wrangher but from some poynts as from the south poynt and from the north poynt lye off some little riffes whereof you must take heed and be carefull in using the lead when you sayle about by them About an English mile from Wrangher lyeth little Wranger Little Wranger a little long small Island lying about northwest and southeast which is rocky and foul especially on the northeast side From the southeast poynt runneth off also a rocky riff whereof you must take heed On the southwest side is good anchoring for northeast and east windes anchor under it so that the southeast poynt lye about east from you there is good lying for northeast and east windes GREAT AND SMALL WRANGER About a great league north from the east end of Wranger and two little leagues north and by west from little Wranger lyeth a little Island which by some is called Kuyken but commonly is called the Kocxschaer Kocxschaer which is a little bare rock with a Warder upon it you may sayle round about it on both sides it lyeth from the Wolf northeast and by east distant two great leagues From Wranger to Eckholme the course is east and by south 14 leagues Three leagues by west the Eckholms lyeth an out-poynt to the eastwards of it is a Bay called the Monkwyke there it is good anchoring for southwest and west winds in 8 10 or 12 fathom Betwixt this poynt of the Monkwyke Monkwyke and Wranger lye 3 little long Islands lying alongst the coast of Lysland about a halfe league from the shoare which are very foule and rocky and almost nothing but rocks whereof you must take heed otherwise the coast betwixt them both is cleane The Island Eckholm Eckholm is clean round about and lyeth about northwest and southeast it sheweth it self high at both ends and in the middest with a Valley Under Eckholm is good anchoring at the northeast side for west southwest winds in 20 22 and 25 fathom on the southwest side for easterly winds Five leagues to the eastwards of Eckholm lyeth the Castle Telsburgh Telsburg thwart of it lyeth off a shoale from the shoare but you may sound it in 8 or 9 fathom From thence the coast lyeth alongst most east by south unto the road of the Narve about 15 leagues it is altogether cleane without fowle ground so that you may also sayl alongst there by night in 8 or 9 fathom without feare Northwards from this coast in the fareway betwixt Eckholm and the Island of Highland lye the Chalk grounds Hosts the little and great Tutters all of them with very dangerous foule grounds and shoales Eckholm Highland lye eastnortheast and westsouthwest distant about 10 leagues About 2 or 3 leagues east from Eckholm also 2 leag from the main land lye the Chalkgrounds Chalck-grounds which are foul grounds almost 3 leag long under water and lye to the westwardswestnorthwest into the sea and to the eastwards almost to the riffe of the Hostes Some say that they are fast to it so that you should not be able to sayle through betwixt them De Zeecusten van LIIF LAND T. ende Oost Finlandt van Wolfs-oort tot aen Wyborgh Northwards from the Hoftes lye the little Tutters and 2 leagues to the eastwards of the little Tutters lye the great Tutters The little Tutters Little Tutters are two Islands not high but round about rocky rissy and fowle they lie southwest and south about three leagues from Highland The great Tutters Greate Tutters lye from the little Tutters east southeast about 2 leagues and from Highland south also three leagues there lyeth off from it also a great stony riffe westwards towards the little Tutters there lyeth also betwixt the little and great Tutters a row of rockes where of you must take heed when you will saile through betwixt them South and by east about two leagues from the great Tutters lyeth a shoale of five fathom He that will sayle to the southwards of these foresayd Islands and shoales Shoale towards the Narve may be mindfull thereof it lyeth about foure leagues to the eastwards of Telsburgh two or three leagues from the shoare Betwixt the great Tutters Highland lyeth a shoale upon which there is no more then six foot water Southeast a great halfe league from the south end off Highland lyeth another shoale of a fathom and halfe and two fathom deep To the northwards off al these foresayd rocky Islands and sowle shoales lyeth a little Island whereupon standeth a Mast for to know it by to descerne it from the other little fowle Islands that you may come indifferent near to it but not too near for it is also somewhat rocky and fowle but not farre off it lyeth from the little Tutters west and by north and west northwest about three leagues from the Island Highland southwest by west at least foure or five leagues but from Wranger east somewhat southerly eighteen or nineteen leagues He that will sayle off from Wranger towards the Narve alongst to the northwardes of these foresayd grounds and doth get sight
of this little Island with the mast may thereby the better know to direct his course but it is not wisdome to sayle through these foresayd shoales except for them that are very well acquaited The Island Highland or Hooghland Highland or Hooghland is about four leagues long and a league broad-lying southsoutheast northnorthwest When you come out of the west it ariseth in three hommocks so high to see to as Coll in the Sea reach upon the north end and upon the east side it doth stand all full of trees A little about the north point on the east side is a little bay thwart of a Boers house there it is clean ground and good lying for westerly s w winds somewhat to the southwards of it not very far from the shoare lyeth a great rock above water At the north end is also good lying for a southeast wind Alongst the southwest side you may also anchor every where in sixteen seventeen or eighteen fathom close by the land for east northeast winds From the southwest side of Highland unto the road of the Narve the course is southeast and southeast and by south about fifteen leagues then you run through betwixt the Highland the Tutters Likewise when as you sayle on northwest from the roade of the Narve then you run alongst betwixt the Tutters and Highland but you must be very carefull and take heed off the foresayd shoales which ly betwixt them both The land of the Narve men do know by three high hills lying a league to the westwards or to the southwards of the road and a league further to the westwards stand some little houses upon the high land The towne of the Narve The Narve lyeth upon a river about two leagues within the land For to sayle in there men were wont to look out for a long hill which lyeth on the south side within the rivers mouth and at the east end goeth downe somewhat steep with some high trees to the eastwards of it then they brought the woodden tower of the Narve to the northwards of the foresayd trees and did run in so with it When as the eastermost of the three foresayd hills a league to the westwards of the rivers mouth come over a little hommocke which lyeth on the water side then they were upon the barre of the rivers mouth there was upon the shoalest ten foot water and then they sayled up the river that was wont for some years to be so but it is possibly since that time more or lesse altered like as it doth oftentimes happen in such rivers From the road of the Narve to the Russe-haecks Russe-haecks the course is north and by west five leagues which lye with many rocks a good wayes off from the shoare The point thwart of it is called the poynt of Castrum after a little town so called lying there From the Russe-haecks north 5 leagues lyeth a little Island called Rette Sarre Rette-Sarre from which there runneth off a rif south into sea From this Island to the Summers the course is north and by west westerly 4 or 5 leag Eastsoutheast and southeast and by east from Highland three leagues from the Russe-haecks lyeth another shoale called the Slimme grounds Slimme-grounds it lyeth long small alongst northnorthwest and southsoutheast with hard wind you may see it break in foure or five places when it is west from you about halfe a league there it is two fathom deep to 3 4 5 and 6 fathom uneven ground some of the rocks of it lye also above water From the Russe-haecks to the Rode-hell the course is northeast and by north about three and twenty leagues betwixt them both on the Russe side runne also divers rivers into the land but there it no trade The land there lyeth in a great bight it lyeth first from the Russe-haecks unto the River of Nioa or Oreschacke eastnortheast about 22 leagues that parteth Rusland from Finland by a great Meer or water called the Lading The Lading The strong castle of Noetenburgh lyeth there also upon a river which lyeth out of the Lyslands or east sea into the foresayd Lading Further the land lyeth northwest about fifteene or sixteene leagues unto the Rode-hell For to sayle from Revell to Wyburgh From a little to the northwards of the Kocxschaer to Highland the course is east and by north a little more easterly 23 leagues with that course you runne alongst a little to the northwards of it You may sayle about Highland on both sides but alongst to the northwards of it is the right fare-way for these that are bound to Wybrough A halfe league north and by west from Highland lyeth a sunken rock under water For to avoyd it you must sayle close alongst by Highland Further the lying of Highland hath been described here before From Highland to the Summers Summers the course is east seven leagues Summers is a rock or little Island almost like the Eartholms it sheweth it selfe in 3 hommocks A little to the eastwards off it lye some rocks above water you may sayle about on both sides of Summers and also through betwixt Summers the foresayd rocks that lye to the eastwards of it but about to the northwards of it is the right fareway you cannot also runne alongst farre to the northwards of it for a halfe league to the northwards of it it is very fowle and full of little rocks some above and some under water From the Summers to the Goeschaer Goeschaer of greate Fishers the course is northeast and by north more easterly seven leagues The Goeschaer which by some is called the great Fisher is a long broken Island of 7 rocks therefore it is also called the Seven-rocks it lyeth not far from the land so that you cannot get sight of it before that you come nearer it it sheweth it selfe when you shall first see it in 4 hommocks as if it were 4 little low Islands you must leave it lying a halfe league on the larboard side for to avoid a sunken rock which lyeth off from it southsoutheast a great shot of a cast peece When the water is not very smooth but a little grown you may perceive it by the breaking of the water you may also well sayle to the northwards of this sunken rock to wit through betwixt the suncken rock the Goeschaer then you must run indifferent close alongst by Goeschaer when it is northwest and by north from you then you are past the foresayd suncken rock whether that you run alongst to the northwards or to the southwards of it Northwest and by north behind the greate Fisher you may anchor in a good haven betweene the cliffes where upon the south Corner of a cliff there standeth a warder wherein if you lye there you are free from all Icedrifts From the Goeschaer or great Fisher to the little Fisher the course is northeast and by east three
Hommelwyke Hommelwyke you shall finde also a great rock on the starboard side you may run about to the westwards of it untill you come within the other rocks little Islands and anchor there in 3 fathom soft ground but if you wil anchor there then you must shun somewhat the w. end of the great Holm because of a suncken rock that lyeth even without the point of the rock From that foresaid road unto Hassellholm the course is yet in alongst n. w. and north but with ships of great draught you must anchor before the channell of Hasselholm From the Hevering to the Hassell-holm it is in all about 3 or 4 leag From Hassell-holm Hassell-holm alongst upwards through the stone reach it is not deeper then nine foote you must also if you will sayle up there first set the rockes or suncken rockes with beakons with your boat or else you should sometimes sayle upon some of the rockes in seven foot depth The narrowest of the Stone-reach Stone-reach is thwart of an Island which you must leave on the starborard side off from which lyeth a suncken rocke in the narrow you must goe close alongst by the suncken rock for to the westwards of it is very shoale water Being past this stony ground you shall get oasie ground where it is not deeper then sixe foot being come over that by the town Nycopping Nicopping it is again eight foot deep but stony ground This ships lye without the towne thwart of the beakons over against the Castle which lyath on the west side of the river From Hassell-holm to the town Nycopping it is about a league first up north and by w. and afterwards west For one that is unacquainted it is not easy to sayle up it is also Pilots water so soone as you come within the channell you can get a Pilot to bring you where you desire to be From Nycopping you may sayle alongst through the rocks to the northwards off Hassell-holm unto Trosa and Telghen Landesoort Landsoort which is the west poynt of the Liet of Stockholm lyeth from the Hevering east and by north distant 6 or 7 leagues About halfe wayes betwixt both lyeth a great high rock very easy to be knowne a good wayes without the land alone called Hartsoe Hartsoe and a little league to the westwards of Landsoort lye also some fowle out-rocks called the Heyr-hamer When as you sayl from the Hevering on eastnortheast then you run alongst a little without the Hartsoe leaving it on the larboard side With that coursey on cannot also sayle too neere the Heyr-hamer Heyr-hamer and then you leave it lying also on the larboard side towards the land The land to the westwardes of Landsoort lieth w. or w. and by north with divers great rockes and havens where you may sayle into About a league to the westwards of it lyeth a haven within a low rock in betwixt two other low Rocks there you must make you fast with cables on both shoares and with an anchor in the Sound Before the havens mouth lyeth a high round rock which shutteth the havens mouth A little to the westwards off Hartsoe goeth in a haven or Deep where you may run through with Barkes within Elsnap unto Stock-holm A little to the westwards of that Deep lyeth the Sound of Telghen lying in northwest allmost unto the great Lack de Mell upon the end of that Sound lyeth Telgen but at the mouth of the Sound lyeth a little towne Torsa About an English mile southwest from the poynt of Landsoort lye 2 rockes even with the water and within these rockes close by Landsoort lyeth also a suncken rock He that commeth from the southwardes being bound to Stokholm and falleth with the land to the westwards of the poynt of Landsoort must take heed of them you may sayle within these two rockes lying even with the water to wit betwixt them the foresayd suncken rock and also as Pilots say you may sayle through within the suncken rock that is betwixt the suncken rock and the mayne land Landsoort and the north poynt of Oeland lye southsouthwest and northnorthe a little more northerly and a little more southerly distant 23 or 24 leagues If you sayle on northnortheast from the north end of Oeland you shall fall with the land right with Landsoort or a little to the eastwards of it It is better to fall with the land somewhat to the westwards of it then to the eastwards of it to the westwards the land is better to be known then the rocks to the eastwards off it Therefore when as you will sayle from the north end of Oeland to Stockholm especially in dark weather goe on somewhat more northerly then n. n. e. or north by east then you shall runne in sight off the foresayd rock Hartsoe which is easy to be knowne The Lieth of Stockholm goeth in northeast by the poynt of Landsoort About a league east from the pointly some black rocks some above and some under water called the Karwasen Betwixt them and the poynt about once so neare the Karwasen as the poynt lyeth an other black rock not great called the young Karwasen betwixt that rock and the poynt off Landsoort men doe sayle into the channell of Stock-holm Close to the poynt lyeth also a little Island which you must leave on the larboard side and run alongst to the eastwards of it a league northeast from the poynt lyeth the Wigstone W gstone lying southeast or eastsoutheast thwart off from the shoare This a somewhat a long rock with tree hommocks the two westermost are the greatest and shew like a saddle the eastermost hommock is the smallest upon it standeth a little walled cape you must sayle alongst to the eastwards of it and leave the rock on the larboard side You may well sayle also about to the westwards of this Wigstone it is cleane round about but on the west side it is narrowest betwixt it and the land lyeth also a rock with a little rock off from it which you must avoyd A league northeast from the Wigstone lyeth the Middle-stone Mâ—ddle-stone which is a great high rock with a great cliff or saddle with another great rock a little to the westwards of it you cannot sayle through betwixt them they are fast one to the other with rocks In sayling up men leave this Middle-stone on the starboard side and run about to the westwards of it From by east the Wigstone to the Middle-stone to witt alongst to the westwards of it the course is northnortheast About a great English mile east from the Wigstone and north from the Karwasen lyeth another rock called the Gomberg-stone Gâ—mberg stone and to the eastwards of it another called Schaeropen When you sayle from the Wigstone to the Middle-stone you leave them both on the starbord side Thwart of the Middlestone on the Westland lyeth the haven of Ramskloof â—â—msâ—oâ—f there
off a riffe an the north side of the haven a good wayes from the shoare come no nearer it then in seven or eight fathom When you are thwart of the south poynt about a halfe league from the land and will sayle alongst to the northwards of Gotland you must not sayl on more northerly then northwest as well for to avoyd that riffe of Boswyke as for to sayle a weather the Karels Four leagues northeast from the Karel lieth the Island Reefholm Reefholm thwarte of it men doe runne into Westergorte you may sayle anchor round about it A little to the northwards of it lyeth the northwest point of Gotland Two leagues to the northwardes of the high poynt lyeth the towne Wisbuy about seven leagues northeast from the Karell Men were wont in old tyme to lye there behinde a greate head or Chest Wisbuy Wisbuy hath beene in tymes past a famous marchant towne where was wont to be driven greate trade of marchandize but it is now through the will of God altogether fallen down and come to nothing The Hance towns haven a long time there held their staple The old Sea laws were made there and also the old famous Read-carde Men may see yet to this day many old ruinous houses of costly marble and hewen stones whereby men may partly perceive and Judge what manner of staltenisse there hath been From Wisbuy the coast lieth forth northeast by east towards the end of Gotland about nine leagues But from the Karell to Gotshe sand the course is northeast one twenty or two and twenty leagues there is a little Island whereupon dwelleth no people and standeth full of trees you may sayle round about it which hath a white strand From the northwest point thereof shooteth off a little riff likewise one from the south point a good waies off into sea towards the north end of Gothland On every side of Gotsche sand you may anchor in six seven eight nine ten and twelve fathom all clean and good anchor ground but these foresayd riffes you must avoid It lieth northnortheast six leagues distant from Faro the north end of Gotland when you ly there under it at anchor you cannot see Gotland The Copper stone lieth from Gotsche sand north west and by west distant three great leagues Upon the south end of the east side of Gotland standeth a high tower called Howbrough and thereafter the south end of Gotland also is called Howbrough By it goeth in a little river before which you may anchor in six or seven fathom Five leagues northeast from the aforesaid south point lieth Heyligh-holm which is a good haven but by reason it is but little used it is therefore also but little known Two leagues to the eastwards of Heyligh-holm lieth the haven of Narwyck upon the east side of the Haven lieth a long rock by which you must run in and leave another sharp rock on the larboard side within the haven you may anchor in four or five fathom Two leagues to the eastwards of it lieth Sandwyk which is a good haven for a west northwest northeast and southeast winde and lieth in about north a south winde bloweth there open in On the east point which is a low bare point lieth a Holme which is fast to the land upon it standeth a Warder From this point runneth off a little sandriffe which you may sound about in five or six fathom Within at this Holm is a bridge of Masts which lyeth off a little from the shoare If you will anchor there in the Haven then run in alongst by the east shoare untill you come within the bridge and anchor there nearest shoare so that the foresayd east poynt do stand southeast or southeast and by south from you in four fathom four and an half or five fathom there is cleane clay sand ground and very easy lying for west north and east winds A league to the eastwards of Sandwyck lying the Island of Eastergore Eastergore about halfe wayes betwixt both the ends of Gotland n.e. from the s w poynt this is a bare Island without trees Under this Island is very easy road for all windes as wel for them that are bound to the eastwards as to the w. wards Comming from the westwards or from Sandwyck alongst by the land then is the northw poynt which is a high bare gray piont hiddē behinde a point of the maine land of Gotland so that it seemeth a farre off to be no Island but comming near it it openeth it self that you may see large enough thorough betwixt them sayle in there betwixt them both in the midst of the channell it is there clean and clear but somewhat uneven of ground to wit eight ten twelve and fourteen fathom but you need not feare If you will anchor under it for northeast or east winds then anchor betwixt the land and the Island so that the aforesaid bare gray northwest poynt stand north and the southermost east from you in nine or ten fathom Or if you will anchor for a south southwest or west winde then run further in about by that aforesaid bare gray poynt bring it south-southwest from you and anchor there in seven eight nine or ten fathom there it is cleane ground of small white black sand A little to the northwards of the Island is a great Bay on Gotland there you may also anchor in seven and eight fathom for westerly windes If you will sayl in or out to the northwards of Eastergore then come not very near the Island because there lieth off a riffe from the east point farre into the sea which is a great half league without the land not deeper then two fathom a half stony and very uneven and is to be throught that nearer to the land it is shoaler and fouler From the southeast side runneth off also a flat a good wayes to Seawards at some places not deeper then three four five fathom and also very uneven whereof you must take heed Foure leagues north and by east from Eastergore lyeth a haven called Sliet or Sliet haven lying in north and north and by west behind some little Islands there it is good lying for easterly westerly n. winds Upon one of the norther must little Islands standeth a ruinous church You must come in there alongst by the shoare from the southwards From thence to Farosound the coast lyeth north and by west two leagues Farosound you may run into in two and three fathom water there standeth a Church with a flatte steeple upon the land From Farosound lyeth off a foule dangerous riffe a league and halfe or 2 leagues into sea called Salfonteyn you must take very good heed there of when you will run about to the northwards of Gotland From Farosound to Gotschesand the course is north-northeast about 7 leagues Of the Depths and groundes about these Coastes Betwixt the south ends off Oeland and Gotland in the
upon your lead by it there is at high water three fathom and at low water no more then one fathom The Rettires is a stony bancke lying in the middest of the River of Seine lying over towards the poynt of Honfleur at low water it falleth at some places drie at halfe flood it is to the southwards three fathom but to the northwards 2 fathom deep When the land of Caen is without the poynt of Seynhead and you sayle then with it south on then you runne to the westwards of it or alongst without it Or else if you keepe Struysaert a handspikes length without the poynt of Seynhead then you runne alsoo without it When the easter gate of New-haven commeth over the easter head and the easter mill sayle then so on keeping them so then you runne in right to the northwards of the Rettires and alsoo you can take no hurt of the banck that lyeth towards Seynhead At Habell or New-Haven men must goe in at a high water and within lye everie tyde drie The river of Seine must be sayled into upon the tide when the most or the strongest of the flood is spent then you may sayle alongst by the land upon your lead untill yo may see in open into the river of New-haven when then the souther Castle commeth over the easter-head and the mill run then right in upon it but it is best to anchor halfe wayes betwixt the Castle and Seynhead and there to stay for a Pilot If there come none off then sayle from thence right with the Castle that standeth upon the head there it is deepest water To sayle from New-haven upwards towards Roan is not well to be done without a Pilot you must goe with the tyde through the first travaille or banckes which lie from New-haven to Honfleur s east alongst by the souther-land and from thence alongst the north side of the River to Quillebeuf being come there you are through the first travaille You must alsoo bee well advised and take good heed for the strong spring by the Normans called La Barre which everie tyde commeth on soo strong with the flood that anchors and Cables have enough to doe to hold a ship For that and other dangers more it is not good nor convenient to sayle up the River without a Pilot. Two great leagues to the southwards of the River of Roan lyeth a Tyde-Haven called Tochet Tochet on the west side of the entry standeth a beacon by it you must goe in or you may sound it in by the Eastershoare Southwest or southwest and by south from the poynt of Seynhead about six or seven leagues off lye many banckes a good wayes in sea you may sayle on both sides of them as well to the eastwards as to the westwards into the Fosse of Caen Fosse of Caen. which lyeth in most south and lyeth in a Baye At the west side lyeth a chindle where men may ride within it it is wyde and broade and sandy strand the East land is sand-hills and farre flat in sixe seven fathom there men may goe in sounding with the sounding Pole From Seynhead to Cape de Barfleur or Cape de Schierborough Cape Schierborough the course is West and by north nineteene leagues About foure leagues to the eastwards of it lye the Islands of Saint Marques men may sayle round about them but it is not there very cleane A league to the westwards of the Island of Saint Marcus lyeth La Honge S. Marcus La Honge a flat Tower to the westwards of it lyeth the poynt of Barfleur betwixt both is a great baye where men may lye in six or seven fathom land-lockt for a n. n. west winde A northeast winde bloweth there open in From the north-poynt or C. de Barfleur which lyeth northnorthwest from you Suncken-rock when you lye in the road lieth off a banck or little riffe yet a shippe may go over it Northeast a league and a half off from the foresayd poynt lyeth a rock under water where shippes may not goe over From C de Barfleur to Schierborough it is northwest and by west foure leagues that is a little Tyde-haven To the westwards of the poynt of Barfleur lye some foule grounds if you keepe the high land of Schierborough without the Cape de Wyck Cape de Wyck you shall not come too neare them Before Cape de Wyck is a good roade in six fathom a little to the east-wards of the two high rockes in a sand-bay Before Schierborough lye some rockes or little Islands which are cleane round about to the westwards of it lyeth a Tyde-haven called the Fosse of Moberille before it on both sides lye 4 or 5 high rocks at high water men runne through betwixt them and soo into the Haven A great league and a halfe to the westwards off it lyeth Cape de Hague Two leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert through The Coast of England Road under the Nesse The poynt of Dongie nesse lyeth from Dover south west and by west distant 8 leagues At the east side of the Nesse in Romans Bay thwar of the Romans-Tower is a good roade for west s west windes For to anchor there runne so farte in the Bay that the poynt of the Nesse be south and south and by west from you anchor there in about 7 or 8 fathom you may alsoo anchor on the west side of the Nesse for a northeast winde soo that the poynt lye east and by north from you For to sayle in to the Camber of Rye Camber of Rye comming from the west you must keep Beachy without the poynt of Fairlee and run soo towards the Nesse and beingh come in faire by it run in without two Cables length alongst by it unto the end of the Nesse then edge up to the westwards and leave the beakons upon the starboard side untill you come before the Castle Camber that standeth upon the souther chindle there you may anchor in foure and five fathom From thence alongst even unto the Town of Rye it is all set with beacons which stand alongst by the east side of the Deep unto the Daries wich at low water fall dry In sayling unto Rye you must leave all the beacons unto the starboardside and run indifferent close alongst by them Road under the Beachy The poynt of the Nesse and Beachy lye west south west and eastnorth east distant 7 leagues Beachy is by the seven white Cleeves the best knowne land that a man can see any where To the eastwards of Beachy men may anchor for westerly windes in sixe or seven fathom soo that the poynt besouth and south and by west from you Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames Before Callice and Blacknesse the flood falleth first one quarter to the land afterwards n. n. e. Betwixt Blackness
the west Beachy sheweth thus when you come from the west De Custen van BRETAIGNE Waer in vertoont wort alle gelegentheyt tusschen Caap de Hague en t' Eylant Heyssant The second Demonstration Where in Is decyphered the Coast of Britannie from the Island of Ornay to the Island of Ushant TWo leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert The Race of Blanckert through Aldernay or Ornay Ornay is about three leagues long and lyeth east west The east end is cleane men may sayle reasonable close alongst by it but the west end is very foule There lye some little Islands close by the west end being passed them men may sayle towards Iarsey without any feare To the southwards of the foresayd little Islands at the west end lyeth of a ledge of rockes within it on the south side it is cleane except at the south poynt that is also foule Hee that will anchor on the south side of Ornay must be mindfull thereof anchor a little to the eastwards of the Tydehaven From the west end of Ornay lyeth a great multitude of rockes west and by north westnorthwest off three leagues into the sea Upon the outtermost and westermost end lyeth a great high rock with many other smaller rocks about it Halfe wayes betwixt this great rocke and Ornay lyeth another great rock but not soo high as the foresayd westermost from it lye off a multitude of rokes towards the outermost which fall dry at low water but at high water many lye under water These two great rockes are called by the French Les Casquettes and by the Dutch the Kiskassen and by the English the Caskets Catskets Close by the west end of Ornay towards the Caskets lye other two great ranes of rockes called the Barroches Barroches From the east point of Ornay to the east end of Garnesey about to the southwards of Ornay the course is westsouthwest 9 leagues but from the Caskets to the west end of Garnsey southwest and by south 6 leagues Road under Garnsey If you will anchor under Garnsey comming from the Caskets then runne on to the northeast poynt of Garnsey and so farr to the eastwards of it untill you get sight of the castle that standeth upon the rock on the east side of Garnsey Or if you come about to the westwards of the Caskets then goe on southeast or somewhat more southerly untill the northeast poynt of Garnsey be south and by west from you sayle then towards it till you shall come in sight of that foresayd castle upon the rocke Bring that over the south poynt of Garnsey and sayle in upon that marke betwixt the Island Arem or Harm and Garnsey untill you come by the foresayd Castle betwixt these Islands it is on both sides full of rockes where of you must take good heed especially on the larboard side towards Arem when you are come by the castle you may anchor within or without it where you please without the Castle in 12 or 13 fathom or within the Castle that is betwixt the Castle and Garnsey in six or seven fathom at low water It doth flow there six or seven fathom up and downe which men must reckon upon Under the south side of Garnsey men may ride for northwest north northeast windes If you come from the west or from the Caskets you must runne close about by the southwest poynt called C. de Gruse and alongst by the south side of the Island well halfe wayes the Island and anchor there where you think good in eighteene or nineteen fathom If the wind shift to the southwest or to the westsouthwest then you may runne about by the south poynt unto the foresayd Castle and anchor there either without or within it as here before is sayd From the aforesayd south poynt lyeth off a little ledge of rocks where of some rocks lye above some under water these you must avoyd when you sayle about by it South by west and southsouthwest about eight leagues from Garnsey lyeth a great ledge of rockes more then a league great called Rockeduves Rockeduves About 2 leagues southeast from Garnsey lyeth the Island Sarck Sarck there men may anchor round about it in five and twenty six and twenty and seven and twenty fathom From the north end lye of some Rocks where of some lye above and some under water At the south end hereof lye alsoo some rockes but all above water Betwixt Garnsey and Sarck lye two other little Islands Arck and Arem Arck and Arem or Harm there men may sayle through betwixt them The Island Iarsey from Garnsey southeast distant 7 leagues round about this Island are good roades at divers places All alongst the north side men may anchor in 10 11 fathom At the same north side somewhat within the west poynt lye some great rockes a good wayes of from the shoare called the Pater nosters Pater noster or Pierreleg At the southwest poynt lye many rockes which lye of a great wayes into the sea to the northwards of them to wit betwixt them and the westermost poynt at the west side of Iarsey men may anchor at divers place in ten eleven twelve fathom At the south side of Iarsey is also a good road for a northwest w. n. w. Windes At the east side lyeth Saint Catherines baye S. Catherines Bay there is alsoo very good roade for westerly windes The west end of Iarsey and Saint Maloes or the Island Sisember before S. Maloes lye south and by east and north and by west eight or nine leagues asunder About halfe way betwixt both right in the fareway lye a great number of high rockes together which containe in circuit in sayling about seven or eight leagues Mankies Rockes called the Mankierrs they lye farre towards Iarsey some above and many under water soo that it is not without great danger to runne through betwixt Iarsey and the Mankiers When men will sayle through the Race of Blanckaert bound for S. Maloes they run commonly through betwixt Sarck and Iarsey may alsoo sayle to the eastwards of all the Islands and shoals alongst the coast of Normandy towards S. Maloes in manner as followeth When men come a little past the C. Voorha they shall meet thwart of the Island Iarsey with three or foure high rockes called Le Beuf Le Beuf men may runne to the westwards of them and so through betwixt them and the Island Iarsey or els to the eastwards of them alongst by the mayn land even as they will towards the riffe of Mortefaim that lyeth upon the coast of Normandy southsoutheast 8 leagues from Cape de Voorha Over against or thwart of the Riffe of Mortefaim lyeth a rane of rockes lying east and west more then a league in length called Beufkin
Beufkin at the east end many of them lye above at the west end most of them lye under water Men must sayle through betwixt them and the riffe of Mortefaim that are bound for Granville Betwixt the foresayd rockes Beuf and Beufkin lieth another great rane of rockes called Eckerof Eckeroâ— which lye of from the southeast poynt of Iarsey towards Granville you must leave all these rockes on the starboardside run alongst to the eastwards of them From the riffe of Mortefaim to Granville the course is southsoutheast and from bufkin southeast 4 leagues Cape de Voorha Granville Gâ—anville are two points that lie without the other land About the south poynt of Granville lye two or three little rockes along by them men must run in within a Pier or head where the ships lye dry at low water Betwixt cape de Hague and Granville men may see upon the land many little houses mills trees as they sayle alongst by it A little to the southwards of the riffe Mortefaim standes a Church with two steeples called Quotanse All alongst this whole coast is every where good anchorage in 6 or seven Fathom especially a little to the southwards of Cape de Hague About two leagues west from the poynt of Granville lyeth another great rane of rockes two great leagues long lying east west called La Shausee La Shausee betwixt them the poynt of Granville men must sayle through that are bound for Concalle or S. Maloes About five leagues to the southwards of Granville in a great baye lyeth an Island before the river of Avrantie about a league without the land called Mount de S. Michiel Mount de S. Michiel upon it lyeth a Castle or little towne called S. Michiel with a high Tower which men may see at sea This Bay is to the southwards of Granville within the rocks of Concalle very flat and rising ground from thirteene tenne eight sixe and foure fathom to one fathom so that at low water the Bay falleth soo farre drye that from the strand men see no sea nor water From Granville to the poynt of Concalle Concalle the course is southwest 5 leagues from that eastwards lye three rockes under which men may anchor in ten fathom For to sayle to the towne men must run in betwixt the poynt the foresayd rockes It is betwixt them both eight and nine fathom deepe Before the towne it is shoaler water To the north-wards of the Towne lye other two rockes there men may also anchor under in 5 and 6 fathom water From the outermost rockes by the poynt of Concalle untill you come before S. Maloes the course is west west and by south 5 leagues Before the haven of S. Maloes lyeth an Island called Sisember S. Maloes Sisember upon the west end thereof standeth a mill and upon the east end a church with some little houses being a Friery comming out of the sea you can but even scarce see the Church but being within the Island you may see it better because it standeth on the south-side of the Island A great shot of a east peece to the eastwards of Sisember lyeth a great high rock called the Meuwstone Meuwstone betwixt them and Sisember it is all full of rockes and stones which at high water lye most under water there is a little channell betwixt them both which the French men use with theyr small shipping through betwixt the rockes but is not to be used with great shipping neither by them that are not very well acquainted with it Betwixt the Meuwstone and some other rockes to the eastwards off it lyeth in a channell south and south and by east called la Congie La Congie For to sayle in there you must runne in close aboard to the eastwards of the Meuwstone southeast and by east right in with the towne untill you bee gotten in two third parts of the distance betweene the Meuwstone and the Towne from the Meuwstone are one third part of the distance from the Towne that is when the Meuwstone is twice so farre from you as the Town then you shal see by the northwest poynt of the Town two great rockes about a cast peece shot from the foresaid poynt upon each rock standeth a little house the outermost is the smallest is called the little Bee the neerest to the Towne is the greatest and is called the great Bee The lâ—ttle and great Bee saile then towards them and run in about them within a cables length of them but keepe that course so long untill that the little Tower that standeth a little to the southwards of the towne upon the poynt come over the tower of Bore a little to the eastwards of Saledoor keepe them one over the other and sayle soo in unto the south end of the town where the mils doe stand then you shall see there upon the rocks two beacons run betwixt them through at high water untill you come within the towne at the eastside the shippes lye moored with soure cables dry at low water two fast on the towne two upon the sand Betwixt these two foresayd beacons to the southwards of the town and thereabouts is the ground sharpe rockie and stonie therefore men must take heed not to stay there at low water or to ground there but within on the east side of the town it is cleane sandie ground there may the shippes lye a ground without danger A little within or to the southwards of the foresayd rock the little Bee men may anchor in five or 6 fathom water at low water so that the towet of Bore commeth little to the eastwards of the little Tower upon the poynt to the southwards of the Town that road is called by the French La Ranse The Road La Ranse there men commonly first anchor and stay for high water for to goe in about to the southwards of the Towne It sloweth here at S. Maloes thereabouts seven fathom up and downe with an ordinary tyde From the west end of Sisember lye off alsoo a great many rocks alongst to the westwards more then a great shot off a cast peece at the end of them goeth in the Wester-channell of S. Maloes east and by north in For to sayle in there you must look out for a sharp little Tower that lyeth somewhat to the northwards or to the eastwards of S. Maloes within the land called Pellemy when you have brought that east and by north from you then you shall see upon the shore right against it a great black rocke which for Blackenesse sheweth it selfe without all the other rockes thereabouts and thereby is very easy to bee knowne Bring that rocke the foresayd little Tower one to the other saile soo right in untill you come thwart of the Island Sisember or els that the little Tower upon the poynt to the southwards of the Towne come to the
Tower of Bore to the eastwards of Saledoor sayle then towards the roade of La-Ranse to the southwards of the little Bee or els if it be high water you may run in upon the markes and then in about to the southwards of the Towne as here before is sayd When you saile into this westerne channel you shal leave on the starboard side a high rocke called the Schoorsteen with more other rockes to the westwards of it which at high water are most of them over flowne On the north side that is on the larboard side lye alsoo many rockes whereof many of them are overflowne at high water and also many remaine above water Yet a southerne channell More a Southerne channell lyeth in by the land to the southwards of the rock of S. Antony upon marks that men may see a stearne the ship but it is not used but with small ships About halfe wayes betwixt the westerne channell of S. Maloes and C. de Farela lyeth a stony banck Stony banck under water A little to the westwards of C. de Farela lyeth a great rock When you will sayle from C. de Farela towards S. Maloes and that you keepe the foresayd rock right upon the poynt of Farela you shall so without faile sayle upon the Stone-banck but if you keep the rock hidden under or behind the poynt then you shall sayle alongst to the southwards of it Or else if you keepe it without the poynt soo that you may see through betwixt it the point then you shall sayle alongst to the northwards of it The foresayd rock is a good mark for to know Cape de Farela by S. MALOES De Haven van S. Malo Foure leagues west from S. Maloes lyeth a great Sandbay where men may lye landlockt for all windes Men use to anchor within a great rock right against a mill and some trees About two leagues northwest from that Sand-bay lyeth the Cape de Farela Farela which is alsoo called Cape de Late after the Castle de Late that standeth to the eastwardes off the poynt there is a good Roade for west southwest windes Two great leagues northwest from the entry of the Haven of S. Maloes lyeth the Oysterbanck â—ysterâ—â—nck there under it men may anchor in 6 or 7 fathom To the westwardes of Cape de Farela unto the north-end of the Island Briack Briack the course is west and by north nine or ten leagues Two leagues from the land west from the Cape lyeth a great rane of rockes above water Betweene the foresayd Cape and the Island Briack lye the Havens or Rivers of S. Brieux â— Brieux and S. Benit S. Benit The Island Briack is two leagues long lyeth southsouthwest and northnortheast when you come from the east you shall see two mills upon it and betwixt them a high round hill with a little house upon it you may sail round about this Island and may make roades on every side where you will although round about it here and there lye some rocks yet it is all over good anchor-ground A good wayes off from the northeast point lyeth a rock called Souffe and at the north end lyeth a ledge of rockes under water where of you must take heed A great league westsouthwest from Briack three or foure leagues a seaboard the land lye the out-rockes called the Pickeles men may sayle round about them also but to the eastwards of them towardes the main land lye many suncken rockes Foure leagues to the westwards of Briack lyeth the Port Blanck upon a great river called Lantrilliers Portblank Lantrilliers seven Isles to the eastwards of this haven lye off many out-rockes To the westwards of Port Blanck lye the Sept Isles or seven Islands lying from the Pickels distant five leagues east and west A league to the southwardes of them lyeth the Green land there you may ride round about it Betweene the seven Islands you may not sayle through but to the southwards of them betwixt them and the Green Island Greene Island goeth a broade channell through From the eastermost Island lyeth off a fowle riffe to the southwards upon the outermost end of that riffe lyeth a rocke as a good marke for to sayle about the riffe Northwest from the west-end of the seven Islands lyeth alsoo a suncken rock wich at low water may be seene Men may alsoo sayle alongst by the coast from Port Blanck within to the southwardes of the Green Island and come out againe into the sea to the westwards from thence northwest off into the sea lye the Triacle Pots Triacle Pots these are great feare full out-rockes which lye spred wyde and broade westsouthwest from the seven Islands and foure or five leagues a seaboard the land Betwixt the Triacle Pots and the seven Islands lyeth the River of Laminoe R. Laminoe to the westwardes of the Greene Island For to sayl in there men must take good heed of the northeast poynt which is fowle Thwart of the seven Islands upon the maine land standeth a Church with a high steeple called Our Lady of the Clearnesse thereby men may know them Thwart of the Triacle Pots standeth alsoo a high Tower thereby men may know when they are neere them but it must be very cleare weather before men can well discerne it upon the land Hee that commeth by night or darke weather from the Fourne or Ushant and is bound to Saint Maloes let him not goe with a southerly winde to the eastwardes of east-northeast or northeast and by east with a westerly winde so long untill hee hath the length of the Triacle Pots that they bee on his broad side The flood falleth southeast within the Triacle Pots and the seven Islands and should by night easily draw a ship towards them By day or when there is sight there is no such danger Within the Triacle Pots lyeth the tyde haven of Saint John de Doy two leagues to the westwards of the Green Island and two leagues to the eastwards of Morlions men may sayle from thence through the rockes unto Morlions and anchor in five and sixe fathom at low water To the westwards of the Triacle Pots lyeth a great rock the easterne entry of Morlions Morlions lyeth from it southwest and by south distant two leagues but the westerne entry lyeth from it westsouthwest west and by south foure or five loagues that goeth in by a great long ragged rock This entry men may sayle in south south and by west unto the castle of Morlaix Morlaix being about the castle they may run through the rocks againe to the eastwards and runne out againe at the easterne entry northnortheast and north and by east into sea according as the tyde shall be the flood commeth there out of the northwest If a man would goe from Morlaix to Morlions hee may goe on east through the rockes and so sayle to it It is all
broken land and there remaineth at low water five fathom depth If you are bound to S. Paul de Lion S. Paul de Lion you must run right with the great rock with the two horns or Sadle and so close alongst by it being past it edge to the land upon the strand lyeth a village called Plempoll sayle right with it alongst by it to the eastwards of it goeth in the river These are all tyde-havens but betwixt the rockes of the Morlions and the Islands Bay it is at lowe water deepe enough for to save a ship The land of S. Paul de Lion is double land upon S. Pauls Church stand two sharpe steeples The Island Isle de Bas lyeth thwart before it upon it standeth two stakes to see to a farre off like milles Upon the east end of that Island lieth a very high ragged rock when you are to the eastwards of this rock you shall see two sharpe steeples a little one from the other these are the steeples of Plempolle you may also then see the Castle of Morlaix lying southeast from you upon a high rock The foresayd outermost long ragged rocke of Morlaix lyeth from the top of the Island Isle de Bas Isle de Bas east and east and by south three or foure leagues Men may sayle alongst by the maine land within and through these rocks untill they come to the seven Islands they are all great bayes where inmost places is good anchor ground Five greate leagues north and by east of Isle Bas and southwest and by west 27 leagues from the Caskets lyeth a dangerous rocke or Cliffe called Roche Blanche Roche Blanche and lyeth from seaven Islands westnorthwest 9 leagues Within the Isle de Bas lyeth the town of Roskow Roskow you may sayle into the haven of Roskow on both sides of the Island For to sayle into the easterne channell when you are passed by the high rocke with the saddle or two hornes called Le Taureau and come by the land betwixt the east poynt of the Island and the poynt of the maine land over against it you must sayle still keeping the middle of the channell It is in this channell 7 and eight fathom deepe Being come within the poynt of the Island you must runne in about by it west by south west on untill you come about halfe wayes within the Island and anchor there in eight or nine fathom And then Roskow shall lye south and south and by east from you If you will sayle into the westerne channell you shall see to the westwards of it close by the maine land two great long rockes From the point of the maine land a little to the eastwards of the eastermost long rocke lyeth of a riffe from the land which maketh the west side of the channell you must runne in southeast betwixt that riffe and the west poynt of the Island when you come within the poynt of the Island you must edge up northeast unto the middest of the Island anchor there as here before is sayd From Isle de Bas alongst to the Fourne or Ushant lyeth the coast westsouthwest 16 leagues From the Island Isle de Bas unto the Fourne the outermost or westermost end of the maine land of Britaigne the course is westsouthwest and west and by south thirteene leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth Obbevrack or Abberwrack About a league northwest without the rockes of Obbevracke or Abberwracke Abberwrack lyeth a rane of Rockes under water They that by night wil saile or turne to windwards from the Fourne or towards the Fourn The Fourn let them not come thereabouts nearer the land then in 45 fathom A league to the eastwards of the Fourne all alongst the coast even unto the Fourne lye many long black ragged Rockes in many places appearing like Villages these are called the Ovens within them on the maine land which is not very high men shall see sayling alongst by them many white sand-bayes and here and there some little houses whereby the foresayd land thereabout is very easy to be knowne The Fourne and Ushant Ushant lye westsouthwest eastnortheast distant two great leagues Ushant sheweth it felfe at sea at the south-end low and at the north-end going up sloaping upon the midst of it standeth a little flat Tower by which markes it is good to be knowne Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At Cape de Hague by the shore a south and by eâ— moone maketh high water In the Race of Blanckert a north and by east south and by west moone The flood falleth through the Race northeast and the ebbe southwest In the Islands also a north and by east and south and by west moone maketh a full sea Men cannot well reckon the tydes there because they have divers courses about the Islands but for the most part northeast by north A quarter of the tyde the flood falleth thwart into the Caskets In Garnsey a north and by east and south by west moon maketh full sea At Concalle Granville a westnorthwest moone At S. Maloes an east west moone maketh high water The flood falleth in there at the westerne channell goeth out againe at the easterne channell men must reckon there upon when they will sayle into these channels From the Island Briack in the bay of Benit the flood falleth southeast but in the fareway eastsoutheast and westnorthwest At the east-side of the Island Briack in the road southsoutheast An east and west moon maketh there the highest water Betwixt the Island Briack and Garnesey a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea the flood runneth there eastsoutheast and the ebbe westnorthwest On the coast within the Caskets the tyde runneth continually against the Sunne soo that it is there never still water Betwixt Sept Isles or the seven Islands and Garnsey in the fareway a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea Betwixt Briack and the seven Islands an east and by north and west and by south moone maketh full sea The flood fulleth there east and east and by south Betwixt the seven Islands and the outer rockes of Morlions the flood falleth in south east within the Triacle Pots towards the green-Green-Island but in the fareway in the offing east and east and by north At Morlaix and S. Pauls a west and by south Moon maketh the highest water but in the fareway in the offing thwart of it a southwest and by west and westsouthwest Moone At the Isle de Bas maketh high water a west and by south Moone In the fareway there in the offing the flood falleth e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. and so likewise from thence all alongst the coast of Bretaigne unto the Fourne or Ushant At Abberwrack an e. n. e. and w. s w. moone maketh full sea without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a s w. by w. moone maketh full-sea Of the Depths
floweth 15 foot up and down With a common tyde at high water there is 12 foot and at low water 3 foot depth The towin Shorum lieth a little English mile within the haven ships that draw but 8 or 9 foot water can lie a float a little beneath the towne at low water or else they lye dry every where When you come from the eastwards from Beachy or New-haven along by the shoare you may see open into the Haven before you come thwart of it But comming from the westward you shall not see it open before you come right before it because the west poynt lieth somewhat further out then the east poynt From the west point runneth off a little tayle but at high water you may runne in alongst over it otherwise you must runne in by the east shoare Upon the east poynt stand 2 beacons which you must bring one in the other run in so right with them untill you come by the n. shoare and then in alongst by the foresayd north shoare At Shorum somtimes there are builded many great ships of 3 or 400 tunnes About sixe leagues to the westwards of New-haven lieth Arundell Arundell a tyde-haven where a ship may go in at half Flood you must goe in thereby the west land north east in In the entry it is two and betwixt the two lands 3 fathom deep at high water But within the Haven remaineth at low water 4 and 5 fathom There you must anchor before the village Five leagues west s w from Arundell and 13 leagues west and by south somewhat westerly from Beachy lye the bancks or shoals of the Owers Owers under water a great league and a halfe a seaboard the land About 2 leagues e. n. e somewhat easterly from the south side of the Owers and two little leagues south from Arundell lieth a shoale of rocks and chindles called East-borough-head Eastborough-head as great as an aker of land which falleth at low watet and spring-tide dry otherwise it commeth not above water close to it it is 15 fat deep They that sayle off from the haven of Shorum and are bound to the westwards must not go more westerly then s s.w untill they come in 18 fathom before they set their course more westerly for feare of this shoale About an English mile n. w. from this foresayd shoale lieth alsoo a sunken rock whereupon at low water it is no more then 5 or 6 foot water About halfe wayes betwixt Arundell and Selsey runneth of a ledge of Rocks thwart to the southwards from the shoare obut an English mile and a halfe into the sea called the Bogners whereof some of the rocks fall dry at low water but the outermost are alwaies under water De Custen van ENGELANDT tusschen Fierley en Poortlant â—ock hoese van Ornay gelegen zyn Betwixt the Owers and Portsmouth goeth in a great sound or haven within lieth the town of Chichester Chichester On both sides of the Island Wight men may saile within it and there come to anchor either under S. Ellens or before Newport where they will For to sayle into the Eastwards of Wight you must bring the easterne castle that lieth to the eastwards of Portsmouth over the Lyme-kilne that is a white spot in the land to the northwards of that castle and keepe them soo one over the other untill that the Culver cliffe come within or under the northeast poynt of Wight Then bring the Lyme-kilne over the east end of Portsmouth and keepe them soo untill that the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth come to the wood Thus doing you shall come neare neither plate nor sand to take any hurt of them and you shall come soo by little and little before S. Ellens Church When the Church commeth two ships lengths within the red poynt then you shall not come too neare the riffe at the poynt Or-else if you cannot see the Lyme-kilne then keepe the Castle to the westwards of the Culver cliffe untill that S. Ellens Church commeth a ships length without the poynt of the Island goe then boldy northwest in and you shall not come too neare the riffe And then bring the square Tower betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle When the Castle to the westwards of Portsmouth commeth to the east side of the Wood then you shall not as here before is said come too neare either the plate or the sand to take any hurt of them When the eastermost white spot standeth a ships length to the westwards of the Castle then you are to the eastwards of the riffe and when the Culver cliffe is covered or hidden behind the n. e. point of the Island theÌ„ are you also within the riffe The markes of the little plate Markes of the plate are these there standeth a square tower within the land a castle on the water side to the eastwards of Portsmouth thwart from it lyeth the foresayd Lime-kilne when that commeth to the eastwards of the foresayd Castle so that you may even see through betwixt them both the are you upon the little plate which at low water is not deeper then 10 foot then standeth the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth at the west side of the Wood. But when the foresayd square tower commeth to the west side to the foot of the Castle the Castle by west Portsmouth to the west side of the Wood there it is deepe at low water upon the little plat 12 foot When the square Tower standeth betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle even betwixt the Lyme-pit and the Tower and the Castle by west Portsmouth in the west side of the Wood there it is at high water tenne fathom deepe When Saint Ellens Church lyeth southwest and by west from you then lyeth the southeast end of the plate northeast and by north from you and the west end north and by east From the poynt of the roade of Newport eastwards lyeth abroad sand alongst the shoale called No mans-land No mans-land which falleth almost dry at low water it is so steepe that halfe a cables length off from it it is twelve fathom deepe upon the high land of Wight thereabouts stand two or three mills If you come neare the shoare that the foresayd mills bee hidden behinde the foresayd high land you shall not misse to come a ground against that foresayd sand but so long as you can see these mills you shall goe cleare of it The Roade of the Cowes is the best Roade in Wight Over against betwixt that and Calshot Castle lyeth a hard sand nearest the north shoare lying from thence to the westwards alongst the fareway almost soo farre as thwart of Newton called the Brambles The Brambles at low water and spring-tydes it falleth almost dry and then the sea breaketh much upon it to the northwards of it goeth alsoo a channell through but it is not to be used but with small
shipping For to sayle in at the west end of Wight you must runne right in with the Needles For to sayl in at the Needles they are high sharpe Rockes as Masts lying at the West end of Wight bring then the innermost poynt of Wight or the Castle that standeth upon the chindle over against that poynt called Hus castle a little without or to the northwards of the Needles sayle in there upon untill you come to the Needles leave them then on the starboard side of you and run in within a cables length alongst by them for to avoyd the bancks which lye off from the chindle to the northwards of the Needles of the west end of Wight almost to the Needles Betwixt the bancks called the Swingels and the Needles it is not very broad and at low water 5 fathom deep When you sayle in here you must cast your tydes well The fore-flood falleth strong upon the bancks When you are then come within the Needles then edge a little more off from the shoare unto Hus Castle that standeth upon the Chindle for to avoyd some Rocks which lye alongst by the Island under water Being come within the Castle or Chindle there it is wyde broad leave two third parts of the channell on the larboard side and one third part on the starboard side sayle soo in untill you come before the village Newton anchor there in nine or ten fathom or else sayle forth if you will about the poynt of the Cowes and anchor there before the haven of Newport in tenne or twelve fathom there is the best Roade and the best lying of all the Roades in Wight The Haven or Roade before Newport lyeth from the foresayd Hus Castle upon the Chindle northeast and by east and eastnortheast about two leagues asunder From the Needles of Wight west and by south about three leagues lyeth the poynt of Saint Albons-land called Peverell poynt Peverel poynt from it lye off some little Rocks to the eastwards A little too the northwards of that poynt is a Bay called the Bay of Sandwitch Sandwitch Bay there is a good road for them that are bound to the Westwards If you will goe to ryde there comming from the westwards you may take the sounding of Saint Albons land and runne aboard the poynt in foure or five fathom at a halfe flood and you shall take no hurt of those little rocks Being gotten about the poynt edge by it up to the westwards towards Sandwitch A little to the northwards of Sandwitch in the Baye lyeth a round Hommock and thwart of it somewhat within the land standeth a mil bring that mill to the south side of the round Hommock and sayle soo in untill you come in foure or three fathom and anchor there soo deepe or shoale as you will there it is good lying for southwest winds A little league north and by east from the foresayd poynt right west from the Needles of Wight lyeth another poynt called Handfast poynt Handfast poynt to the northwards of it lyeth a litâ—â—e Towne called Studland before it is alsoo a good roade Upon the outermost part of that poynt is a hole through the land where men may see through and a little without the poynt standeth a high steepe rocke like a Mast allmost like the Needle at the west end of Wight For to come to ride before Studland Studland you must sayle about the second poynt with the hole or the steepe rocke in foure or five fathom and goe in westnorthwest towards Studland a little to the southwards of it lyeth a little valley bring that westsouthwest from you and goe towards the shoare in foure or three fathom and a halfe there is the best roade lying there you may see the foresayd hole in the poynt A league to the northwards of that foresayd poynt with the hole lyeth the haven of Poole Poole for to fayle in there comming about the foresayd second poynt with the steepe rocke you must goe on northwest or somwhat more northerly and then you shall see right a head of you a high flat hill which standeth higher then any other land thereabouts keepe that betwixt the two shoares and run in so right with it If you must turne toe and againe then spare not to use your lead and runne not further over to the westwards then that the flat hill come to the west-land soo soone as it beginneth as it were to touch it you must cast about or else you should be fast aground And after you have cast about runne not further over to the eastwards then that the foresayd high flat hill commeth even to the east sand-hill which is a high gray and sharp sand-hill lying at the East side If you keepe these foresayd markes in this manner you shall have there going in at halfe flood water enough there remaineth upon the shoalest at low water ten and eleven foote but it floweth there no more then five foot up and downe It floweth there twice in a tyde A southeast and northwest Moone maketh there full sea Also a south by east north and by west Moone once more that commeth to passe by reason of the sore-ebbe that commeth out of Wight When you come within the entry go then northnortheast on and keepe the beacons that stand on the east land on the starboard from you and runne indifferent close alongst by them The shoares are on both sides steepe and the channell is not wide without the channell it is shoale or flat This is Pilots water From the west end of Wight to the poynt of Portland Portland the course is westsouthwest eleven leagues but from Dunnose the southwest poynt of Wight west and by south thirteene leagues Road under Portland If you will goe to anchor under Portland comming from the west then come within two cables length or a shot of a cast peece about by the poynt of Portland and being come about the second poynt edge up to the westwards untill you come before the castle and anchor there in 7. 8. 9. 10. or 11. fathom soo that the poynt of Portland doe lye south and by east and southsoutheast from you there you shall lye landlockt for a south and south and by east winde With a southwest and a s s.w winde men must be very mindfull of terrible rippeling of the race of Portland which beginneth a little to the westwards of Portland and endeth a little to the westwards of S. Albons The ground in that race is also very uneven shoale sometimes seven otherwhiles ten and also fifteen fathom deepe About a league to the northwards of the road of Portland lyeth a little Towne called Waymouth Waymouth with a tyde-haven before it men may anchor in foure or five fathom Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames At Beachy by the shoare before the seven Cleeves the flood faâ—leth east and by south the ebbe west and
north northeast in it is broad and deepe A little to the northwards of Ramehead is a faire sand-bay where men may anchor close under the land in nine and ten fathom Two leagues south a little easterly from Ramehead lyeth a Rock above water called Eddystone Eddy-stone The poynt of Plymmouth lyeth from the Eddystone North and by east and Northnortheast distant about foure leagues In the sound by the land of Plymmouth lieth a little Island which is fast to the west side with a riffe or rane of Rocks under water so that men must sayle alongst to the eastwards of it whether they be bound into Catwater Catwater or into Hamoase the west harbour If you will goe into Catwater then runne in betwixt the Island and the poynt on the east side in with the land of Plymmouth untill that you see Catwater open on the starboard side of you goe then into the eastwards betwixt the point of Plymmouth and the foresaid east point on the starboard side of you leaving the most part of the channell on the starboard side of you until you come within the poynt and anchor there right against that high steepe norther-land there is at low Water with an ordinary tyde foure and five Fathom deepe When you sayle into Catwater you must take heed and give a good birth to the souther poynt of the entry of Catwater for there lye off to the foresayd poynt a ledge of Rocks under water neare about two cables lengths from the Land and upon the poynt of the ledge or shoale lyeth a buye where is at halfe flood about twelve foot water which buye you must leave on your starboard side in going into Catwater and when you have Catwater altogether open you may run into the eastwards leaving in the entry of the harbour two third parts of the channell on the starboard side as before is sayd because the south shoare is somewhat flat off there lying a sandy bancke which reacheth to the second poynt of the south shoare of Catwater A little to the eastwards of that foresayd little Island lyeth a rocke under water upon which is at low water not deeper then two fathom For to sayle within the Island you may goe into the eastwards or to the westwards of the rock according as occasion shall serve If you wil sayle into Hamoase to the westwards of the rock then take the sounding of the Island in foure or five fathom at low water and run in so by it untill that the Fisher Village lying to the northwards a little within the land come in the west side of the valley on the north shoare then are you to run through betweene the Island and the rocke and to the westwards of the rock Within the Island upon the land of Plymmouth standeth a wall or hedge when as you see that onendling and the chappel of the foresayd Fisher-village commeth to the north-side of the Valley and Catwater commeth open then doe you runne over the Rocke Betweene the Island and the maine men may anchor in twelve and thirteene fathom If you bee bound into Hamoase Hamoase you must runne in betweene the Island and the land of Plymmouth and then in amiddest the channel betweene the two Lands untill that the entry of Hamoase be open runne then into the northwards as the channel leadeth until you come in about the west poynt and anchor there in sixteen fifteen and twelve or ten fathom In the narrow it is fifteene sixteene seventeene also twenty fathom deepe and betweene the Island and the maine eight nine tenne and twelve fathom About halfe a cables length to the eastwards of the Passage way going into Hamoase lyeth a suncken rock under water The German a suncken rock called the German about two great shippes lengths from the shoare and at low water hath not above foure foot water upon it And when men doe come any thing neare this foresayd suncken rock going into Hamoase either with the flood or the ebbe the tyde wil set them right upon it if it bee calme Therefore to avoyd it men must with calme weather give this foresayd suncken rock a good birth untill they bring the houses of the Fisher-Village called the Stone-house open of the easter-poynt of the Passage way and then runne in over towards the north shoare until they have hidden the Island in the foresayd easterne poynt of the passage way for to avoyd a suncken Rock Suncken Rocks that lyeth off to the eastwards from the North poynt of the Beach on the West-side of the Passage way a halfe cables length off and then runne amids the channel into Hamoase Upon this foresayd suncken Rock at low water is not above 3 or 4 foot water In the sound of Plymmouth not farre to the northwards of the Mewstone lye two or three suncken rockes Suncken Rocks upon which remaine at low water not more then three or foure fathom water the markes of them are these To the eastwads of Plymmouth standeth a Tower with a Mill and to the Westwards of the foresayd little Island standeth a Gentlemans house when the little tower or turret of that house commeth over the poynt on the west side of the Island the foresayd Tower and Mill to the eastwards of Plymmouth come one over the other then are you upon the innermost suncken rocke or shoale which it at low Water foure fathom deepe But when the poynt of Hamoase commeth even without the poynt to the westwards of the Island and the foresayd Tower and mill alsoo one in the other Then are you upon the outermost rocke where it is at low water and spring-tyde three fathom and a half deepe From Ramehead west by south five leagues lyeth Foy and betwixt them on the coast lyeth a little Island a little to the eastwards of a poynt called Talland-poynt thwart of West-Louwe called Louw-Island Low-Island you may anchor there to the easterwards of the Island in 5 or 6 fathom Foy Foy is a broad haven where a ship may go in at a half flood at the east-side of the haven standeth a little church with a little steeple on the west side a white church somewhat greater then that upon the east land with a square steeple at the west end of it For to sayle into Foy you must have at least a halfe flood and runne in midst the channel betwixt the two poynts and being come within then chuse which side you will but the most water is by the west land betweene the stakes and the Tower that standeth upon the west land Being come within the Stakes as you come in by the west land then beare somewhat off presently from the west shoare almost into the middle of the channell nearest to the west shoare untill you come before the Village that lyeth on the west side there is a deepe docke where a shippe that draweth sixteene foot water may lye a float at low
things and little stones A great kenning south southeast from the Staert it is deep 40 fathom the ground red sandy clay with pits in the tallow Southwest eleven or thirteen leagues from the Steart Steart in fifty fathom the ground is white and yellow small shelly sand with some pieces of white shels with gray and crumpeld and alsoo glistering little things like needles In fine he that soundeth much getteth many divers sorts of grounds and sometimes great change in little distance of place But he that soundeth findeth white shels with little things like strawes and needles it is certaine that he is nearest to Ushant but if he finde brandy ground or blacke little stones mingled with white little things then is he nearest to Silly Hee that soundeth thwart of Ushant Marks of Ushant Silly and findeth small white sand and little shels and small little things oasie and white Ushant shall then lye north east from him If he finde long small little things like needles then shall Ushant lye southeast from him But if he be not sure of these grounds then he shall beare to the northwards And if he finde deeper water then he is towards the Seams but if hee finde it shoaly then he is in the entring of the Channell to the northwards of Ushant If he be between Ushant and the Seams in 70 fathom he shall finde the ground to be small little stones like black sand of the earth or else if he finde the ground to be great red sand then he must stand to the northwards untill that he finde the white sandy ground and long small things then he may hold himself certaine to be in the entring of the channell From the Lands-end of England to the C. of Cornwall the coast lieth north about 5 leagues but Silly and the foresayd Cape lie southwest and northeast distant about 9 leagues By the Cape lieth a little Island or Rock called Bresam I. Bresam betwixt it and the Cape men may sayle thorough From the Cape of Cornwall unto the little Towne Saint Yves S. Yves lieth the coast about east and by north and east northeast five or sixe leagues Saint Yves lieth upon the west poynt of a great Bay which is about two leagues broad At the East poynt of the Bay lieth a little Island there lieth off from it a great ledge of rocks a great halfe league thwart off into sea where of many of them come at halfe ebbe above water therefore he that commeth off from the Cape of Cornwall and will sayle alongst the coast towards Stoupert or Padstow must keepe off thwart of this ledge at least a great league from the shoare because of the foresayd rocks Betwixt that foresayd little Island at the east poynt of the Bay the maine land it is also at many places rocky and foule soo that one that is not there very well acquainted may not sayle through there without great danger In the Bay of Saint Yves is on both sides good sandy ground where men may anchor all over and come soo neare the shoares as they will At the West side of the Bay at the Towne is a head where small shippes and Barkes doe goe in within it and lye there succoured for northerly windes but great ships may not doe soo they must anchor without in six or seven fathom From Saint Yves to Hartland poynt the course is northeast seventeen or 18 leagues betwixt them both about halfe wa lyeth the poynt of Stoupert to the eastwards of it lyeth Padstow Stroupert Padstow in a Bay where is a very good road in seven or eight fathom At the west side of that poynt lyeth a suncken Rock under water and upon the poynt a great high rock to the westwards of that poynt towards Saint Yves are many white sandy and chalky bayes alongst the shoare whereby the coast there is very easy to beknowne Hartland poynt Hartland poynt is a poynt that lyeth out foure leagues north from it lyeth the Island Londey which is somewhat a long Island it lyeth most north and by west and south and by east At the east side of that Island men may ride for Westerly windes in 14 and 15 fathom but on the west side the ground is foule Foure leagues to the eastwards of Hartland poynt eastsoutheast from the south end of Londey lyeth the sound of Biddeford Biddeford being a broad haven where many ships doe sayle in and out A little within the mouth of the haven it divideth it selfe into two rivers upon the westermost on the starboard side lyeth Biddeford and upon the eastermost on the larboard side lieth a town called Barnestable Barnstable From the poynt to the northwards of Biddeford Haven unto Ilfercombe the course is e. n.e foure leagues that is a haven where remaineth at low water 3 or foure fathom deepe Before the haven is also good roade in 8 or 9 fathom at halfe flood Eleven or 12 leagues to the eastwards of Ilfercombe Ilfercombe lie two little Islands about two leagues north south one from the other called the Holmes the northermost is called the Flatholm and the southermost the Steepholm Flatholm Steepholm betwixt Ilfercomb the Holms somewhat nearer the Holms then Ilfercomb lieth a little towne called Mynehead where many ships do lade In the fareway betwixt Ilfercomb the Holmes on the English side on the one side and the bankes on the Welsh side on the other side in the middest of the channell it is deepe 30. 25. 20. 18. 16. and 15 fathom the nearer the Holmes the shoaler water When men come from the westwards within the Island Londey then they may see the Land on both sides to wit of England and Wales The English coast even from the C. of Cornwall to the Holmes is altogether cleane but the coast of Wales is most all foule and shoaly from the Island Caldy unto Bristow with many bankes sands and riffes that lye off The Holmes and the Island Londey lye west southwest and east northeast distant 19 leagues He that will sayle from Londey to Bristow must run alongst by the English coast untill that he come within the poynt of the Naes for to avoyd Naes-sand and then forth alongst through betweene the Holmes leaving the Steepholme on starboard and Flatholme on the larboard side Men may alsoo with little ships of small draught sayle about to the southwards of the Steepholme but it is there so shoaly that there remaineth at low water no more then two fathom water Under Steepholm Roâ—d under â—â—eepholâ— men may anchor where they will in foure or five fathom He that commeth off from the Naes and is bound to Bristow must stand over to the Steepholme and run alongst to the northwards of it It lyeth from the Naes eastsoutheast about seven leagues For to sayle through between the Holms For to sail through between the Holms the
right best fareway you must sayle nearest the side of the Flatholme there it is deepest with an open wind men may sayle alongst soo neare by it without any hurt that they may cast with a stone upon it Within or to the eastwards of the Holmes lyeth shooting off from the eastland a great shoale lying off with a great tayle towards the west which comming from the west men might easily sayle within For to avoyd it you must set the Flatholme when you are passed it southwest from you keepe it standing soo untill that you shall have sayled about a great league looke out then for a little Island that shall then at the east shoare lye neere about thwart from you upon it stand two mils and above upon the maine land standeth one mill When the mill that standeth upon the high land commeth to the west end of that foresayd Island you shall bee past the foresayd tayle of the English grounds and cannot sayle within it goe then e.n.e. alongst by the English grounds which are flat soo that you may sayle alongst by them upon your lead in 3 or 4 fathom soo neere as you will When then the mill that standeth upon the high land Markes the English ground commeth betweene the foresayd two mills which stand upon the little Island then shall you bee altogether past the English grounds run then boldly towards the English coast and so close alongst by it as you please towards Passis or Portshut poynt From the Flatholm to Passis poynt in the right fareway it is deep 14 and 15 fathom The Welsh side you must shun and take very good heed of it because it is very uneven and full of steep bankes that are needle to which at many places do fall dry at low water you may not come neerer that coast then in 12 fathom for sayling towards it you shall have at one cast ten fathom and before you can heave the lead againe you shall sit fast alongst from Flatholm till you come to Bristow About Passis poynt men do anchor in Kings road Kings roâ—d which is between the poynt the river of Bristow neerest the river there is good clay ground in 8 or 9 fathom They that are bound into the river are brought in by the Pilots Men may from thence also sayle in alongst by the coast to the River of Severne which is also like the River of Bristow a faire River to saile into For to saile from Bristow to Londey you must goe away from Passis poynt w. s w. untill that the Flatholm doe come to beare southwest from you or els untill that the three foresayd mills upon the south land doe stand a like farre one from the other to wit that which standeth upon the high land doe stand in the middest betweene the other two sayle then right with the Flatholme very close alongst to the southwards of it and being passed it goe then forth westsouthwest unto the Island Londey About 3 leagues to the northwards of Flatholm lyeth the Town Cardief Cardief in Wales being a tyde-haven before it is a good road as well for ships that are bound to the westwards as to the eastwards where men may lye land lockt allmost for all windes to the eastwards and to the northwards of it lye many sands and bankes which fall drye at low water and so that they make men landlockt for northeast and by east winds Hee that is bound into the roade before Cardief comming from the west must runne in betwixt Flatholm and the poynt of Cardief lying somewhat to the southwards of Cardief and being come about the poynt then to the northwards up alongst by the shoare unto the road Close up to the poynt of Cardief to wit to the westwards of it lye two little Islands the one next to the poynt is called Silye and the westermost Barrey Silye Barrey Betwixt Silye and Flatholme lyeth a rock southeast and southeast and by east from the poynt which must bee avoyded when you will sayle through there unto the roade of Cardief When it is high water you may sayle over all that which at half ebbe commeth not above water About five leagues west from the poynt of Cardief lyeth the Naes The Naes to the westwards off it the land falleth away first about northwest then afterwards southwest or southwest and by west and soo maketh a great bay betwixt the Naes and Wormes head where there are very good roads for west north northeast and east winds From the Naes a little from the shoare lyeth a great banke called Naessand Naessand which lyeth off from thence west and by south and westsouthwest at least five leagues into sea From Wormshead likewise lyeth off a banck which is very steep called Helwix Helwix about foure leagues southsouthwest and southwest by south into sea they that come from the eastwards and will goe to ride in the Bay betwixt the Naes and Wormeshead runne alongst close by the poynt of the Naes through betwixt the Naes and Naessand likewise they that come from the westwards and are bound in there may run through close alongst by the poynt of Wormshead and the Helwix it is betwixt them both about an English mile broad He that commeth out of the sea may come in betweene the foresayd sands or bancks it is there wide and broad Wormes head Wormshead is a poynt lying farre out appearing a farre off allmost like the Oldhead in Ireland but it is above or under and goeth sloping downe towards the north it hath in many placey chalky spots whereby it is very easy to bee known About 4 leagues to the westwards of Wormeshead lyeth the little Island Caldy Caldy where upon standeth a white Tower shewing off at sea like a white sayle which is set there for to know the land by Betwixt this Island and the poynt of Wormshead the land falleth away with a great bay to the northwards unto Carmarthen and Tinbuy in this Bay it is all over good anchor ground for to ride On every side of the Island Caldy men may alsoo anchor and have shelter for all windes A little to the northwards of Caldy lyeth a rane of suncken rockes called the Wullox Wullox Hee that will sayle about to the eastwardes of the Island to Tinbuy may runne close about by it up to the westwards through betwixt the Island and the suncken rockes leaving them on the starboard side or else hee may runne alongst alsoo to the eastwardes and to the northwards of the suncken rockes leaving them on the larboard side and soo then also to Tinbuy and anchor there before the Towne in five or sixe fathom To the eastwardes and to the northwardes of the foresayd rockes it is also good anchorage in sixe seven or eight fathom it is there all cleane ground and farre of shoale water Men may alsoo sayle through to the westwards of the Island
Caldy which is between the Island and the poynt of the maine land to Tinbuy but it is there narrow yet cleane and deepe enough River of Carmarthen The river of Carmarthen lyeth from the Island Caldy northeast and by north distant about foure leagues the channell for to fayle in there lyeth in eastnortheast on the east or the south side lyeth a great Banck which lyeth off farre from the shoare and on the off-side goeth off flat For to sayle in there men may sound it in alongst by the east or north shoare untill they be over the shoalest of the barre there is upon it at halfe flood about foureteen foot water and being over the barre it will be againe foure fathom deepe or thereabouts then they may run in forth by theyr lead alongst by the south shoare untill they come within the river Foure or five leagues to the westwards of the Island Caldy lyeth Saint Gawens poynt S. Gawens poynt the south poynt of Wales by some called the White poynt About halfe an English mile southsouthwest from this poynt lieth a suncken rock called the Crow The Crow whereof men must take heede Two leagues to the westwards of S. Gawens poynt lyeth the haven of Milford Milford-haven a broad and wide sound lying in at the entry northeast in being come in within the poynts men may goe up to the northwards eastwards and southwards unto divers places and roades About by the north poynt men may sayle unto Daleroade there it is good lying in three fathom and three fathom and a halfe at low water When men come a little within the south poynt in the open of Milford haven there lyeth a little Island or rock like the Newstone by Plymmouth being past that a little they may run to the southwards into a bay where they may lye landlockt for all windes A little to the westwards of Milford-Haven lye two little Islands the southermost is the smallest called Stocholm Stockholm the northermost Scaline Scaline About two leagues northnorthwest or northwest by north from thence lyeth the Island Ramsey Ramsey there betwixt them hath the land a great Bay called the Broad-bay Broad Ramsey lyeth at the north poynt and Scaline at the south poynt off the Bay there in alongst the shoare is good riding for north northeast east southeast windes in 7. 8. nine fathom Upon the North poynt of this Bay lyeth a little Towne called Saint Davids S. Davids to the northwards off lyeth the Coast of Wales alongst Northeast unto Cardygan About 2 leagues west and by south to seawards from the Island Scaline and 3 leagues southwards from Ramsey lyeth that little Island Grasholm Grasholm which is a round cleane rock about foure leagues off from it lye also two little Lands which are fowle called the Smalles Smalles The lying of them with the dangers there of you may reade in the description of Ireland On the northwest side of the Island Ramsey lyeth the Bishop with his Clearks Bishop with his Clearks these are rockes that lye off to the northwards and southwestwards of that Island a good way to sea About five leagues northwest or somewhat northerly from Ramesey lyeth another great rock called Mascus Mascus which is all round about foule with many suncken rocks He that commeth to saile thereabouts or to lye by must take very good heed of them The Island Ramsey or the north poynt of Wales and the southeast poynt of Ireland lye about eastsoutheast and west northwest distant 16 leagues Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames In Mounts Bay and at the Lands end of England a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moon maketh high water In Silly a southwest and by west moone maketh full sea A seaboard of Silly in the channell likewise a southwest by west Moone In the entring of the channell a southwest and northeast Moone From Silly to the Lizard the flood falleth northeast the ebbe southwest Betwixt Silly and Londey the flood falleth northeast the ebbe southwest In Silly a southwest and by west Moone maketh high water On the coast of England betwixt the Cape of Cornwall and Hartland poynt a westsouthwest and west and by south Moon maketh high water Thwart of the Island Londey a west and by south but on the Island an east and west Moone At the Island Londey and at the Holmes an east and west Moone maketh high water At Bristow within a west and by north Moone maketh full sea At Milford haven an east and by north and west and by south Moon maketh high water In the channel of Bristow betwixt Londey the Holmes the flood falleth e. n.e. and the ebbe westsouthwest Within the Holms towards Bristow the flood falleth northeast and by east and the ebbe southwest and by west Betwixt Londey and Mildford the streame falleth northeast and northeast and by east Of the Depths Men may see on Silly the south side in 52 fathom the ground there is stony with some red shels The lands end of England men may see alsoo in 25 fathom Silly may be seene on the north side in 45. 46. and 48. fathom there the ground is oasy with some little stones amongst it When men are to the northwards of Silly it sheweth first in two Islands upon the eastermost they shall see a tower or little castle to the eastwards of the 2 Islands they shall see also two great hilly rockes and to the westwards three high black rockes Westnorthwest and west and by north ten or eleven leagues from Silly the ground is oasie and soft that men can scarce get any of it upon the lead there come some little shels amongst it Betwixt the Lands end of England and Londey in the fareway it is 45 fathom deepe the land of Cornwall men may see in 44 fathom Three or foure leagues without the land thwart of Saint Yves Stoupert or Padstow the ground is sharpe and rocky but neerer the land it is all sandy ground Betwixt S. Yves and Hartlands poynt are many white chalky hills alongst the coast especially neere by Stoupert or Padstow whereby this coast is to be knowne In the channell betwixt the Holmes and Bristow it is deep 12. 13. and 14 fathom and men may see the land on both sides Upon the coast of Wales about Milford and to the northwards of it men may see the land in 42 and 45 fathom Courses Distances From the Lizard to the Lands end westnorthwest 9 or 10 leagues From the Lands end to Silly w. s.w 8 leagues From the Lizard to the Gulfe the course is west and by north 10 leagues From the Lands end to the Gulfe the course is southsouthwest 3 leagues From the Gulfe to Silly west 5 leagues From Silly to the Caskets east somewhat southerly 55 leagues From Silly to Ushant the course is southeast and by south 35 leagues From Silly to C.
de Finisterre south and by west westerly 150 leagues From Silly to Cape Cleare in Ireland northwest and by north 46 leagues From Silly to Waterfoord north by west 40 leagues From Silly to the C. of Cornewall northeast 9 leagues From the C. of Cornwall to S. Yves east and by north 5 leagues From S. Yves to Stoupert poynt northeast and by east 9 leagues From Stoupert to Hartland poynt northeast and by north 9 leagues .. From S. Yves to Hartland poynt n.e. 18 leagues From Hartland poynt to the Island Londey north 4 lea From the C. of Cornwall to Londey northeast and northeast and by north 25 leagues From the C. of Cornwall or Milford in Wales northnortheast 32 or 33 leagues From Silly to Milford northnortheast somewhat easterly 46 leagues From the Cape of Cornwall to the rock Tuskar north and by west 40 leagues From the Cape of Cornwal to Waterford northnorthwest 40 leagues From the west end of Londey to Biddeford eastsoutheast 5 leagues From Biddeford to Ilfercomb e.n.e. 4 leagues From Londey to the Holmes e.n.e. 20 leagues From the Steepholme to the river of Bristow northeast somewhat easterly 12 leagues From the Steepholme too the Naes westnorthwest about 7 leagues From the Naes to S. Gawens poynt west somewhat northerly 13 leagues From S. Gawens poynt to Milford haven northwest by north 3 leagues From the Island Scaline to Ramsey northnorthwest 2 leagues From Londey to Milford north by west and northnorthwest 12 or 13 leagues From Milford to the Cape of Cornewall southsouthwest 32 leagues From Milford to Silly southsouthwest and southwest by south 40 leagues Heights The south side of Silly lyeth in 50 degr or a little more The Cape of Cornwal lyeth in 50 degr 25 min. Londey lyeth in 51 degr 13 min. The Holmes lye in 51 degr 30 min. Milford in 51 degr 46 min. The Island Ramsey in 51 degr 50 min. How these Lands doe shew them selves at Sea Thus sheweth the Lizard when it is 5 or 6 leagues east and by north from you Mounts Bay The Lizard Thus sheweth the Lizard being east from you 4 or 5 leagues Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Lizard and the Lands-end when the Lizard lyeth about east and by north and Mounts-bay north from you Lands end n. n. w. Mounts Bay n. e by n. and n. n. e. Thus sheweth the Lands-end and the land to the eastwards of it when it is northnorthwest and Mounts-bay is northeast and by north and northnortheast from you being a league from the land The Lands-end sheweth it selfe thus when you come in right within out of the sea The Lands-end being east from you sheweth thus East The Lands-end of England Thus sheweth the Lands-end when it lyeth southeast and by south seven or eight leagues from you and the round Hill to the northwards of it east then you may even see the low land betwixt them both Thus sheweth Silly being east northeast from you When Silly is southeast from you it sheweth thus When Silly is east 5 or 6 leagues from you it sheweth thus Silly being southwest from you sheweth thus When Silly is southeast and by east from you it sheweth thus Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Lands-end of England and the C. of Cornwall or the Island Bresam when you are on the Back-side of the Lands-end Thus sheweth the C. of Cornwall when it is east and by south from you so farre that you may but even see it from the poop Thus sheweth the land betwixt the C. of Cornwall and S. Yves when it is about 4 leagues from you Thus sheweth the land when you are before or thwart of S. Yves about five leagues without the land To the westwards of Stoupert sheweth the Land thus when you sayle alongst by it 2 or 3 leagues without the Land The Land to the eastwards of Padstow or Stoupert sheweth thus when it is 2 leagues east and south from you The Land of Stoupert or Padstow sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it 3 or 4 leagues without the land When the Island Londey is north from you it sheweth thus When the Island Londey is n. n. w. from you it sheweth in this forme The entrance of Ilfercomb White-house Thus sheweth Ilfercomb when you are right before the entry of it close by the Land Axbridge Ilfercomb Thus sheweth the Coast of England betwixt Ilfercomb and the Holmes when you sayle alongst by it The Naes Cardief Silly Thus sheweth the Land of Wales from Cardief to Wormeshead Thus sheweth the coast of Wales betwixt the Island Caldy and Milford-haven when the northermost is northnortheast and the southermost is eastsoutheast from you and that you may but even see it from the poope Tinbuy Caldy The Land betwixt Tinbuy and Milford sheweth it selfe thus when you sayle alongst by the Land as is pourtrayed in the 2 figures as the AA belongeth one to the other the spire of the tower of Tinbuy is very white S. Davids-Bay The Land from Milford-poynt unto the poynt of S. Davids-head sheweth as is pourtrayed in these 2 figures From Mil-ford to Tinbuy men sayle alongst by the coast about 4 or 5 points it is most plaine Land like sand-hils About two leagues to the westwards of the poynt of Tinbuy standeth a Spire tower with 2 other small flat little towers more whereby the coast thereabouts is easy to be knowne The sixth Demonstration Where in The Southeast and east coast of Ireland is described betweene Corckbeg and Hedenhoo or Houth FRom the Lands end of England to Waterford the course is northnorthwest with that course you shall fall right with Waterford But from Silly to Waterford the course is north and by west somewhat northerly forty leagues betwixt both it is all oasie and soft ground Nine or ten leagues in the ossing from Ireland lieth a sand banck of forty fathom deepe where commonly fishermen lye to fish that is a certaine mark of the distance of the land The hill of Dongarvan when you finde it in cleare weather and when there is good sight then you may see the high mountaine of Dongarvan If you sayle from the Lands-end of England with a north west course 43 leagues soo shall you fall before the River of Corckbeg Corckbeg it is there a good way upwards with a low water 7. 8. 10. fathom water Bâ—llâ—â—â—tton Isle Foure leagues to the eastwards of Corck-haven lieth an Island called Ballecotton within it men may ride for westerly and southerly windes in foure five or six fathom Corck Iochull lye eastnortheast and westsouthwest distant seven or eight leagues The haven of Iochull Iochul is a broad haven where men must goe in at high water by the east land it lyeth in northwest and northwest and by north The west side is a sandy strand al alongst to the towne De Zuyd Oost zyde Van YERLANDTVan Dubling tot aen t' Eylandt Corkbeg Foure leagues to the eastwards
of Iochull lyeth Dongarven haven betwixt both lyeth an out point a little to the eastwardes of it standeth a high blacke Tower called Ardimore Ardimore which may bee seen wel foure leagues at sea within it is a bay which is a good roade for westerly windes in seven or eight fathom Dongarvan Dongarvan is a narrow tyde-haven the mouth off the haven is ful of rockes and at lowe water it falleth drye men must goe in there at high water and runne in through betwixt the rockes it lyeth in northnorthwest within it is deepe enough The towne Dongarvan lyeth upon the west side of the haven From Dongarvan to Waterford are eight leagues Within Dongarvan northnorthwest landwards in lyeth the mountaine of Sleges which men doe cal the high mountaine of Dongarvan or Cape de Quin C. Quin. or Caray Quin it shewed it selfe with three exceeding high hommockes farr above all other landes thereabouts men may see it at sea alongst a great part of the south coast of Ireland When you shall have that mountaine northnorthwest from you and sayle in right with it you shal fall right with Dongarvan When you shall have it north from you and sayle in right with it then you shall fall with Iochul being northnortheast then you shall fall with Corck but when it shall be n.w. and so run in you shall fall with Waterford The haven of Waterford Waterford lyeth about five leagues to the westwardes of the s east poynt of Ireland being called Carnaroort the coast betwixt both lyeth eastnortheast and w. s w. and sheweth it selfe in the ossing within the land with high hilles two and three double one above the other but by the sea side it is all low land where you may see many flat Towers upon it as you sayle alongst by it The east poynt of the haven is a low rock poynt but it is cleane upon it standeth a high white flat Tower called the Tower of Waterford Tower of Waterford which you may see farre off at sea and is a perfect mark to know this haven by there stand many more flatt Towers to the westwards alongst the coast but this is better to be seen then all the rest because it is white and higher then the other The west poynt is a high and fowle poynt there lyeth a shoale soutsoutheast off into sea from it the channel is broad and cleane without it it is eleven and ten fathom deep in the havens mouth seven fathom and somewhat further in sixe fathom it lyeth in north and north by west within this river within the east poynt is a good roade in foure or five fathom a league within the rivers mouth there lyeth on the west side a steepe poynt from thence beginneth a shoale lying to the northwards alongst the shoare unto the steep poynt of Passage and shooteth over from that poynt with a tayle towards the east shoare Passage is a village where men passe over lying on the west side of the river a little to the northwardes of the foresayd steepe poynt Betwixt that village that point on the west side is a good roade very fit as wel for them that are bound out as for them that are bound up In sayling up you must take heede of a little shoale that lyeth off by castle standing on the east side of the river somwhat thwart over the River downwards at high water there is no more then two foote water upon it a man that looketh for it may see it it is also flat that a man may sound it About halfe a league northwards up the river from Passage there goeth another river westwards up to Waterford About halfe wayes betwixt the haven of Waterford and the poynt Carnaroort lye 2 little Islands about half a league from the shoare called Saltees The Saltees the southermost is the greatest and lieth distant from the Tower of Waterford directly cast almost three leagues Betwixt these two Islands you may sayle through in five sixe and seven fathom but you must keep neerest the smallest or northermost Island for to avoyd some suncken rockes that lye at the north end of the great Island and at low water are drye From the northermost or smallest Island of the Saltees towardes the maine land lyeth off a ledge of rockes where men were wont to goe over on foote but now may sayle over For to sayle betwixt the Saltees and the main land you must leave two thirds of the distance of water from the Islands and one third part from the maine and you shall have at low water about two fathom deepe About a half league without the southermost Island of the Saltees lyeth a rock above water called Kinbegh Kinbegh and s west about so farre from it s by west from the south end of the Saltees lyeth a suncken rock called Kimor Kimor of the bignesse of a ship it cometh with halfe ebbe even above water it is so steepe that a man may lie with a shipps side against it and have 14 fathom water so that a man without any danger may sayle alongst by it as neere as he will A man may also if need require sayle through betwixt Kinbegh and the greatest Island of the Saltees but a seaboard of all is best and securest To the eastwards off the rock Kinbegh southeast from the greatest Island of the Saltees lye also some suncken rockes called the Frailes The Frails which may be seen at low water there men may also sayle through within them Northeast from the Saltees lye also rockes the southermost is called the Tuns and the northermost the north rocke Tuns and northrock Northnortheast from the greatest Island of the Saltees or from Kinbegh and s west and by s from Carnaroort lyeth one rock above water called Blackrock Blackrock that is cleane and cleare round about so that a man may sayle round about it freely without feare of danger But a quarter of a league eastwards from it lyeth a suncken rocke called the Barrel Barrel of that a man must take heed Under the Islands of both the Saltees a man may ride under the greatest at the n. west side neerest the north end the marke or knowledge of the road is a black rock like a boat turned upside downe Road under the Saltees right against that you must anchor in seven eight or nine fathom there it is good sandground and landlockt for an eastsoutheast southeast and a south winde a southwest winde bloweth alongst the shoare If you anchor neerer the shoare in 5 fathom or there about there it is rough ground Under the smallest Island a man may ride at the east side in 7 or 8 fathom so that the north poynt of the Island lye n.n. west from you there you shall lye neere the land-lockt for s west and n. west windes From the point of Waterford the shoare lyeth to the eastwardes within the
cleane The sands or bankes that lie alongst this east Coast of Ireland from the Tuskar unto Dalke are on the out-side or on the east side very steepe and needle too so that men may not come nearer them then in 24 25 fathom in 20 fathom men are close by them they are not deeper at some places then in one fathom or one fathom and a halfe but at the north end by Dalke about two fathom and a halfe and three fathom deepe all stony ground lye on the off side alongst n. n. east and s s west at the norâ—h end they lie about 8 English miles from the land If you are bound for Dublin Maâ—kâ— for 〈…〉 wâ—â—hâ—ut the banks and will go without these sands run then so far to the northwards untill you can see the little Island Irelands-eye without the point of Houth or Hedenhoo run then right on to Houth or Hedenhoo and then you shall take no hurt of the north grounds Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Betwixt Corckbey alongst the Coast before Waterford into the poynt of Cornaroort the Island falleth alongâ—t the Coast e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. At Wâ—terford an east and by north and west and by south moon maketh high water Without the land in the fareway betwixt Silly and Ireland a southwest and by west moone maketh high water In the channell or entrance of Washford an east and west moone The flood runneth there to the northwardes after high water a halfe tyde and the ebbe contrariwise to the southwards a halfe tyde after low water but not so strong as the flood On the east Coastes of Ireland to the southwards of the bay of Dublin a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone maketh high water At Dublin a southeast and northwest moon The flood runneth from the Tuskar without the bankes alongst betwixt Ireland and England northnortheast the ebbe southsouthwest On the Coasts a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone maketh high water The flood commeth here from the southwardes and also from the northwards about the north part of Ireland meete one another about right against Carlingford where they stoppe one the other The ebbe contrariwise falleth to the northwards of Carlingford to the northwards and to the southwards of Carlingford to the southwards Of the Depths From Corckbey to the eastwards unto Waterford men may see the land in 24 fathom the most part of the s Coast of Ireland men may see it in 35 and 40 fathom Jn 35 fathom you shall not be farre from the land therefore come no neerer Ireland by night then in 40 fathom Courses and Distances From Corck bey to Waterford the Coast lyeth most eastnortheast 10 or 20 leagues From Waterford to the Islands of the Saltees east but to goe about to the southwards of them eastsoutheast 3 leagues From the south end of Saltees to Black-rock northeast and by east 2 leagues From Blackrock to Carnaroort n. e. 1 league But to Grenore 2 leagues From the Saltees to the Tuskar eastnortheast but from without the foule ground to the southwardes of the Saltees northeast and northeast and by east 5 leagues From Blackrock to the Tuskar eastnortheast 3 leagues From the Tuskar to Grenore northwest and by west westnorthwest 1 league From Grenore into Grene-bay first northwest and by north then westnorthwest 1 league From Greene-bay to the Barre off Washford north north by west one great league From the Barre of Washford unto Washford about one league and a halfe From Waterford to Grosholm east by south 21 leag From the Tuskar to the rock Mascus east and by south 8 leagues From Turkar to the rocks Smales southeast by south about 10 leagues From Tuskar to the lands-end of England south and by east somewhat northerly 43 leagues From Waterford to the lands-end of England southsoutheast but to Silly south and by east somewhat southerly 43 leagues From the poynt of Glaskarrick to the poynt of Arkelo north by east 4 great leagues From Arkelo to Mizanhead north and by east somewhat easterly 2 leagues From Mizanhead to the poynt of Wicklo north and by east somewhat easterly 2 leagues From Wicklohead to the flat poynt by Nicastle north 2 leagues From Nicastle to the poynt of Brae north and north by west 2 leagues a third part From Wicklohead to Braehead north and north and by west 5 leagues From Braehead to the Island of Dalke north by west 2 leagues From Dalke to the Barre of Dublin northnorthwest 2 leagues and a half From the Sound of Dalke to the poynt Houth northnortheast 2 leagues and a halfe The Bankes lye from the Tuskar to the north end northnortheast and southsouthwest From the Barre of Dublin to Holy-hill in the Island Anglesey east and by south 19 leagues From the Barre to the Town Dublin westsouthwest two leagues Heights Waterford or the Tower of Waterford lyeth 52 degr or a little more Hou these Lands doe shew themselves at sea The land a little to the eastwards of Kinsale sheweth thus The land to the eastwards of Corck towards Jochull sheweth in this forme Old ruined houses The Rocks betwixt Iochul and Corck When you are to the eastwards of Corck not far from the land and that the harbours mouth doth begin to open then sheweth the land as it is described in these two figures at the AA belonging one to the other being neare the land it seemeth to be high land but a far off when you can see the high inner land within Iochul over the cliffe land it seemeth to be but low Innerland far within the Land Innerland north and by west Mount of Iochul These two figures belong at the BB one to the other Dongarvan When you are before Iochull or thereabouts two or three leagues from land so that the high mountainâ— of cape Quin be north and by west from you then sheweth the land thus the double innerland is very high blew land you may see it in cleare weather twelve or thirteene leagues off Corck Rock Iochull The high land of Dongarvan These two figures belong at the CC one to the other and is the forme of the land betwixt Corck and Iochull Northnorthwest The high land of Dongarvan sheweth thus being northnorthwest from you Thus sheweth the high land of Dongarvan when the westermost end of it is northwest from you Sleges Cataquin The haven of Waterforâ— The Tower of Wâ—â—erford Thus sheweth it selfe the land about Waterford and to the westwards with the high land of C. Quin or Cara Quin when you come towards the land Thus sheweth the Saltees when they are 3 or 4 leagues west and by north from you Grenore Thus sheweth the land between the Saltees and the poynt of Grenoort when it is about 2 leagues from you Grenore The figure following is to bejoyned unto the former the AA one to the other The land to the northwards of Greenoore sheweth thus when
fathom and a halfe Somewhat more further out towards the n. point also on the n. side of the bay standeth a Castle called Mousehils Castle by it is a sandy bay where is good anchorage as well for great ships as small for the n. and the n.w. winds but a southwest winde maketh a bad road in these places A little to the northwards of the North point of the bay of Knockfergus lieth a little Island called Kow Kow island from thence lieth the Coast of Ireland forth northnorthwest about 9 or 10 leagues unto the Islands of Raghleens Betwixt them both lye the 9 Maydes one great league without the land The Maids and two great leagues to the northwards of the Bay of Knockfergus they are great Rocks that lye but little above water or low rocky little Islands and a multitude of rocks under water about them that lie off so far to the north north east that men cannot come neare them within 5 or six English miles There goe some Creekes through the soule grounds where men for need might sayle through but it is no wisdome to go about it when there is no need and that men can do better Not very long since there came a man by night unacquainted there in and ranne through onely upon the sight of the breaches of the water and got through without any hurt but not without great feare and danger He that commeth off from the faire Forland must at least goe South east and by east sor to runne alongst cleare of these foule grounds From the west side also lieth off a little tayle of a ledge of Rockes towards the land Further it is there cleane that men may sayle through there within but men must not come nearer the Maydes then about halfe channell betwixt them and the maine but the maine land so neare as they will which is both cleane and cleare with many Bayes where men may every where anchor yet here and there lie some Rocks but they are all above water There is nothing that can hurt you but men may easily see it A great league to the northwards of the north poynt of the Bay of Knock fergus and a halfe league south southwest from the Mayds lieth a haven called Old-fliet Old fliet For to know it when men come from the Northwards they shall see two flat little Towers the one somewhat higher then the other like as if men saw a ship with maine sayle foresayle without toppe or toppe-sayles these stand upon the northside of the Bay At the south point lieth a small round little Island or rock called the Knee Island Knee a speciall marke for to know this Bay Men run in there amidst the channell But when you come from the southwards and get sight of the little Island Knee then run in close about it From Old-fliet to the northwards unto faire Forland the coast is very cleane that you may sayle close alongst by it boldly without any feare except you runne farre off from land without the foresaid Maydes towards the Scottish coast Faire Hid or Faire Forland Faire Fotland is the outermost north east Poynt of the maine land of Ireland and lieth a little to the southwards of the Island Rachleens so that this point and the east point of Rachleens lye neare about south and north one from the other At Rachleens or Faire Forland the north east point of Ireland come Scotland Ireland nearest one to the other The Rachleens is an Island that men may sayle round about either to the Northwards or to the Southwards as they will according as it happeneth best convenient with winde and tyde At the southwest side is a faire bay where is good lying almost for all windes When men come from West it seemeth to the southwards of the Rachleens to bee close without any opening because the eastermost poynt of Irelands Faire Forland lyeth somwhat further out behinde the Rachleens but when they come neerer betwixt them sheweth it selfe open by little and little On both sides are the shoares flat and cleane so that men may anchor there where you wil either by the coast of the maine land of Ireland in 8 or 9 fathom or in the bay under the Jsland in cleane sandy ground Over against the Rachleens close by the maine land lyeth another little high Island called the Lambs Lambes Island or sheeps Island to the southwardes of it betwixt it and the main men may not sayle there about it but betwixt it the Island Rachleen it is broad enough From the Rachleens unto the Skires Portrush the course is w. s w. distant 7 leag About 2 leag to the e. wards off it in the maine land lyeth Porto Belletrie a bad roade for great ships the ground is there fowle and sharpe Betwixt Porto Belletrie and Skires Portrush neerest unto Skires Portrush lye the Chickens Chickens these are suncken rockes which may be sayled about on both sides for to come to anchor under Skires Portrush Skires Portrush The Skires Portrush is a rocky Island it hath on the south side a faire bay where you may lye in sixe and seven fathom cleane sandy ground land-lockt for all winds except for the eastnortheast winde which bloweth alongst the shoare there open in For to come under this Island from the east you must goe close alongst by the shoare off the maine land for to shun these foresayd suncken rockes the Chickens It is there all over cleane and cleare or els if you were minded to goe without or to the southward off the Chickens for to come under the Island you must shun the East poynt of the Island because of a suncken rocke that lyeth a little off from the east poynt of the Island At the northwest side of this bay is also a small narrow channell where you may sayle through A little to the westwards of Skires Portrush lyeth the Bant-haven Bant-haven there alongst you may sayle up unto the new Towne Colran it is a bad channell to come in as well by reason of the strong freshoale that commeth out as also because it is very shoale with shipps that draw 8 foote water you must have at least 3 quarters of the flood before you can goe in Three leagues n. west and by west from Bant-haven or west and by north from Skires Portrush lyeth the haven of Loughfoile Loughfoyle before it lyeth a great plate of sand called the Touns which lyeth from the west poynt of the haven a great wayes to the northwardes off from the shoare when the winde is out of the sea it breaketh very much upon it with small ships that draw little water men may sayle into Loughfoile haven at high water to the southwardes of the Touns betwixt the Touns and the souther-poynt called Magillions poynt but it is there very uneven and at full sea there cometh no more then eight foote water but alongst to the westwards
of the Touns it is very deepe men may sound about the Touns on the off side in foure fathom For to finde the Channell that lyeth into the westwardes off the Touns comming from the east or alongst by the Touns you must looke out for a little sandy Bay that lyeth on the west-side even within the north-poynt of the river under the high land bring it soo that you may see it open of the foresayd north-poynt and sayle in there upon untill you come by the land and then runne in alongst by it southwest untill you come right against Greencastle If you come from the west or the north you may boldly without feare runne alongst the shoare about the poynt upon your lead without comming neere the towne you may see any thing that might doe you hurt comming by Greencastle there may you anchor so that you may see Withcastle without the poynt of Green-castle there you may lye within the Towns sheltred for windes out of the sea Road in Loughfoyle For to sayle up from Green-Castle you must runne up alongst by the west shoare by your lead and shunne the little sandes that lye here and there alongst that side until you come past With-castle right against the three trees there is the ordinarie road Betwixt Green-castle and With-castle neerest unto Green-castle goeth a Creecke ot Slencke through the grounds unto the easterne shoare which is as deepe or deeper then the right fareway unto With-castle When men come off from Green-castle they must take good heed not to goe farre off from the westerne shoare lest they fall into that Creeke How men shall saile from the foresayd roade forth up unto the Towne Derry they may perceive or marke by the card From Lough-foile-haven unto the Islands Enesterhul Islands Enesterhull by some called Monsterhul the course is northwest foure or five leagues these are small black Islands or rockes not very high above water and lye a little off the northermost poynt of Ireland called Enistom a high plaine land and very good to knowe for him that hath once seen it Betwixt the Islands and the point men may saile through but not-without great danger for them that are not very well acpuainted with it because off much fowle ground and shoals that lye betwixt them both Under the foresayd poynt Eniston on the west side men may anchor for easterly windes or els to stoppe the tyde From the Islands Enesterhull unto Lough-Swilly Lough-Swilly of some called Locksillie the course is southwest 5 leagues that is a faire haven For to sayle in there men must shunne the west side and goe in alongst by the casterne shoare The land about Lough-Swilly is the highest land of the whole north coast of Ireland and thereby it is also very good to know for those that comming out off the north do fall with the lands there abouts Foure or five leagues westsouthwest or somwhat westerly lyeth a large broad haven called Sheepeshavē but it is at some places foule ground within it men may lye landlockt for al winds The west poynt lyeth out called Hornehead Horne-head or Cape de Horne Cape de Horne upon it is a hill with two hommockes in fashion like two hornes and there after the poynt is named At the west side of this poynt men may ride and anchor within the rockes for easterly windes Betwixt Lough-Swilly sheepshaven lyeth also a Bay where men may anchor but the ground is not very cleane and right against it in the offing halfe a league from the land lyeth a ledge of rockes which at high water are under and at low water lye above water may for need run through betwixt it and the land but without it is best and surest The Coast of Scotland The haven or sound of Loughrean Loughgrean or Loockreen in Scotland by the poinr of Galloway lieth distant from Faire Forland the n.e. poynt of Ireland e. s.e about eleven leagues but the poynt called Cantir lyeth distant from Loockreen n.w. s e 9 leagu there betwixt them both goeth up a great broad sound northeast in called Dunbritain Firth through which men saile up unto Glas kow in Scotland The sound of Lookreen you may sail in Dubritaine Firth and a good wayes you may turn in to and againe for to anchor there within for westerly winde if you doe come no neerer the Gores on either side then in foure fathom you can take no hurt You may anchor somewhat in by the second high poynt on the east shoare in tenne or 12 fathom About seven leagues to the northwards of the poynt of Galloway in the foresayd great sound lyeth a high sharpe Island cleane round about of fashion al most like unto a pook of Hay called Ailza or Elzee there you may boldly sayle round about Elze Island it is there round about it and close by it 18 fathom deepe From Elzee northwards sixe leagues lyeth also another little Island close by the east side of the great Island Arren called Lamblash or Lamb-Isle Lamb-Isle cleane also round about there you may sayle round about it and anchor under it for all winds in ten twelve or thirteene fathom to wit within it betwixt the Island the great Island of Arren North and by east and northnortheast two great leagues from Lamb-Isle lyeth an Island by the poynt of the maineland called Commer-Isle Commer-Jsle on the east side of it betwixt the Island and the maine land you may sayle through in to a faire bay Bay of Commer-Jsle where men are landlockt for all winds and from thence may sayle forth unto Dunbrittaine or into the river Glaskow The foresaid Island Commer-Isle lyeth from the Island Elzee about north by east For knowledge of this Island when men come off from Elzee or from the southwardes towardes this Island men shall see a great castle on the east side of the maine about a great league to the southwards of Commer-Isle and also a little castle a good wayes to the northwardes close upon the water side that standeth right to the southwardes of the Island Commers-Isle or the sound that lyeth there into the eastwards of it upon the same Island standeth alsoo a little castle close to the water side Runne in betwixt the Island and the maine land about northnortheast in and leave the Island a great cables length on the larboard side and the main land on the starboard side you must shun more because of a great ledge that lyeth off from it towardes the Island and somewhat more northerly Having gotten cleare of the end of this ledge runne then right towards the maine land into the bay or sound and anchor there in ten fathom right against a stone house with an ore hard thereby it shall be then a stearne your ship about 7 fathom deepe and there moore your ship well For to sayle out of the Sound of Commer-Isle towardes Glaskow
To saile frō Commer Jsle to Glaskow goe first northwest by north unto by the poynt of the Island that is to the westwards of you and then north alongst by it then by little and little more easterly at length northeast runne soo all alongst by the easterland without leaving of it you shall not saile to come to the sound of Glaskow Comming by the poynt runne close about by it first eastnortheast east and east and by south at least eastsoutheast all alongst by the southerne shoare you shall then see a castle somewhat a head upon the souther-land close upon the water side with two tuffes of trees upon the high land right eastsoutheast from the castle keepe that foresayd castle between the tuffes of trees and sayle in there upon so shall you run right alongst the deepest of the Creeke there is at high water five fathom and at low water three fathom From the north shoare lyeth off a great shoale which lyeth over the Sound more then two third parts from the norther shoare towards the south shoare it falleth dry at the lowest water there fore men must shun the norther shoare runne alongst by the souther shoare There standeth a white castle upon the south shoare right against that begin the foresayd sands In the Creek it is soft ground but towards the sand the ground is hard therefore when you feele by your lead that it is somewhat hard that is a token that you come too neere the shoals saile then so forth upwards to Dunbrittaine there lyeth a little Island on the south shoare which is at low water fast to the Island when you shall be past it about two Cables length then anchor there in five at high water A south and by west moone maketh there the highest water Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At Dublin a southeast and northwest moon The flood commeth here from the southwardes and also from the northwardes about the north part of Ireland and meete one another about right against Carlingford where they stopp one the other The ebbe contrariewise falleth to the northwards off Carlingford to the northwards and to the southwards of Carlingford to the southwardes On the coast of Ireland from the Southrock and North-rocke unto the Copland Isles a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone maketh full sea But to the northwardes of it a southeast moone On the Island off the Ragleens Skires Portrush an eastsoutheast and westnorthwest moone The slood commeth there out of the west and falleth through betwixt Ireland and Scotland from the cape Cantir to the mull of Galloway southsoutheast unto the Island Man there floods out of the south and north doe meer one to the other The ebbe contrarie wise falleth alongst the coast northnorthwest betwixt Ireland and Scotland to the westwards unto the Ocean sea At Englistoun in the Sound of Glaskow a s west moone maketh full sea In the haven of Loughfoile an east and by s and west and by north Moone maketh full sea The flood commeth there out of the west and northwest At the Islands Enesterhull and in sheepe haven an east and west Moone maketh full sea The flood commeth there out of the west Courses Distances From the Sound of Dalke to the poynt Houth northnortheast two leagues and a halfe That course runneth without the poynt Houth Irelands eye Lambey and Rock a Bill From Lambey to Drodagh northwest and by north 6 leagues From Lambey to Carlingford north and by west 11 leagues From Carlingford to S. Iohns poynt northeast 7 leagues From S. Iohns poynt to Strangford northeast and by north 4 leagues From Lambey to the South-rocke northnortheast 22 leagues From the northrock Southrock unto the Copland Isles n. n. west 6 leagues From the Copland Isles to the north-poynt off Knockfergus northwest somewhat northerly 3 or 4 leagues One league to the northwards lyeth the haven of Oldefliet From Oldefliet to the Raghleens within the Maydes through northnorthwest 7 leagues From the Ragleens to Skires Portrush westsouthwest 6 or 7 leagues From Loughfoyle to the Islands Enesterhull northwest 4 or 5 leagues From Enesterhull to Lough Swilly southwest 5 leagues From Lough Swilly to Sheepe haven w. s w. westerly 4 or 5 leagues Heights The Islands of Enesterhul at the northermost poynt of Ireland lyeth in 55 degrees and 10 or 12 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Sound poynt of Dublin Island Dalke The poynt Houth Island Lambey When a man commeth from the southwards thus sheweth the Bay of Dublin with the poynt Houth and the Island Lambey to the northwards of it The Island Lambey sheweth it selfe thus when it is from you northwest and by north one league off Thus sheweth the land a little to the southwards of Carlingford when this high poynt is northwest from you about five leagues He that will goe into Carlingford must goe in close by the shoare The land to the northwards of Carlingford sheweth it selfe thus when the northermost poynt is north and by west from you 5 or 6 leagues S. Johns poynt sheweth thus when it is 4 leagues northwest from you Thus sheweth the poynt of Scotland over against the Bay Knockfergus called the mull of Galloway when men saile alongst by it 1 league without the land that the northermost the low poynt is n. e. from you the southermost s e. from you Under the north poynt it is on both sides good anchoring in 10 or 12 fathom for southerly and easterly windes The Island Elzee in the great bay of Dunbrittain sheweth it selfe thus The Island Lamblash or Lamb Isle on the e. side of the Island Arren sheweth it self thus being 2 leag off from it The Island Commer Isle lying before the sound of Dunbrittaine or Glaskow sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Cape Cantyr when it is from you northwest and by west about 7 or 8 leagues Isle Man sheweth thus when you are 4 leagues southeast from it The eighth Demonstration In Which Are shewed the northwest Coasts of Ireland from Hoornhead to Slynehead WEstnorthwest about two leagues from C. de Horne or Hornhead lyeth the Island Tore to the southwards of it lye three Islands called the Islands Balenesse men may sayle through to the southwards of Tore Island Tore Isle to wit betwixt Isle Tore and the Island of Balenesse Islands Balenesse alsoo within the rocks From the Island Tore to the Isles of Aran Islands of Aran. the course is s w. 6 or 7 leagues betwixt them both not far from Island Aran lye some high rockes called the Staggs of Aran. Staggs of Aran. Alongst all that coast betwixt Horne-head the Islands of Aran is good anchor ground all over For to come to anchor under the Islands of Aran comming out of the North runne alongst by that great Island leaving it on the starboard side untill you be within it goe then towards the southwest anchor on the
southeast side there is the roade Men may also anchor in the Islands over against it towards the maine in divers places and lye landlockt for all windes Upon the northwest point of Ireland a good wayes landwards in lyeth a high hill of fashion al most like a Sugarloafe which is seen in cleare weather before any other land at least nine leagues at sea When that hill lyeth east and by south from you then sayle in in right with it you shall not misse to fall right with the great Island Aran. Erom the Island Aran unto the point Telling-head called by the Irish cape de Telling or Tellin Cape de Telling-Telling-head rhe course is southsouthwest eight or nine leagues Three or foure leagues to the northwards of C. de Telling lyeth an Island called Raigleene borne At the Cape Telling lyeth a little Island halfe a league from land men may saile through betwixt the Island and the cape boldly without any danger To the southward of C. de Telling to wit betwixt the Cape and the Stagges of Broadhaven lyeth the land with a great bay where in lye many good Havens as Tilling-haven Kilbegh Dungall Ballashaven Slego Endrigo and Moye From the Cape of Telling unto Kilbeg Kilbegh lyeth the coast e. s.e about foure leagues betwixt both about one league and a halfe from the cape lyeth Telling-haven a round bay with good sandy ground there may about 30 ships lye west and southwest windes doe blowe there open in for all other windes men are there landlockt De Noordwest zyde van YERLANDT Beginnende van Capo de Hoorn tot aen Schynes ofte Slyne-head About a little league to the eastwards lyeth another Bay within some rocks called Mackswyns bay Mackswyns bay but it is not to goe in except men be very wel acquainted they must go betwixt the rocks in untill they bee gotten in there they may save a ship without cable or anchor A great league to the southwards of Kilbegh lyeth a long lying out poynt called S. Johns poynt S. Johns poynt right west from that poynt a quarter or a little halfe league lieth a great Rock under water whereupon the sea breaketh with great noyse Betwixt that rock and the poynt of S. Johns point men may sayle boldly through it is there cleane and cleare About 2 great leagues to the eastwardes of that foresayd point S. Johns point lyeth the Haven of Dungall Dungall-haven into the southwards For to saile in there you must first shun the easter shoare which is very foule with dry plates and Rocks When you are come right against a little castle that standeth on the north side right against it lieth off a little riffe from the shoare that you must avoyd also And when you are come about the poynt of that riffe you must goe over again to the northside for the south side is there slat and shoale Betwixt Saint Johns point and Dungall-haven alongst the coast is all over good anchor ground The Haven of Moy Moy. hath at the comming in a broad bay in it lye some rockes For to sayle in there you must leave them all on the west side that is on the starboard side run towards little sandy Island that hath at the north end a little riffe you must goe into the westwards of it and leave that Island on the larboard side Even within that foresayd Island lieth another little round green Island that must bee left on the starboard side so soon as you shal be right against it you must let fall your anchor for a little further it is shoale and hard sandy ground the greatest anchor must be brought towards that foresayd long small Island the small anchor towards the little greene Island it falleth there at low water allwayes dry If you will goe from thence before the Town Moy you must light your ship to 8 foot for to come through betwixt the long small Island and the s grounds there is at high water with an ordinary tide no more then 9 foot water being come over the neck you shall come into a poole before the towne Moy there you may ride a float at a low water In the road against the Island it is 15 or 16 foot deep The Stagges of Broad-haven Staggs of Broad haven are Rockes that lye to the northwards a league or a league a halfe a seaboard of the point to the northwards of Broad-haven Broad-haven lieth in s and by west in the sound lye 3 or 4 rocks these must be left on the larboard side run in there alongst to the westwards until you come within the haven A great league to the westwards of Broad-haven lyeth an out point southwest from the Staggs From thence lyeth the coast alongst to black-rock s s.w Black-rock Blackrock is a great high black-rock with more other rocks by it and lyeth from the foresaid point s s.w distant about 6 leagues about a leag northwest from the out point Acklehead Acklehead Acklehead is a very high poynt and sheweth itselfe a farr off like an Island with agreat Saddle thereby it is good to be knowne Within this poynt lye also 2 exceeding high hills which together with the point men shall see first at sea before any other part of the land so that the poynt doth shew it selfe first like three Islands Men may sayle through betwixt Acklehead and Blackrock comming from the southwardes men doe leave Acklehead on starboard and Blackrock with the rocks thereby a seaboard on larboard the course lieth through betwixt them both n.n.e. n. by east unto the point of Broad-haven it is there large and wide To the n. wards to the e. wards of Acklehead lie divers havens where it is good riding a little to the n. wards of Aclehead you may run into the w. wards betwixt the low land to the n. wards on the larboard side the high land of Acklehead on the starboard side a great wayes in anchor in 7 8 fathom landlockt for all winds from thence may come out againe to the n. wards or else may come out into the sea again to the s wards round about the land of Acklehead From Acklehead to Slynshead by the seafaringmen called Twelve-pence Slynshead Twelve-pence because the land doth shew it selfe in 12 round hommocks the course is southwhat easterly 11. leagues betwixt them both lye three Islands before a great bay the northermost or next to Acklehead is called Cleere this hath a high hill on the n. end that is very steepe and at the south end it is slat going downe The second or middlemost is called Boche wihin it is a road for those that are bound to the southwards where men may anchor in foure fathom The southermost is called the Horse Betwixt Acklehead Twelve-pence lyeth within in the land a very high hill like a Sugerlorfe called S. Patricks-hil Patricks-hil
little Islands called the Hoggs A little to the eastwards of Smerrick lieth Sinbrandonhil Sinbrandonhill a very high hill which lyeth in hight very much above all other lands thereabouts they that come out of the sea from the westwards shall see that hill first before any other Land and thereby easily know it Men may see it at sea in the offing 12. 14 and sometimes 16 leag off according as the weather is cleare Foure or 5 leagues westsouthwest from Smerrick a little off from the land lye 4 or 5 Islands being high round Hills and rocks called the Blaskeys Blaskeyes with some other rocks and little Islands about them The Sound betwixt them and the maine land is called the Sound of Blaskeyes lyeth through nearest n.n.w. and s s.e Hee that is bound to the Northwards may anchor at the south side before the sound for westerly northerly winds and not be in-bayed upon any lee shoare For if the winde shift easterly hee may either goe through the sound or else goe about a Seaboard the Blaskeys If the wind shift westerly or southerly he may run through the Sound further his voyage There runneth through a very strong tyde as well of the flood as of the ebbe which must be considered Six leagues to the southwards of the Blaskeyes lye three great Rockes called the Skellocks Skellocks the eastermost about a league and the westermost two great leagues a seabord the land when you come from the southwards see them first they shew like sayles of ships Betwixt the Skelloekes the Blaskeyes goeth in a great broad Bay deepe into the land called Dinglebay Dingle-bay with divers havens in it About a league and a half from the Sound of Blaskeyes lyeth a haven called Ventrie a great league to the eastwardes of it another called Dingle or Dingle Couch it lyeth north and by west in at the west poynt of it lyeth a rocke called the Crow The Crow which is clean round about so that men may sayle round about it on both sides without taking any hurt at high water with spring tydes it floweth even under water This haven of Dingle and the Skellockes lye north east and by north and southwest and by south distant eight leagues Northeast from the Skellockes southeast from the Sound of Blaskeyes and south and by east from the Ventrie lyeth a haven at the east end of the Island Valentia called Begenny Begenny Haven which lyeth eastsoutheast in you must give the east poynt of the Islands a birth off because it is fowle and lyeth a good wayes off there lyeth also a suncken rock on the Island side which you must take heed of when you are come within the entry of the haven you must goe east and by north unto the road which is right against a red cliffe that lyeth on the south side The Skellockes and the Cape Dorsey lye northwest and southeast Six leagues a sunder betwixt them both goeth in also a great broad Sound northeast in wherein lye many Islands havens and roads C. Dorsey C. Dorsey is an Island within which men sayle and ryde under For to goe in there from the southwardes you must give the east side a birth that is the side of the maine land which is soule run in alongst by the side of the Island untill you be come within and anchor there Bull Cow Calfe rockes Whithout the Cape Dorsy lye three great rocks the outermost or the westermost is called the Bull the middlemost is called the Cow and the other the Calfe they are clean round about so that men may sayl there through between them without feare of any danger there is nothing that can hurt but men may see it About six leagues eastsoutheast from C. Dorsey lieth the poynt Mizanhead Mizanhead betwixt them both goeth in a great Bay or river deepe into the land with divers havens roades called the Bantry A great league to the northwards off Mizanhead lieth a poynt Three Castles called the three Castlehead upon it standeth three flat Towers but you-can hardly see them except they be neere the land also a great league more to the northwardes lyeth a small point called Sheepshead Sheeps-head Betwixt these two poynts goeth in a great broad Bay called Dounams Bay there is norhing to doe nor to fetch but it is a fit place too save ships and all over good anchor ground From Sheepshead to beerhaven Beerhavē the course is north and by west or somewhat westerly about two great leagues it goeth in between an Island on the east side and the main land towards C. Dorsey on the west side it is about a great musket shot Broad the foresayd Island on the east side is called the Island of Beer-haven and is about two leagues long For to fayl in there you must keeep the mid way in the entry of the haven it is clean without any fowle ground after you are come in there standeth on the larboard side a ruined castle and a little further are two little rivers Road in Beerhaven close one by the other betweeen these 2 little rivers stand some Fisherhouses Men may saile into the foresaid little rivers they are deepe enough but commonly men doe anchor before them or by that fore sayd ruined castle or els somwhat further in it is all over good anchoring and cleane ground except right against the foresayd little rivers lye some rocks about the middle of the channell which at high water are under and at low waterlye above water these onely must be shunned but men may goe on either side of them Somewhat further in the Bay standeth another castle called Oldcastle from thence men may sayle alongst to the northwards of the Island Beer-haven and come out to the eastwardes into Bantry The Sound on the north side of the Island is large broad cleane 13. 12 and tenne fathom deepe The east poynt of the Island is a sharpe poynt and very fowle there lyeth of a ledge of rocks where of some lye under water some above water at low water but the side of the mayne is cleare cleane In this entry lye also 2 great rockes high above water but clean round about men may run through between these rocks or to the southwards betwixt them and the foresayd ledg of rockes or also to the northwards alongst betwixt them and the maine land as well in comming in as in sailing out there is no danger more then men may see From Beerhaven to the north poynt of the Island Whiddy The Whiddy lyeth the Bantry e.n.e. and northeast and by e. 6 or 7 leagues over against Beer-haven in the middest in the farreway it is deepe 40 36 and 30 fathom within the Island 15 and 16 fathom but further in towards the Island Whiddy it is againe 20 25 fathom deepe men may sayle round about the Island Whiddy which is about
a league long but to the northwards it is best For to sayle in about to the northwards or to the eastwardes men may goe in close by the north or east point but a little within the point lyeth alittle ledge of rockes a little musket shot off from the shoare which at high water lyes under but at halfe ebbe beginneth to come above water that onely is there to be shunned being passed that you may anchor all over About that foresayd poynt lye two small Islands by the greater men may sayle alongst on both sides of it either within it or without it untill you come before a Gentlemans-house which is white upon the Island Whiddy and anchor there against it in 3 or 4 or 5 fathom so deepe or so shallow as men will according as men desire to ride neere or far from the shoare it is there all over clean ground He that will sayle into the s poynt of the Whiddy For to saile in to the southwards of Whiddy had need be very well acquainted it is there to the southwardes betweene the Whiddy and the maine land at most places fowle and stony From the west side of the Whiddy lye also some fowle ground rocks somewhat off the Island to seawards some above and some under water To the southwards of the Whiddy upon the maine land standeth a Friery or Abbey The Abeby called by the Irish the Abbey right against it is the common road it is very good ground in 4 5 or 6 fathom according as you shall ride farre or neere to the shoare to the northwards lyeth a little Island so low in the middest that at a spring tide the sea floweth over and devideth it in two A little league to the eastwards of the Abbey lyeth a little towne upon a little river called Balgobben at high water men may goe up there with theire boat but at low water it falleth dry A great league from the east poynt of the Whiddy westnorthwest lyeth a haven called Longerf Longerf when you shall sayle from the foresayd poynt towardes it you shall meete right in the fareway about halfe wayes over a great rocke which men may sayle about on both sides but it is best on the off-side is cleane and cleare but on the inner-side lyeth some fowle ground He that will sayle through on the inner-side had need to be very well acquainted The foresayd haven of Long-erf lyeth n. n. west Even within it in the entrance on the starboard side lyeth some fowle ground wich at low water at the Spring tydes may be seen drye these must beshunned or els it is there within all over good anchoring and good ground there is no more danger but men may see it When a man is neer the Island Whiddy about the middest of the Bay he cannot see the land without the Island Beerhaven on the west side of the Bay because it falleth a way so alongst to the westwardes From Mizanhead unto C. Cleare the course is east and by south distant seven leagues About three leagues within or to the eastwards of Mizanhead northwest from C. Cleare lyeth a haven called Croock-haven Grooke-haven He that commeth from the east and is bound in there must runne alongst by C. Cleare up about it to the northwards so farre untill het may see through into sea to the northwards of the Island of C. Cleare as through a hole and set then his course westnorthwest keeping that foresayd hole to the northwardes of C. Cleare open then he shall fall right with Crookhaven which lyeth in w. s west And there he may anchor before the little twon in three fathom and two fathom and a halfe It was wont heretofore to be deeper there but it is spoiled most by casting of ballast men may also anchor further out then before the towne there it is deeper and all over cleane ground Two little leagues west and by south from C. Cleare Fastney-rock lyeth a high steepe rock laone in the sea called Fastney which sheweth at first sight iike unto a sayle north 3 or 4 leagues from this rock lyeth a haven called School-haven School-haven A little to the eastwardes of the Island of Cape Cleare lyeth another Island called Isle Sherk Isle Sherk To the eastwards off it betwixt that Island the maine land goeth in a haven called Baltemoore haven It is somewhat narrow at the mouth of the haven but within the mouth of the haven but within the mouth of the haven it is large and broad there may you anchor on both sides where you will and lye land-lockt for all windes On the west side within the haven standeth a Friery close before it you may anchor in five and 6 fathom in the middest of the haven it is sixe and seven fathom deepe A little to the northwardes of the foresayd Friery standeth a castle upon a poynt In the mouth of the haven lyeth a suncken rock neerest to the east side and within in the middest of the haven lyeth a rocke which at high water lyeth under at low water lieth above water there is nothing els that can hurt A little to the eastwardes without the haven lyeth another rock sixe or 7 shippes lengths from the shoare For to saile through within the Islands of C. Cleare To the northwards of the Island of the Isle Skercke men may goe to the westwards through betwixt Isle Shercke and the Island Spain and come out againe into sea by C. Cleare but it is to bee done onely with small shipping and yet not without danger Betwixt Isle Sherke and Spain is at halfe flood not more then 12 or thirteene foote water At divers other places betwixt these Islands it is rocky and shoale so that it is not good to goe through within except men bee very well acquainted and yet at high water and spring tydes A little league too the eastwards of Baltemoore lye the Stagges Staggs an English mile from the shoare they are five or sixe high steepe rockes When men come from the eastwards alongst by the shoare and get first sight of them they are like unto some spirie towers together men may sayle through betwixt them and the maine land it is there large and broad enough Northeast about 2 leagues from the foresayd Staggs lyeth Castle-haven Castle-Haven without it on the east side lyeth a little Island you must leave it on starboard side in sayling in and another little flat Island on the larboard side that lyeth so close to the land that at low water men may goe dry foot over from it to the maine land Whithin the haven standeth a little Chappell when you will sayle in there you must run in right with it close alongst by the foresayd little Island on the east side When you are come in thwart of the Chappell you shall see a Castle on the west side over against that Castle you may anchor in
12 fathom From Castle-haven unto the Oldhead the coast lyeth most eastnortheast and w. s west but C. Cleare and the Oldhead lye northeast and by east and e. n. east distant 14 leagues About halfe wayes betwixt Castle-haven and the Oldhead lyeth a high poynt called by the Irish Kedonetedo Kedonetedo there by it on the west side is a good haven called Clandore Clandore For to sayle in there you must run in alongst close aboard by that foresayd high land on the east side for to shun a rane of rockes that lyeth on the w. side and lyeth off somwhat towards the east side when you are come in you may anchor before a Castle in 5 or 7 fathom The Oldhead or C. de Velho is a poynt that lyeth out farre without the other land the outermost south end of it is very high and steepe when you are come alongst the shoare from the east or from the west and see it first it seemeth to bee an Island upon the top of it standeth a ruined castle with three Towers whereof the middlemost is the highest On both sides of this outlying poynt men may anchor so deepe or shoale as they will About two leagues north and by east from that point lyeth the haven of Kinsale Kinsale lying in northnortheast you may sayle in there keeping the middle of the channell there is no danger neither without not in the harbours mouth but one suncken rock close by the east poynt When you come in from the Oldhead or from the southwardes and you keep an old ruined castle that standeth within the haven on the east side even without the Innermost east poynt of the haven then you shall not come neere that rocke to take any hurt of it About a great halfe league to the eastwardes or the havens mouth lye two great black rockes the one somewhat further from the shoare then the other When you come from the eastwardes and you will goe in close about the east poynt and you keepe the southermost that is the greatest right on the east poynt then you shall go through betwixt the suncken rock and the poynt But if you keepe the northermost or the smallest a little without the foresayd poynt so long untill you have brought the foresayd old ruined Castle without the innermost poynt then you shall goe alongst without it and then in the midst of the channell alongst by the easterne shoare A little past that foresayd old ruined Castle standeth a Castle on the west side upon a poynt there lyeth off a shoale which must be shunned therefore you must keep close alongst by the easter shoare until you be gotten about the shoale of the Castle then westwardes up unto the Kay of Kinsale there you may anchor in eight or nine fathom and lye landlockt for all windes The towne Kinsale lieth a little to the northwardes in a bay where it is oasie soft ground part where of falleth dry at low water Foure leagues to the eastwardes ef Kinsale lyeth the haven Corck betwixt both about a league to the westwardes of Corck Corck you shall see sayling alongst the coast two steepe hommockes like Towers in the land not farre one from the other these are notable marks for to know the coast When you are thwart of the eastermost you may see the havens mouth of Corck that lyeth in n. northwest within it is wide and broad and goeth up into the land with a broad river On the east side somewhat within is a poynt where lyeth off a ledge of rocks which must be shunned There over against on the west side somewhat farre in lyeth another point with an old ruined castle there also lyeth off a shoale to the northwardes of it men goe about to Corck Within that Castle lyeth a little tyde haven in a sandy Bay Within the haven lyeth an Island where men doe sayle round about at the south side there of may ride It is in this Haven of Corck at lowe water 7 8 or ten fathom deepe A little without the east poynt standeth an old ruined Castle upon the low land and somewhat further eastward a square Tower in a valley A league to the eastwards of the havens mouth standeth a Tower upon a high poynt close to the water side with ten or twelve thatcht houses by it More over a league futher east by a smooth poynt lyeth a long rock growen about with greene upon the east side of that poynt standeth a flat tower further it is to the eastwards all low land unto the poynt of Jochul Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames In all these foresaid Havens maketh high water an e. n.e. w. s.w Moone or a poynt later according as they lye deepe within the land But a seaboard the coast in the ossing a northeast and south west Moone At the Mizanhead C. Cleare and the coast to the eastwards a w. south w. and e.n.e. moon maketh high water within the Havens and indraughts a poynt later to wit e. and. by n. w. and by s But in the channell a seaboard the land a n.e. and s w moone Without C. Cleare by the land the flood falleth away e. the ebbe w. but to the e. wards of C. Cleare e.n.e. and w. s.w On the south coast of Ireland an e.n.e. w. s.w Moone maketh high water within the Havens a poynt later to wit an e. and by north and w. by south Moone but in the offing a seaboard a south w. and north e. Moone Betwixt C. Cleare along the Coast before Waterford into the poynt of Carnaroort the floud falleth alongst the coast e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. Of the Depths Betwixt C. Cleare and the Dorseyes men may see the land in 58 and 60 fathom From C. Cleare to the e. wards unto Waterford men may see the land in 54 fathom The most part of the south coast of Ireland men may see it in 35 and 40 fathom In 35 fathom you shall not be farre from the land Therefore come no neerer Ireland by night then in 40 fathom Courses and Distances From Sleynshead unto the Bay of Galloway southeast 9 leagues From the Bay of Galloway to Lupishead the n. poynt of Limbrick haven s s w. 11 or 12. leagues From Lupishead to Smerrick s w. 8 leagues From Smerrick to the Blaskeys w. s w. 4 leagues From Sleynshead to Sinbrandonhill south and by west 22 leagues From the Bay of Galloway to the Blaskeyes south w. 23 leagues From the Sound of Blaskeyes unto the Skellocke the course is south 6 leagues From Dinglehaven unto the Skellockes south w. and by south 7 or 8 leagues From the Skellockes unto the Dorseys s e. 6 leagues From the Dorseys to Mizanhead e. s e. and s e. by e. 7 or 8 leagues From Mizanhead to Sheepeshead north 2 great leag From Sheepeshead to Beerhaven the couse is n. and by w. somwhat westerly scarce 2
a high sharpe Tower called Quinperly from the east poynt runneth off a great ledge of rocks called the Baers within it on the east side of the entry of the Haven lye two suncken Rocks also on the west side a Rock with a hole which at halfe ebbe is uncovered whereof men must take very good heed in the comming in Men run in alongst by the west land for to eschew the foresayd suncken rock foule grounds The marks for to sayle in there are these there lyeth a little Island within in the middest of the haven which you may see when you are without the Haven To the eastwards of that little Island upon the maine land standeth an Abbey bring that Abbey right to the east poynt of the haven which lyeth within the Baers and sayle in with it untill you come thwart of the east poynt within the Baers and runne in about by it being within it there it is wide and broad you may anchor there before the foresayd little Island in 5 or 6 fathom there it is at low water 3 or 4 fathom deepe or else men commonly runne in about by the poynt untill they come in the oaze From the Pennes unto Bell-Isle the course is eastsoutheast twenty leagues but from Groy to Bell-Isle it is souhsoutheast five leagues Bell-Isle hath at the northwest end a steepe poynt lying out with a great saddle thereabouts stand also some little houses and the end goeth very steepe downe When as Bell-Isle lieth n.n.e. from you Road to know Bell-Isle the west end sheweth it selfe in three parts the westermost where of is a great rock which floweth at a very high water almost under at the east end there divideth it selfe off also a great rock by these foresayd marks it is indifferent well to be knowne men may see Bell-Isle out of the sea in 55 fathom At the s side lye off many rocks little Islands If you will seeke a roade under Bell-Jsle Road unâ—â—r Bell-â—â—le then you must give the Northwest end a good birth off from it lyeth a suncken rock under water a good wayes from the land being come within it sayle then within two Cables lengths alongst by the land within a Base shot about by the North poynt untill you come before the village with the little sharpe Tower called Pauls there standeth a castle upon the poynt to the westwards of the foresayd little Tower anchor within that poynt in nine or ten fathom there you shall lye landlockt for a south southwest and northwest wind If it blow more northerly you must shift and runne before the east end which is about halfe a league broad and anchor there in ten or eleven fâ—thom This Island lyeth about southeast and northwest according as the winde bloweth men doe shift there from one road to another it is there every where good ridâ—ng Within the Island Bell-Jsle to wit betwixt Bell-Isle and the maine land lye many little Islands where at divers pâ—aces men may sayle through to the Rivers of Vannes or Morbeam Roche Barnard the river of Nants called the Loâ—re Of these Islands are three the principall the eastâ—â—most is called the Cardinall â—â—â—â—nal the east poynt where of â—nd the e. poynt of Bell-Isle lye one from the â—â—heâ— direct east and by north and w. and by south about 4 leagues The middlemost is called by some also the Cardinall or else together with the eastermost the Cardinalls This hath a good Haven on the north side going in by a great Rock â—â—ndbank From the n.w. poynt of the northermost runneth a sandy strand unto the maine land against the point betwixt Blavet Morbeam so that men cannot sayle there betwixt that and the maine but at high water it is most covered and at low water it lieth most drye at low water men may goe over there on foot from the Island to the maine land He that commeth from the west and is bound to Morbeam Roche Barnard or other places thereabout must run to the southwards of it if the will not saile about to the southwards of Bell-Isle he may saile through betwixt the northermost and the middlemost Island and also he may sail through betwixt Bell-Isle and the foresayd Islands about to the eastwards of the Cardinall The channell there betwixt them both is about a league broad and cleane it lyeth through e. s.e and by east men may run alongst by the Cardinals either by night or by day in 8 9 and 10 fathom all cleane sandy ground For to sayle through betwixt the westeâ—most which is fast at the north end with the strand to the maine land and the middlemost Island the course is from the n.w. e d of Bell-Isle e.n.e. A little from the east end of the foresayd westermost Island lieth a great round rock wâ—ich you must leave on the larboard side run alongst by it within two or three Cables lengths and then you shall leave on the starboard side to seawards of you a g eat many rocks some above some under water which lye towards the other Islands which you must give a greater birth to then to the foresayd great rock From this foresayd channell to the river of Morbeam or S. Jolms the course is n.e. or n.e. and by e. or els if you run about to the eastwards of the Cardinal and are bound to Morbeam then goe away from the east poynt of the Cardinall first n.w. and n.n.w. and you shall have then in that fareway 8 9 fathom depth goe then by little and little more northerly right with the point which lyeth to the westwards of S. Jolms there runneth off the sayd poynt of S. Jolms a ledge or riffe of rocks allmost a halfe league into the sea which you must give the west poynt a birth to and run in alongst by the east shoare which is flat and lieth from the Tower of S. Jolm to the River of Vannes n. w. s e but you must be sure to reckon your tyde well in this Channel for it runneth in and out the River of Vannes so strong that you cannot sayle in with an ebbe although it blow a storm likewise doth it to the contrary with the flood therefore you must sayle in there with a still water At the middle poynt where the river doth devide it selfe in two whereof the one runneth to Vannes the other to Auray lye many rocks the most part under water which you leave on the starboard side when you are bound to Morbeam or Auray and on the larboard side when you are bound to Vannes when you are come from so far within that the Tower of Morbeam is w. from you anchor there in the middlest of the haven in 9 fathom and then shall Auray the innermost little Tower lye n.n.w. from you the other little Tower north and by e. but the poynt of Mayland e. s.e The west shoare thwart of it is very steepe oasie
and soft you can take no hurt of it although you sayled right against it The east poynt of the Cardinall and the entring off the Haven of Morbeam lye northnorthwest and s s.e one from the other Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a southwest by west moone maketh full sea At S. Matthewes poynt a southwest and northeast Moon maketh highest water Jn the broad Sound betwixt Ushant and the Seames a w. s.w and e.n.e. moone maketh the highest water The floud falleth very strong upon Ushant and to the southwards of it through the Mullens Thwart over the Trade towards the Backovens Likewise in through the Broad Sound unto Brest Also alongst by S. Mathews point towards the Fourne or Backovens with great rippeling He that commeth sayling about Ushant must reckon thereupon In the Race of Fontenay a southwest and by south and northeast and by north moon maketh full sea The floud falleth very strong through betwixt the Keyser somwhat thwart over towards the Lavender with very great rippeling over the Calfe that is the ledge of Rocks which lyeth off from the Lavender from thence forth north and north and by west inwards to S. Mathews point With calms men must take very good heed not to be miscaried away with the current With stormy weather out of the north or south it is not without danger to come in this channell especially with an ebbe or out-fall On these coasts of Britaigne and the Islands there abouts a southwest and n.e. moon maketh the highest water but within the havens rivers indraughts bayes a s w and by w. and n.e. and by e. Moone or a poynt later according as the havens or rivers doe lye deepe in the land Men doe not reckon there any setting or running of the streames for the floud commeth through the swelling of the great Ocean right against the coasts and so runneth onely into the havens the Ebbe contrariwise goeth thwart from the shoare to seawards when it falleth soo that men cannot perceive any course off streames except it bee a little through or about some points off Islands On these lands as on all the coast off Britaigne a n. e. and southwest moon maketh high water and within the havens rivers and in-draughts a poynt or two later according as they lye far within the land On the Coastes and Islands a s w and northeast moone maketh high water within the Havens Rivers a point or two later according as they lye farre within the land Of the Depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land The Backovens or the land of the Foure men may see in 50 fathom Ushant being about s from you you may see in 50 fathom Southwest from Ushant 5 or 6 leagues off it is deepe 75 fathom and then you may see the land from the poop In the Broad Sound it is 45 fathom A little without the Seames about a league it is deepe 50 fathom Men may see the Seames and the Sheetes or Slaeplakens in 60 or 65 fathom Betwixt Ushant and the Seames in the fareway it is deepe 55 fathom Thwart of the Pennes and the Glanons men may see the land in 55 and 60 fathom Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Fourne to S. Matthewes poynt s s.e and s e and by south 4 or 5 leagues From S. Matthewes poynt to Croydon or Claesdowne e. southeast 3 leagues From S. Matthewes poynt to the Race of Fontenay or the Keyser south and by east 6 leagues From Ushant to Portland northeast 53 leagues From Ushant to the Steart northeast and by north 39 or 40 leagues From Ushant to the Lizart north 29 leagues From Ushant to Silly northwest and by north and n.n.w. 34 leagues From Ushant to Cape Cleare in Ireland northwest 78 leagues From Ushant to the Island of S. Michaels s w and by w. 360 leagues From Ushant to the Cape Finisterre southsouthwest westerly 121 leagues From Ushant to Cisarga southsouthwest 110 leagues From Ushant to Cape Prior s s.w 105 leagues From Ushant to C. de Pinas south 93 leagues From Ushant to Laredo s s.e 104 leagues When men sail away s and by east from Ushant then they run a little without the Seames From the Race of Fontenay to the Pennes southeast somewhat easterly 10 or 11 leagues From Fontenay to Oldyarne e. s.e 7 leagues From Oldyarne to the Pennes southeast and by south five leagues From the west end of the Seames to the Pennes e. s.e by east 13 leagues From the Seames to the Band or Craghe of Oleron s e and by east 68 leagues From the Seames to the Bayon in France southeast somewhat southerley 102 leagues From the Seames to S. Sebastians southeast and by south 102 leagues From the Seames to Bilbaw southsoutheast easterly 96 leagues From the Seames to Saint Andero southsoutheast 92 leagues From the Seames to Cape de Pinas or Tores south 81 leagues From the Seames to Ribadeus s by west 89. leagues From the Seames to Cape de Ortegall southsouthwest southerly 84 leagues From the Seames to C. Finisterre southwest by south southerly 112 leagues From the Seames to Silly Northnorthwest five and forty leagues From the west Pennes to the east Pennes or Glannons eastsoutheast 6 leagues From Glannons or Gloyland to Groy east and west nine or 10 leagues From the east end off Groy to the west end of Bell-Isle the course is southsoutheast 5 leagues From Glannons or Gloyland to Bell-Isle s e and by e. somewhat easterly 13 or 14 leagues From the northwest end of Bell-Isle to the southeast end the course is southeast and by east 5 leagues From the West Pennes to Bell-Isle eastsoutheast 21 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to the east end off the Cardinall east and by north 4 leagues From the east poynt off the Cardinall to the entring off Morbeam n.n.w. 4 leagues From the west Pennes to Viverus southsouthwest 84 leagues From the west Pennes to Sysarga southwest and by south 102 leagues From Groy to Viverus southwest and by s 90 leagues From Groy to Cape de Finisterre s w 123 leagues Heights Ushant lyeth in 48 degr 30 min. The Seames lye in 47 degr 58 min. The Island Bell-Isle lyeth in 47 degr 5 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea When Ushant is south by west from you 4 leagues it sheweth it selfe in this forme Ushant being s and by e. from you 4 leag sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Ushant being s e. from you 4 leag Ushant being south and by east from you 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being east from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Fontenay Oldyarne The Pennes Thus sheweth the Sheets or Slaeplakens with the Pennes as you sayle alongst by
them and that thay are about 4 leagues thwart from you Ushant being east and by south and e. s.e 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth Ushant when it is east and by south from you foure or 5 leagues When Ushant is 4 leagues east from you it ariseth in this forme Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you 5 leagues ariseth thus Ushant being e. n. e. from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you so farre as you may even see it from below ariseth in this forme When Ushant is northnortheast from you it sheweth thus Ushant being n. e. by east 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe as is here demonstrated Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Pennes and the Glannons when it is n. e. and by e. 5 or 6 leagues from you This hill is very easy to be knowne it overtoppeth in height all the land thereabouts The Pennes are then n. n. west from you 4 or 5 leagues Thus sheweth the land of Glannons when you sayle alongst by it The land to the eastwards of Gloyland or Glannons sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it Groy being e. n. e. 5 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Groy being north e. from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth the w. poynt of Groy when it is three or foure leagues northeast from you Thus ariseth Bell-Isle when the n. w. end is east from you 4 leagues When Bell-Isle is northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When Groy is northnortheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When the north w. poynt of Bell-Isle is east and by north from you 4 leagues and the south e. poynt is east and by south and east south e. then is sheweth thus When as you sayle towards it and you come neare the land then the peeces which lye off from the n. w. end at last come to be fast unto Bell-Isle De Custen van POICTOU XANTOIGNE En een gedeelt van Bretaigne van Boelyn tot aen de Rivier van Bourdeaux The second Demonstration Where in is Contained the Description of the Island of Boelin to the River of Bourdeaux FRom the east poynt of the Cardinall to the River of Roche Barnard the course right northeast there lyeth a little Island about halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinall and the foresayd river ot rather nearer the Cardinall then the River for when men are by the River they can but even see the foresayd little Island men runne with the foresayd course of northeast close alongst to the westwards of that little Island and shall fall a little to the northwards of the river run then within a Cables length alongst by the shoare unto it untill that the river doe open it selfe and then sayle in amids the channel give the rocks a birth that lie at the easter shoare Being come within the rocks you may anchor there or else sayle on against the shoare on the starboard side so may save ship and goods without anchor or cable if there should be such need At low water with an ordinary tyde there is about eleven and with a spring nine foot water with an ordinary tyde it floweth there about a fathom but with spring 2 fathom up and downe the entring of the river lyeth in east by south A little to the eastwards of the rivers mouth lyeth a great rock which at high water is covered Hee that commeth from the River of Nantes and is bound to Roche Barnard is not well acquainted there betwixt both let him runne so farre to seawards of the Cardinall when hee is to the westwards of the Four untill that hee run about a seaboard of that foresayd little Island lying halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinal the River of Roche Barnard then goeth he surely cleare of all the foule ground and other dangers men may sayle close alongst by it to the westwards but to the eastwards of it lye many Rockes and shoals Hee that will sayle alongst to the eastwards or to the northwards of it must leave about 2 third parts of the water to the Island and one third part towards the land so runne through betwixt them but must looke out well Betwixt the rivers of Roche Bernard and Nantes lieth Old-downes Croisill or Croswyck and Poelgem Croswyck Croswyck hath two poynts within the northwest Poynt lyeth the great village of Croswyck which hath a thick tower there is a great in draught like a haven where men may goe to anchor in five six or seven fathom to the westwards of it standeth also a flat Church upon the high land The land of Olddownes Old-downes lyeth a little to the northwards of the Church Poelgem Poelgem is a village to the eastwards of Croswyck with a high sharpe Tower About two leagues from the land southwest and by south from Croswyck and west and by southsoutherly from the e. point of Poelgem lyeth a great bank called the Four The Four which at some places falleth dry at low water and lyeth from BellIsle near about east lyeth the longest way southwest and northeast If you will sayle from Bell-Isle to the river of Nantes For to sail into the River of Nantes then goe away from the east end of the Cardinall or from the eastermost rocks that lye of from the Cardinall directly e.n.e. towards the west poynt of Croswyck for to saile a weather of the foresayd Four so long untill it begin to shoale and that the sharp tower of Poelgem commeth against the highest of the east poynt of Croswyck then you runne alongst to the northwards of the foresayd banck goe then e. s.e or according as the wind is east by south e. s.e unto the Rock with the hole called Pierre-perce Pierre-Perce but so that you come not very neare at low water the land somwhat to the westwards of Poelgem for it is not cleane alongst by it Betwixt the Four and the point of Croswyck it is in the fareway 8 9 and 10 fathom deepe From the poynt of Poelgem eastwards lye some little Islands and Rocks which are very foule come not very neare them nor the shoare thereabouts If it should happen that you should turne to windwards for at low water there falleth many of the rocks dry when you come neare the rock with the hole then run alongst to the northwards of it and run in very close by it leaving it on the starboard side of you for to avoyd the foule grounds which lye off from the poynt of Poelgem towards this rock Close alongst by this rock it is foure fathom deepe Being past this Rock with the hole then runne all alongst by the north shoare unto S. Nazare S. Nazare in three or foure fathom at low water but you must take heed of a rocky poynt somewhat to the westwards of S. Nazare
the markes thereof are these There standeth a mill upon the high land somewhat farre within the land when that commeth over a countrey-mans house which standeth below by the river then are you thwart of the rocks being past them keep yet the north shoare and runne alongst by it untill you come within the poynt of S. Nazare and anchor there in 6 or 7 fathom In the middest of the river betwixt the foresayd rocks with the hole and S. Nazare lyeth a row of Rocks called Les Porceaux Les Porceaux these come at halfe tyde above water Because of them also more other shoals lying in the river you must run all alongst by the north shoare I as is before sayd Somewhat within S. Nazare upon the north-land standeth a sharp Tower when that commeth without the south land then you cannot take hurt of the foresand rocks run alongst to the northwards of them a little to the eastwards of them lyeth another shoale of Rocks where men may run about the eastwards of it with great shippes it is there very shoale water alongst to the poynt being within the poynt men may anchor as is sayd in 6 or 7 fathom To the eastwards of Saint Nazare lye two other villages and there betwixt the Villages it is very shoale and stony ground there men must borrow over the souther shoare but when you are halfe wayes to the eastermost Village then you may well sayle right on with the poynt of the Village untill you be past it but against that eastermost Village on the s side upon the poynt lyeth a banck called Pynbut Pynbut which lieth at least halfe wayes over in the River but men may run through betwixt the poynt and this bancke in 5 or 6 fathom this is the road for shippes that are bound out to sea A league further in in the middest of the river lie two stony banks in the fareway At Pelerin Pelerin is the lading place 2 leagues from Nantes where the good are brought off with Lighters from the ships but from S. Nazare to Nantes or Pelerin it is Pilots water which men do commonly take in by the above named sharp Tower called S. Nazare S. Nazare where men when they are within it may anchor in 10 or 12 fathom and stay for a Pilot. For to run into sea from S. Nazaro alongst to the south wards of the rock with the hole you must run first alongst by the north shoare as is before sayd untill that you come without the second poynt of the River edge then off from the north land to the middest of the River and sayle a good wayes about to the southwards of Pierre-perce when as you can see the Rocke which lieth to the northwards of Pierre-perce without the poynt there it is deepe 4 fâ—thom a halfe and when as Pierre-Perce is n. n.west and north and by west from you then you come thwart of the Rock and there you finde deeper water to wit 5 6 and at least 7 fathom but when you come in the fareway of Pickeliers then you get 10 or 12 fathom water Banks before the Loiret Before the River of Nantes lye many bancks but at half flood men goe over them the south poynt of the river of Nantes lyeth from the North poynt Northnorthwest and southsoutheast 4 leagues asunder to the southwards of it the land lyeth in with a great indraught and there men doe run into the Bay These uneven banks in the river of Nantes are very unlike sometimes men sound in 15 fathom and presently afterwards but 7 or 8 fathom But to sayle from Bell-Isle to the bay or Armentiers Armentiers you must goe e. s.e untill that you see the Abbey of Armentiers to the eastwards of the trees which stand within the land over the same Abbey then goe on e. and by n. so long untill that the Abbey come within the castle of Armentiers then are you within the Moncks legge Goe then againe e. s.e untill that you bee within the rock of Pierremen Pierremen you may goe about it on both sides and when that you can see the Grave open then you may anchor in 7 or 8 fathom and row a shoare to fetch a Pilot it is Pilots water From Bell-Isle to Armentiers the course is eastsoutheast about 12 or 13 leagues asunder From Armentiers to Use or Heys it is south and by east 7 leagues and from Bell-Isle to Use or Heys southeast 16 leagues The Island of Pickeliers Pickeliers lyeth right before the poynt of Armentiers Betwixt Armentiers or Pickeliers and Use it is an uneven fareway with many shoales and banks from 4 5 6 and 7 fathom Upon Use Heys or Use standeth a sharp tower and some little houses or mills whereby it is very easy to be knowne It is in the fareway betwixt Use and Bell-Isle 35 and 40 fathom but when men are within the fareway it is 25 fathom deepe Under Use it is not very good riding the sea commeth alwayes so rowling in as if the water came through under the Island at the northend it is shoale water the road is when the Church steeples is southwest from you in 8 or 9 fathom but men lye there not sheltred but onely for a south west and w. s.w winde and it doth ripple there allwayes very much From Use to the Killiats or to the Island of Saint Martens the courses is eastsoutheast twelve or thirteene leagues Betwixt both lyeth the Baerges of Olone about halfe a league off from the land of Poictou and east and by south seven leagues from Use in the right fareway and in regard that it is nothing but Rocks and stones therefore it is not good to come neare them in darke weather men may sayle round about them and at low water they are uncovered If you will sayle from Use unto the Killiaets or unto the tayle of Aise through within the Barges then sayle on first east and being within the Baerges of Olone sayle to the land of Poicton which lyeth from Olone to Saint Martens Island eastsoutheast and from Olone to the Pickelliers northwest From Olone to the Killiaets the coast lyeth most easâ—southeast foure or five leagues For to sayle into the Killiaets For to sayl into the Killiats which is in alongst to the northwards of the Island of S. Marten in betwixt the foresayd Island and the mayne land of Poictou you must goe in somewhat more northerly then the middle of the channell or leave two third parts of the channell towards S. Martens Island one third part towards the mayne land Alongst by the Island of S. Martens it is uneven and somewhat full of bancks come not too neare also the mayne land for there lye off also some banckes but you may borrow of them by your lead Goe in alongst as before is sayd Marks of the banck before S. Martens untill that the Church of S. Martin
be southsouthwest from you then you shal bee past the banck which lieth north from S. Martens and lyeth off from the shoare somewhat to the westwards of Saint Martens there is a hard steepe stony banke which shoaleth up suddenly For to avoyd it when as you must turne too and againe with an easterly or a northeast winde you must not bring the little Tower of Hars in the Village of Loy but when the little Tower of Hars commeth to the first or northermost house of Loy then you must cast about for then you come against the banck where remaineth at low water about a fathom depth and at high water about foure fathom When the foresayd little Tower of Hars commeth against a mill which standeth at the south end of Loy then are you within the Banke to wit betwixt the Bancke and S. Martens When S. Martens commeth to be s w and by south and s s.w from you then you may boldly saile over the end of the bank towards S. Martens you shall finde there at low water and spring tide at least 3 fathom or sixteen or seventeen foot also one cast or 2 but 12 foot then it is all soft ground as also before S. Martens but the bancks are hard with spring tides there remaineth little water upon them Before S. Martins you may anchor in 4 5 or 6 fathom For to anchor before S. Martins For to anchor before Saint Martens you must anchor so that you may see open into the haven and that the point of the Abbey and the Bosse doe stand the length of two capsta nebars one from the other there is with spring tides at low water three fathom and a halfe but at high water six fathom and a halfe deepe When you sayle into the Killiats as before is sayd it is 12 11 and 10 fathom deepe but being come so farre that the Tower of S. Martins beginneth to stand s w from you there it will be by little and little shoaler and then you may well edge towards the Island in five foure fathom it shoaleth then suddenly up and will be from ten quickly five and foure fathom If you will goe over the banck that lieth off from the Abbey with a shippe that draweth much water then you must stay so long that it be halfe flood for at low water there remaineth no more upon it then three fathom or a foot or two more when it is somewhat flowed then you may well goe over with a great shippe When the little tower of Hussou commeth to the north end of the Island Urck or Tivalenes then are you upon the shoalest of the bank but when the little Tower commeth over the south end of that little Island then it beginneth to deepen againe The markes for to keepe the deepest water when you run over the bank are these keep the great Tower of Rochel a handspikes length to the southward of the wood of trees which standeth upon the northermost high land and run so over the banck it is there all soft ground If you will anchor before the Abbey within the banke then run in 6 or 7 fathom and anchor there But if you will not anchor under S. Martens but wil sayle forth towards Burnt Island then bring that foresayd little tower of Lussou over the little house that standeth upon the little Island Urck keep it so standing then you can take no hurt of the Laverdyne The Laverdyne Laverdin is a rane of rocks together a musket shot long which lieth off from the east point of S. Martens Island about an English mile and with spring tide at low water is uncovered Betwixt it and the Island of S. Martens men may sayle through there is depth enough The markes of the Laverdyne are these When you come in at the Killiats and sayle through betwixt S. Martens Island the Bosse you come to see the great Tower of Rochell even without the point of the Bosse then are you right thwart of the Laverdyne which lyeth then s w from you it is there betwixt them both not very wide or else when the foresayd great Tower of Rochel standeth even without the poynt of Bosse and the North poynt of the Plom a ships length without the south poynt which is the north poynt of the Bosse then are you right upon the Laverdyne therefore when Rochell commeth a ships length to the southwards of the Bosse when you come in at the Killiats then are you past the Laverdyne you may boldly goe on s e and s e and by south towards Burnt-Island Porthus Portus is a broad and wide channell lying in through betwixt S. Martens Island and Oleron and lyeth from Use s e by e. distant about 15 leagues If you will sayle into Porthus then run in betwixt both lands e. s.e but much nearer S. Martens Island for to avoyd the banck of Oleron which is a foule ledge of rocks at the n. end of Oleron come no neare it by night then in 12 or 13 fathom When you come then by the east end of S. Martens Island and are bound to Rochell or else will anchor under the Bosse bring the great Tower of Rochel a ships length without the Bosse so you can take no hurt of the Laverduyn You may anchor under the Bosse in 5 or 6 fathom soft ground so that the poynt doe lye north from you Or else if you will anchor under the Abbey of S. Martens Island then run in upon the foresayd marks so long untill that the foresayd Abbey come without the s poynt of the same Island sayle then right with it and then you shall leave the Laverduyn farr enough on the larboard side of you And being come neare the Abbey anchor a little to the aestwards of it in 5 6 or 7 fathom there is the road for ships that are bound out When you goe into Porthus and will sayle to the Burnt Island then runne in as before is sayd untill you come neare the east end of S. Martens Island thence the course is south east and by east or from the Bosse south or south and by east or with a westerly wind south and by west unto that Island When you sayle soo neare Burnt-Island Burnt-Island that the Tower of Voorn or the Four commeth over the Burnt-Island there you may cast your ballast over board it is there 12 fathom deepe If you must turne to and againe with a southerly wind from the Bosse to the Burnt-Island or from Burnt-Island to the Bosse then come not to neare the land of Rochell there lye divers stony banckes alongst the land a good wayes from the shoare where of you must take heed When Rochell is hidden behinde the south poynt which lyeth over against the Creeke there lyeth a stony bancke upon which remaineth not a fathom of water If you will sayle into the river of Sherrant then runne about to the southwards of burnt-Burnt-Island
you may also sayle about to the northwards of it and sayle in by the Tower of Voorn or Four At low water this river falleth dry at least 4 leagues within the land For to sayle from Burnt-Island to Burwage you must sayle away s s.e keepe the little Tower of Heer 's to the westwards of the wood so long untill the tower of Voorn or le Four come over the little red-tyled house that stands rpon the s side of the river of Sherrant sayle then in s e and by little little s e by east untill that Pront a village that lieth upon the strand commeth to the n. wards of Soubise when as then Soubise cometh within the foresayd village and the mill above the village then you shall be against the poynt of Oysterbanck Oysterbancks goe then in alongst s e. by south and bring that outermost little Tower of Heer 's over the outermost sandy place where the gallowes standeth by keep them so standing and sayle in s s.e when as then the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the east side of the valley whicb is in the wood then keepe that sharpe little Tower right over the east side of the valley of the wood and sayle in so into the Creeke or river of Burwage At Burwage was wont not to stand a house where now is a strong faire Towne being builded so within 70 or 80 yeares past The Bannier lyeth alongst the land of Oleron and lyeth untill within burnt-Burnt-Island at low water it is uncovered and the tayle of it lyeth farre to the northwards If you should turn out from the Creek towards the Burnt Island then bring the Tower of Rochell not without the Burnt-Isand before you come thwart of it because of the Baniard Baniard thē you shall take no hurt of it At the south end of Oleron betwixt Oleron and the land to the southwards of it is yet another channell where men may sayle in and out called the Mamme-sound deep enough for great shipps it lyeth in from out of the sea east and by n. being come there within there runneth up ariver southeast towards Sales where men doe lade salt being past that to the other poynt of the Mamme-sound Mamme sound lyeth a plate where of men runne to the northwards upon these marks you must keepe the mill that standeth upon the lands of Oleron over the trees and so you shall runne to the northward off the plate there is the road for them that will lade salt at Oleron or Olderdon But if you will runne in through and out againe then you must fayle so farre to the eastwards untill that Sales come over the trees which stand within Merven for to avoyd the tayle or riffe that shooteth of from Oleron when Sales commeth over the trees sayle then north and by w. on the Burnt-Island but bring Duke Charles Tower to the s wards of the Burnt-Island for not to sayle within the Banniard When the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the wood keepe it then so standing untill Rochell commeth over the north side of the Burnt-Island sayle then out at the Portrush There shooteth of also a riffe from the west-end of Saint Martens Island Riffe at S. Martens Island where of you must take heed About south or a little more westerly thirteene leagues from the Island Use southwest and by west from the Island S. Martens and w.n.w. or somewhat more northerly from the river of Burdeaux lye the Rockes of Rockedon or Rochebon Rocks of Rochebon of some called Urkamia in forme of a Trevet or Brandize The southermost of the three is the shoalest whereupon remaineth at low water about 2 fathom depth At the southeast side the ground is black little stones and at the northeast side white sand but you may not come neare them by your lead sound by them A little to the westwards not farre from the foresayd rocks lyeth yet another rock where upon is at low water 5 fathom water neverthelesse with a storme the sea breaketh terribly upon it Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Upon all these a foresayd places as kewise over the whole bending of the French Coast as alsoo before the River of Bordeaux a southwest northe moone maketh the highest water Of the Depths ahout these places and in what depths men may see the land Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom Without Use it is 35 fathom deep and then men may see the land from below when it is cleare weather men may see it in 60 fathom Westsouthwest from Use about 9 leagues you shall find 45 and 46 fathom the ground is full of fine small stones as greate as course sand and verry steepe The land of Olone men may see it from below in 25 and 30 fathom S. Martens Island and the north end off Oleron men may see in 28 and 30 fathom When men get sight off S. Martens Island they shall see upon it a high Tower with a high house and upon the strand a mill with foure or five high sand-hills Upon Oleron men shall see a high spire Tower upon a red poynt where men shall see some trees stand over it and to the southwards of it is at 2 or 3 places ragged sandhills How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Bell-Isle to the river of Bourdeaux southeast somewhat southerly 47 leagues From Bell-Isle to S. Sebastians s s.e southerly 75 leg From Bell-Isle to S. Andero south 71 leagues From Bell-Isle to C. de Pinas or Tores s s.w somewhat westerly 76 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Ortegall s w 88 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Finisterre s w 121 leagues From the east poynt of the Cardinall to Croswyck e.n.e. 7 leagues From the poynt of Croswyck to Pierre-Perce east s e. 4 leagues From the Cardinall to Old-downes e. n. e. 7 leagues From the north poynt of the River of Nantes to the Picqueliers n.n.e. 7 leagues From Pierremen to Armentiers westsouthwest 2 leag From Armentiers or Picqueliers to the West end of Use s by e. s s.e at last 7 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to Use southeast easterly 16 leagues From Use to the Barges of Olone e. by s 7 leagues From Use to the Killiates or S. Martens Island e. s.e 12 or 13 leagues From Use to Cape de Pinas southwest and by south 75 leagues From Use to Cape de Ortegall southwest and by west 93 leagues From Use to Portrush or the Band of Oleron the course is southeast and by east 15 or 16 leag From the Band or Craghe of Oleron to the Tower of Cordan s s.e and s and by e. 14 or 15 leagues From S. Martins Island to the tower of Cordan or the river of Bourdeaux s s.e 16 leagues From S. Martens Islands to Cape de Pinas southwest somewhat westerly 80
2 great leagues s east the course is as before is said and it is there deep 4 5 6 and 7 fathom Over against Pouliack in the midst of the River lieth a little Island to the eastwards men must runne about it right in with Bloy but there men must goe over with the tyde for it is there at low water but a little more then one fathom deep When you are before Pouliack and will sayle to Bloye then let the water first flow an houre and then you may well goe over with a ship that draweth nine or ten foote water The markes for to sayle alongst in the deepest water of this reach are these there standeth a Mill halfe waies betwixt Bloye and Rocktaw keepe that without the new wall of Bloye and then you shall run in the deepest of the Channell Before Bloye Bloye it is againe three or foure fathom deepe runne then alongst by the north land in three foure and five fathom When you come before the River which lieth up to the eastwards called Dordoigne then sayle first right with the middâ—st of the second Island and leave it on the starboard side and go indifferent neare alongst by it untill that you be over against or past the Gallowes which standeth upon the east poynt of the River and then againe alongst by the north land unto the foure little houses From thence you must edge over to the high tower of Dublot or Pigeonhouse coming thwart of it you must presently edge over against to the east side to the hight neare Lermond in that edging over you shall runne through betwixt a stone banke on the larboard side and a shoale sand-plate on the starboard side over a banke called the Pace The pace which is the shoaliest of all the river there remaineth at low water a little lesse then a fathom Being come over the Pace to the east side goe then in alongst by the east shoare untill you be past Lermond then sayle againe over to the west side right with the houses of Charterhouse and then in all alongst by the west shoare untill you come before the towne of Bourdeaux in that crooked reach betwixt Larmond and Charterhouse it is 5 6 and 7 fathom deep and before the town 4 and 5 fathom When men will sayle out of the river of Burdeaux they must stay at Royan untill they have good weather and a sore-ebbe to run out with in running out keepe the high sand-hill north north east from you so long untill that the tower of Cordan be south east and by east from you then you may sayle out through the Asses northwest and by west into sea From Cordan or the river of Bourdeaux unto Arcachon the coast lieth s and n. twenty leagues it is all low sandy land betwixt them both lieth a tyde-haven called Anchises men may go in there well at high water with great ships Before the haven of Arcachon or Arcason Arcason lie three shoals men may sayle into the northwards of them and also into the southwards of them the norther entry goeth in betwixt the north poynt and the northermost shoale but it is narrow and not deep The souther entry lieth to the southwards of all the shoals by the souther poynt in betwixt two shoaly sand-bankes where of the one lieth off from the southermost shoale and the other from the south point of maine land s west and by w. in to the sea The land to the n. wards of this haven is altogethet somewhat low sandy land without trees but to the southwards of it they are all somewhat high sand-hils without trees also but comming before the havens mouth you shall see within in the land many trees When you come out of the sea either from the northwards or the southwards neare about this havens mouth you shall easily aspy the foresaid bankes on both sides of the souther entry by the breaking of the sea and you may borrow of them by your lead as neare as you please they are very cleane and flat Upon the sandhils within the haven mouth stand two great high masts If you will sayle in there For to sail in to the haven of Arcason then bring the two Masts one in the other and then they shall stand north east and by east from you keepe them one in the other and sayle in so right with them and you shall so sayle in betwixt the two foresaid bankes and at low water you shall not finde lesse then two fathom water but at high water you shall have five and a halfe and sixe fathom water go in so upon the markes untill you come within the shoals and to the end of the shoale sand on the larboard side Being gotten in within it you must luffe up about by it and goe then on north untill you come to the poynt which you shall see on the starboard side but give that a birth because there runneth off a tayle there is in that reach no lesse then ten eleven or twelve fathom deep Being come about that poynt you may then sayle in close alongst by the land on the starbord side which lieth east south east or you may anchor there in sixteen fifteen twelve and ten fathom or further in about the second poynt in two and three fathom Over against the first pont on the north side it falleth very far dry a great waies within From Arcason to Bayone Bayone the coast lieth south and north sixteen or seventeen leagues The Rivers mouth of Bayone lieth in betwixt two plaine strands e. s.e and east and by south and sometimes more easterly or northerly by reason of the shifting and altering of the sands before the Rivers mouth Upon the land on the south side of the channell stand two masts these you must keepe one in the other or the innermost a little to the northwards of the outermost and run so in over the Barre or shoaliest place untill you come against the south point and then in alongst by it Upon the foresaid Barre is at high water and Spring tyde at least three fathom with an ordinary tyde two fathom and a halfe but at low water no more then 3 foot water When you come about the point you must sayle up to the southwards keeping about the middle of the channell alongst the river or rather nearest the west side for to avoide some foule ground and shoale that lie on the east side and anchor before the town in foure five or sixe fathom This Bar and this River is Pilots water A little within this Barre on the north side of the river lieth up to the northwards a great water within of 7 leagues long and falleth out into Sea by Cabritton Alongst that great water the ships were wont to sayle up to Bayone but it is now upon the south end at the river of Bayone almost altogether paled too so that there can but small barkes goe through for to keepe the better
the Barre of Bayone deepe with scowring through of the water From the Barre of Bayone to S. John de Luz S. Iohn de Luz the course is south and by west 4 leagues there is a faire Bay where men may ride in five sixe seven or eight fathom according as they will lye farre in cleane sandy ground at the end of the Bay is a little tyde-haven where upon lyeth the towne on the west side At high water and with an ordinary tyde there commeth nine foote but with a spring twelve foote water at low water it falleth altogether dry so that men may goe over there with drie feete A little within the west point of the Bay is also a little Dock where there is a foot water more then in the foresaid tyde-haven but it falleth also dry at low water This Bay is very good to know by these marks that hereafter are written It lyeth right in the Bight to the eastwardes of it lyeth the land north and by east towards Bayone and to the westwardes of it the land falleth away southwest nnd by west and southwest towards Fonteravia Upon the east poynt of the Bay standeth a white Fire-tower which men may see farre off especially when the Sunne shineth upon it then it shineth very white more then the other land Upon the west poynt standeth a flat white house a little wayes upon the high land to the westwardes of the Bay it is upon the sea side gray and blewish land Alsoo the high hill of S. John de Luz is a good marke for to know this Bay which remaineth in sayling in lying somewhat to the eastwardes or on the larboard side This foresayd hill of S. John de Luz sheweth it selfe out in height above all other hilles thereabouts thereby is very good to be knowne above upon the top it is somewhat flat as is demonstrated in the rising of the lands Upon this foresayd hill standeth a Chappell from whence men may see into foure Kingdomes France Spaine Navarre and Arragon About two leagues southwest and southwest and by west from S. John de Luz lye the rocks called the Pignons of S. Anna Pignons of S. Anna not farre from land a league to the westwards of them lyeth the Bay of Fonteravia being a faire Bay At the west poynt of the Bay lyeth the C. Figure a high poynt upon it standeth a castle to the southwards of it a little chappel At the poynt of this cape lyeth a rock a little wayes from it but the sea cannot runne through betwixt them except it be with very high floods it breaketh a little through At the east side of this bay lye two high rocks and thwart of them lye also some low rocks a good wayes off from the land For to avoyd them you must sayle in by the west poynt for to come into this Bay and being within it you may anchor in eight or nine fathom but so that the foresayd great rock at the C. Figuer stand northnorthwest from you there you lye in faire sandy ground and landlockt for a northwest winde The Kroonenbrough Kroonenberch lyeth about halfe wayes betwixt S. John de Luz and this foresayd Bay of Fonteravia A little league to the westwards of C. de Figuer lieth Passage Passagie also a faire haven At the west side of the havens mouth which is very narrow lyeth a round rock so that it is evill to come in there with an ebb but with a flood it is better without it is very cleane without any shoale or fowle grounds but onely the foresayd rounde rocke The towne lyeth a little within the haven on the w. side where men doe lye before it in 7 fathom Two great leagues to the westwardes of Passage lyeth S. Sebastians betwixt both is also a sand-bay in a bight where there goeth up into the land a shoale little river where come in many Barkes The haven of Saint Sebastians S. Sebastians is good for to come into men doe runne in there betwixt two little castles where of the eastermost is the greates standing upon a high hill The westermost is a little square Tower and lyeth upon a little Island or rock In the havens mouth being narrow betwixt the two foresayd little Castles lyeth a rocke which at low water is sixe fathom deepe and when it is a storme out of the sea it breaketh allwayes upon it and lyeth neerest the east-land by the west-land it is deepe ten fathom Now for to avoyd the foresayd rocke in comming in there commeth an Abbey to the eastwards of the westermost Island a liitle Tower If you keepe them one in the other then you run into eastwards of it For to anchor without S. Sebastians in the road you must keepe the high hill which lyeth upon the poynt of Cape Figuer without the foresayd eastermost castle there you may anchor but if the same come to be hidden behind the castle or Island then you may not anchor in the road of S. Sebastians When you are come through the narrow within the rock and the castles then you may anchor at the east side under the great castle there is the best road Within the foresayd castle goeth up a little water men may goe at low water on foot from the easter castle alongst a high strand upon the maine land unto the Towne which lyeth behinde the foresayd high hill with the Castle yet the strand at high water is covered it is a bay and within before the towne it is deepe five sixe and seven fathom at the west side under the little Island men may not anchor because it is flat and shoale there He that will goe forth from thence into S. Sebastians let him run in keeping the middle channell betwixt the two Islands and let him leave the little Island where upon the chappel standeth on the starboard side running in so right against the first or the second wall of the towne and anchor there the boats or shallops shall come aboard of him and helpe him into the haven betwixt the walles A league to the westwardes of S. Sebastians lyeth a sandbay where men may anchor so deep and so shallow as they will Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Like as on all the coastes of France so also at the mouth of the River of Burdeaux maketh high water a s w and northeast moone In the Haven of Arcason a southwest and by west a northeast by east Moone maketh high water but the flood drawes almost an houre longer in then the water flowes On all the places and before all the havens of these coasts a southwest and northeast moon maketh the highest water but within the haâ—ens about a poynt later according as they lye deepe within the land like as on the coasts off Brittaigne Poictou and Gascoigny Men reckon here also no failing or setting of the streames But the streames fall here thwart off and on Upon the coast
the west side lyeth the towne men may alsoo sayle up to it anchor there in the shoale water Sâ—x leagues to the westwards of Villa Viciosa lyeth the out-poynt of Sanson Sanson to the eastwards of it lyeth a little Island where upon standeth a little Tower Betwixt Sanson and the foresayd little Island is a good road in six or seven fathom At the west side of Sanson is alsoo a good road right before the little haven of Sanson in 6 or 7 fathom To the westwâ—rdes of Sanson lyeth Gion Gion with a Piere or Head that is paled off under the which the Fishermen which dwell there lay theyr barkes A great league to the westwards of Gion lyeth the Bay of Tores a good road for a southwest and west wind in 8 and 9 fathom Upon the poynt standeth a high tower Three leagues to the westwards of Tores Tores lyeth Cape de Pinas where many rockes lye off to seawards at least a halfe league of some doe say that men may sayle through betwixt the poynt these rockes From the cape de Pinas C. de Pinas lyeth off a rane of rockes lying at the least a halfe league into sea some say that men may sayle through betwixt the point and these rockes But a little within or to the westwards off the Cape de Pinas lyeth a great rock betwixt that rocke and the land men may sayle through When men are within the Cape de Pinas then lyeth Avilles three leagues from thence southsouthwest which is a good tyde-haven where a great shippe may well goe in at halfe flood alsoo there is a good road before this haven in 6 and 7 fathom For to sayle in there men must goe in by the e. land the west-land is farre off shoale there standeth a little Chappell upon the east-land men must sayle in close by it and anchor a little wayes within two rockes that lye on the east side a little within the havens mouth The towne lyeth a league further up From the west poynt runneth off a riffe and lyeth inwards alongst the haven towardes the town so that it is there very shoale on both sides On the west side without the haven in the bight lye 2 great rockes right before the little Church in the Sand-bay men sayle round about them but it is not very cleane but without the rocks good anchor ground in 7 or 8 fathom over against the little Church that standeth against the high land From Avilles Avilles to Luarca Luarca is 6 leagues and from Luarca to Ribadeus w. s.w 6 leagues from Aviles to Ribadeus s w. and by w. 12 leagues From the east poynt off the havens mouth of Ribadeus Ribadeus lyeth off a ledge or riffe off rocks towards the w. shoare you may found in about it in foure fathom or foure fathom and a halfe or else if you keepe the little towne Castropoll even without the poynt so sayle right in with it then you shall not come too neere the foresayd ledge but you shall sayle far enough alongst to the westwards off it The w. poynt sheweth it selfe when you come in out of the sea like an Island upon it at the norâ—h end standeth a flat tower allmost like the tower in the Groyne but not so great About thwart off that Tower lyeth a suncken rocke a little wayes from the land you must look out for it and take heed off it when there commeth in any great sea you can easily espye it by the breaking of the sea upon it but not with smooth water at the very lowest water it commeth even with the water The w. shoare is fowle and rocky there runneth off to the southwards of the fotesayd Tower also a fowle ledge or riffe off rockes at least halfe wayes over the havens mouth and at the side of it you cannot use the lead When you are past the ledge or riffe that lyeth off from the east shoare you must run in about it and edge in somewhat to the e. shoare and sayle in alongst by it untill that you are past or come to the end of the foresayd ledge or riffe off rockes which lyeth off from the west shoare as soone as you shall bee past it you must luffe up about it towards the west shoare for to give the e. shoare within the havens mouth a birth which is a great wayes within very flat or shoale but on the w. side it is deep water There standeth a little Tower on the w. shoare a little within the point where the riffe lyeth off which you shall see when you are come within the west poynt and run alongst by the riffe when you get that little tower w. or thwart of you then are you at the end of the riffe then you must sayle towards that little Tower untill that you come to the w. shoare and run in alongst by it untill you come before the Towne there you must lye with an anchor to seawards and with a cable fast on the rockes A little league to the w. wards of Ribadeus lyeth a tyde-haven he that commeth from the w. alongst by the shoare thwart of it should lightly thinke that to bee the haven of Ribadeus but it is light to discerne from it by these markes following On both sides of this tyde-haven are the coasts all high land but on both sides of the havens mouth of Ribadeus it is low land Also there lyeth a high sharpe hill very easy to be knowne which ariseth out above all other hills thereabouts which may bee knowne at least 7 or 8 leagues off upon it lye some heapes of stones appearing like little houses when that you have that hill s s.w from you sayle in so right with it then you shall bee with the land right before the havens mouth of Ribadeus Northwest from Ribadeus about 8 leagues lyeth the Cabo de Brilo a little to the westwards of it lyeth the little towne Viverus Viverus To the westwardes off the Bay off Cyspriaen where men may anchor in ten fathom lye two great high rockes w. north w. from these rockes about a halfe league lyeth the Island S. Cyprian right before the haven of Viverus whereby this haven is easy to beknowne you may sayle about on both sides off this Island into the haven off Viverus in all alongst in the middle of the channell south and south and by w. untill you come before the town being within you may anchor where you will either on the e. or w. side it is there shoale water of 5 6 7 8 fathom according as you run farre in Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Upon the Coasts of Biscay wee find no runnings of streames but a south e. and north w. moone maketh upon the whole coast the highest water but within the Rivers a poynt later Courses and Distances From Saint Sebastiaen to Gateria west and by north 7 leagues From Gateria to C.
southwards of therefore goe in eastnortheast alongst by south-land untill that you see the flat tower which standeth upon the south-land and then you must run over a banck right on with the poynt of Ponte Vedra within it lyeth the towne twhart off the flat tower men may anchor in 8 or 9 fathom This haven is at some places foure fathom deepe Five leagues to the s wards of the Islands of Blydones lye the Islands of Bayone Islands of Bayone when men come in out of the sea right with them then these Islands doe seeme to be all gray and black rockes and lye to see to as if they were three Islands although that the sea doe run through them but at one place betwixt each is a saddle or valley Within the land alongst over these Islands men shall see two high hills very easy to bee known the eastermost hath three high hommocks and the westermost two with valleys betwixt the hommocks a little to the eastwards off the eastermost hill men shall see a white Abbey stand against the high land whereby this land is very easy to bee knowne You may sayle within these Islands of Bayone either to the northwards For to sayle into Bayone From the northwards or to the southwards but at the north e. poynt of the Islands lyeth a rocke under water about a cables length off from them where of you must take heed anchor in 10 11 or 12 fathom on the east side of the Islands Hee that will sayle in to the northwards must run in betwixt the Islands and the maine land keeping neere about the middle off the channell but neerest to the Islands untill that the Sound off Vigo or Cannas bee open and then sayle in to the eastwards there is a broad Sound where men may anchor on both sides to wit on the south side before Vigo Vigo and on the north side before Cannas Cannas in twelve or thirteene fathom Also men may sayle further in about the south poynt of Rondella where men may save a shippe in the oaze without anchor or cables At the point of Vigo lyeth a little Island he that commeth in to the northwards of the Islands and is bound in for Bayone may sayle through betwixt that little Island and the point Vigo right in with Bayone to wit aâ—â—â—â—st a little to the westwards of the poynt untill hee â—â—me before the towne and anchor there in 4 5 or 6 fathom Betwixt that foresayd little Island and the poynt of Vigo it is at high water 4 fathom and a halfe at low water three fathom and a halfe deepe men must sayling through there give the poynt off Vigo a birth because of some suncken rocks that lye off from it When as men lye in the roade before Bayone in 5 or 6 fathom they may see the Islands of Blydones through betwixt the foresayd poynt of Vigo and that little Island From that same little Island lyeth to the westwards another little Island or rocke betwixt them both it is fowle so that men cannot sayle through betwixt them and from that westermost little Island lyeth a fowle riffe ot ledge of rockes s w off towards the point of the land off Bayone where of men must take very good heed whether you come from the n. wards will sayle through betwixt that riffe the Islands off Bayone or els come in from the s wards betwixt the Islands and the maine and will goe in for Bayone That riffe lyeth at low water in many places dry the outermost rockes thereof and the poynt of Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye southeast and southeast and by east and northwest and northwest and by west an English mile asunder therefore he that commeth from the northwards and will goe into Bayone to the westwards off that riffe that is betwixt the riffe â—nd the Islands let him goe so long to the southwards 〈◊〉 that the Castle of Bayone come to be e. s.e and 〈…〉 by south from him and saile then towards it 〈◊〉 then he shal run farre enough alongst to the southwards of it At the south end of the Island of Bayone lyeth a great rock with a deale of small rockes round about it men may sayle very close alongst by them but at high water the outermost rocks lye under water where of men musâ— be mindfull close by the rocks it is 20 and 25 and 26 fathom deepe From the poynt of the maine land over against the south end of the Islands runneth off a ledge of rocks whereupon it breaketh very much when the sea is grown where of also men must take heed When you come from the southwards or out of the sea and will sayle in for Bayone about to the southwards of the Islands with a southerly or southwest winde then run right with the south poynt of the outermost land of Bayone Island of Bayone untill you come neere about a halfe league of the land and theÌ„ alongst by the shoare unto the outer point on the south side of the comming into the Bay where that foresayd riffe runneth of which lyeth off low give that riffe a birth and run in betwixt it and the foresayd rockes at the end of the Islands northeast or eastnortheast in according as you shall come in out of the sea leaving the riffe on starboard and the rockes with the Islands on the larboard side untill that you come to the end or to the n. wards of the riffe the north end or the outtermost poynt of that riffe at the s poynt and the poynt Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye nearest e. and by north and w. and by south a little league asunder When as then you have the foresayd riffe on the south side upon your broad side or els are too the northwardes of it and that the Castle doe stand east or thereabouts from you goe then right in with the Castle leaving that foresayd other riffe which lyeth off southwest from the little Islands at the poynt of Vigo on the larboard side of you If you bring the poynt of the Castle not to the southwardes of e. s e. then you cannot take any hurt of the northermost riffe The outer rocks of that northermost riffe which shooteth off from the two foresayd little Islands and the riffe which shooteth off from the south poynt of the land of Bayone where men must sayle through betwixt lye one from the other southwest and southwest and by south and northeast and northeast and by north about an English mile asunder When you come neere the Castle then come not very neere the shoare which is not very cleane and when as then you come thwart of the innermost poynt of the Castle before that you begin to see the Towne of Bayone from behind the poynt you must looke well out before you for from that same innermost poynt and from the Castle there lyeth off a suncken rock about halfe a cables
length from the foresayd poynt whereupon remaineth at low water no more then nine or ten foote water keepe therefore thwart off it somewhat off from the poynt When as you begin to see the Towne off Bayone then luffe up suddenly south and sayle before the Towne and anchor there in five or sixe fathom where you please or els that the poynts of the Castle come against the westermost Island of the two which lye off from the north poynt of the Bay or poynt of Vigo there it is good oasie ground that holdeth well set your anchors when you moore northwest and southwest the best anchor to the southeast from thence over the high land you shall have commonly the hardest windes If you must turn too againe into the bay For to sayle into Vigo or Cannas from the southwards then take very good heed when you run off from the Castle that you run not to far over s s.e right before the Towne s e and by east e. s.e from the roade about a musketshot lyeth another sunken rock which at low water is even uncovered it lieth a small cables length off from a little poynt in the south poynt of the Bay whereupon standeth a little house appearing a farre of like a great green rock you must be very carefull of it especially when you runne over towardes the southsoutheast But hee that is bound into Vigo or Cannas to the south wardes of the Islands shall sayle in betwixt that southermost Island and the poynt of the land of Bayone all alongst in the middle of the channell northeast or northeast and by north in at least two great leagues keeping the norther haven two shippes lengths open so long untill Cannas come to the north-land without the poynt of Vigo and then hee must leave the poynt of Vigo on the starboard side of him run in keeping the middle of the channell betwixt the northland and the Towne Vigo and anchor there either before Cannas or Vigo where hee pleaseth in ten or twelve fathom A little to the northwards of Camina lyeth on the coast a high steep hill above in the top with a clift or saddle being called S. Rego S. Rego it is allmost of fashion like Monte Lauro but at least once so high againe this hill is a very good mark for to know the places thereabouts About halfe wayes betwixt this hill and Bayone lyeth an Abbey upon the side of the land that is also a good marke for to know Bayone for him that commeth from the southwardes but the chiefest markes are the two foresayd high Hills within Bayone the one with two the other with-three hommocks when that with the three valleys or saddles is e. s.e from you run in then right with it you shall not faile to fall with the land right with the Islands Five leagues to the southwards of the Islands of Bayone lyeth the haven of Comina a broad haven where you must go in with great ships at the highest water In the havens mouth which lyeth in northeast and by east lyeth a rock neerest the south side close to the northwards of this rock is the deepest water for to sayle in or out Within in the haven on the north side lyeth a little Island and upon it standeth a little Tower you must keep that over the Tower which standeth upon the north land and so must run in right with them In this havens mouth is at halfe flood two fathom water At the north side of the haven it is altogether shoale water and very rocky and fowle there shooteth off a ledge of rocks or riffe where of mē must take good heed Of the tydes courses of the streames On these coastes as on the former a southwest northeast moone maketh high water A southwest and northeast moone maketh full sea at the foresaid places on the sea-coast within the havens a point later A northeast and southwest Moon maketh on these coasts full sea like as on all the coastes lying on the great sea there goe also no streames alongst the land because through the swelling off the Ocean sea the flood commeth right on against the coastes and falleth right in and out at the Havens How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Cape Ortegall to Siverus s w 5 leagues From Siverus to Cape de Prior s w 5 leagues From Cape de Prior to Feroll south and by east 3 leag From Feroll to the Groyne south south and by west 3 leagues From the Groyne to Cisarga 7 or 8 leagues From Cisarga to Queres south and by west and south south west 2 leagues From Cisarga to cape de Bylem or the east poynt off Monsy southwest and by west and westsouthwest 12 leagues From Cape de Bylem to C. de Coriane or Torrivian southwest 3 leagues From Cape de Coriane to Cape de Finisterre s 3 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cape de Prior southwest 10 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cisarga southwest and southwest and by west 19 leagues From Cape de Prior to Cisarga southwest and by west 8 leagues From Feroll to Cisarga west and by south 8 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cape de Coriano southwest by west 33 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Waterford in Ireland north 168 leagues From Cisargo to Cape Veio north 160 leagues From Cisarga to Silly north and by east 137 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Moores or Monte Lauro southeast 5 leagues From Rio Roxo to Ponto Vedra s s e. 4 or 5 leagues From Ponte Vedra or Blydones to the Islands off Bayone s s.e 5 leagues From Bayone to Camina south and by east 4 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Island of Bayone the course is s e and by s 20 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Port a Port s s e. 42 leag From Cape de Finisterre to Avero south by east and s s.east 53 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Burlings south 67 leag From C. de Finisterre to the great Canaries s s.w southerly 307 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Salvages southsouthwest 273 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle of Madera southwest by west southerly 197 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle S. Michael west southwest 247 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle Tercera w. s.w and w. by south 278 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the s w point of Ireland n. and by west and n. 173 leag From Cape de Finisterre to Cape de Claro North 173 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Waterford or to the Southeast poynt of Ireland north and by east 185 or 186 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Lizard northnortheast 153 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Seames n.e. and by n. northerly 112 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Bell-Isle n.e. 122 leagues From Bayone to the
Burlings s and by w. 49 leagues Heights Cape de Ortegall lyeth in 44 degrees 5 min. Cape de Coriane in 43 degr 8 min. The Cape de Finisterre lyeth in 43 degrees Bayone lyeth in 42 degr 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea These 2 figures following belong at crosses one to the other shew the rising of the Land a little to the e. wards off the Cape Ortegall when the poynt marked with D is 5 or 6 leagues e. and by s or e. s e. from you and the hill marked with E is s s w. from you westerly Cape Ortegall When Ortegall is s e. from you it sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Ortegall when it lyeth s e. and by s from you Thus ariseth Ortegall when the eastermost hill lyeth s s e. from you and that you may see the east end with cleare sight being eight nine or ten leagues off at sea C. Ortegall These two figures belong at the double crosse one to the other and shew the Cape Ortegall with the land to the westwards of it when the foresayd Cape is east and by south five or 6 leagues from you The land to the eastwards of the Groyne sheweth thus when it is south and by east from you Cape Prior the east poynt of the Groyne ariseth in this forme Cape Prior being southwest from you 6 or 7 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Cape Prior being southwest by south from you 4 or 5 leagues sheweth it selfe thus C. Prior. When the Cape de Prior is east and by north easterly 3 or 4 leagues from you it ariseth in this forme Thus sheweth the Island of Cisarga when you are one league thwart from it Thus sheweth the land of Monsie betwixt Cisarga Cape de Finisterre when you come from the east and sayle alongst by it When Cape de Finisterre is southsoutheast from you then it sheweth thus The Cape de Finisterre being southeast southerly from you sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Cape de Finisterre when it is southeast easterly from you When Cape de Finisterre is southeast by east you five or sixe leagues then it sheweth it selfe thus Thus doth Cape de Finisterre shew it selfe when it lyeth 5 or 6 legaues east and by south from you Moninck These three figures following belong one to the other at the letter AA and BB and shew the rising of the Capes de Coriane and Finisterre as is shewed in the description here under following The Cape de Finisterre sheweth it selfe with the land to the southwards of it as is pourtrayed in this the figure following when the Ragged hill standeth east from you 3 or 4 leagues then you shall see the land to the northwards of it unto Cape Coriane northeast unto past Cape Coriane in forme as in the figure before this This followeth the former and lyeth from the Cape of southeast and by south Thus sheweth the Cape de Finisterre when the ragged hill lyeth eastnortheast easterly from you and then the land of Moores lyeth from you eastnortheast as is here following demonstrated Thus sheweth the ragged hill of the Cape de Finisterre when it lyeth east and by north from you When the Cape de Finisterre lyeth northeast from you and the land of Moores eastnortheast 6 leagues from you then lyeth the Cape in three parts and the land of Moores thus When the ragged Hill betwixt the Cape de Finisterre and Moores lyeth east and by north from you six leagues off then it sheweth thus When the high land off Moores is northeast by north from you about 6 leagues then it riseth in this forme Monte Lauro The high land of Moores When Cape de Finisterre is northeast or northnortheast and Monte Lauro is eastnortheast 5 leagues from you the high land of Moores sheweth it selfe thus Island of Bayone Thus shew themselves the Jslands of Bayone and the high land to the southwards of them when the foresayd Islands are eastsoutheast a league or two from you Bayone Abbey S. Rego When the poynt of Bayone is eastnortheast and the high land is east from you then it riseth thus to the southwards of it lyeth the high Hill of S. Rego Bayone Abbey S. Rego When the high Hill S. Rego is east from you then the high land of Bayone sheweth it selfe thus Thus Abbey standeth about halfe wayes betwixt S. Rego Bayone The sixth Demonstration Where in Are shewed the Coasts of Portugal from Camina to Passage SEven leagues to the southwards of Camina lyeth Viana Viana upon a river From the north poynt lyeth off a ledge off rockes thwart over before the mouth of the river and upon the south shoare stand two Fire-towers If you will sayle in to this river off Viana comming from the northwards or out of the sea then ran so long to the southwards untill that the two foresayd Fire-towers upon the south side of the rivers mouth come one to the other and then run in right with them towards the strand untill that the little Tower upon the north-land come over the two houses keep them one to the other and runne then to the rock with the mast and sayle alongst close to the eastward of it and then you run in alongst over the Barre or the shoalest of the rivers mouth there is at low water with an ordinary tyde two fathom depth When you are past the foresayd rock with the mast then you shall see yet a head another rock with a mast or beacon which lyeth on the north side of the river run in like wise close alongst to the southwards of it and afterwards indifferent close alongst by the north-land untill you come before the Town there runneth of sometimes a little riffe which you must give a birth to and anchor before the town When you lye before the towne there lyeth a little Island to the southwards of you where upon standeth a little Chappell to the westwardes of that little Island lyeth a great Banke which at low water is uncovered behind that banck it is five and sixe fathom and before Viana seven eight and nine fathom deepe when you come in they may run in about to the southwards of this foresayd Banck and come out again before the town by the little Island where the little house standeth upon When you come in about a bow shot within the second rock with the mast there you may well let fall your anchor and bring Cables on the south shoare and moore there by foure cables Men may anchor without in the road in 12 fathom there is the cleanest ground for to take in a Pilot. It is a narrow and dangerous barre for to come into From Viana to Port a Port the course is south by east 12 or 13 leagues betwixt both lyeth Villa del Conde Villa del Conde seven leagues from Viana and from Metelyn Villa del Conde is a broad haven before the haven mouth lye many rockes where
south from the Island Tariffe Riffe off Tariffe a banck of stones 2 leagues or two leagues and a halfe into sea whereupon is eight nine or ten foote water when it bloweth hard men may see it break The foresayd poynt of S. Sebastians and the Cape de Trafalgar lye ten leag asunder When you are then somewhat without the Cape de Trafalgar and set your course s s.e and s e and by south then you shall fall with the land off the Barbary coast within the Cape de Spartell about thwart off Tanger Tanger lying in a great bight and sand-bay Upon the west poynt of this bay of Tanger standeth a Castle somewhat high and yet somewhat higher upon the high land standeth a little watch-tower but to the eastwards of Tanger standeth alsoo an old ruinous watch-tower whereby Tanger is very easy to be knowne From Tanger to Ape-hill the coast lyeth most e. n.e and e. by north is the right course for to sayle through the Strait If you will sail into the Strait by night then keepe to the Barbary coast which is very cleane and there you can take no hurt but the Spanish coast is fowle as is befote sayd They that will sayle alongst by the Spanish coast they must goe close alongst by the shoare and runne through betwixt the Island Tariffe and the foresayd fowle grounds close alongst by the Island or els must keepe farre off from the Island for to runne alongst without the shoals but in the middest neere a like unto both lands it is best Three leagues to the eastwards of the Island Tariffe lyeth the poynt of Cabrita Cape de Cabrita being the west poynt of the great Bay of Gibraltar over against the hill of Gibralter a little to the w. wards of it is a good road for a n. e. wind in 12 10 8 fathom not farre from the shoare thwart off a great rock which lieth close upon the water side a little to the eastwards of the fire-tower A little to the westwards of that fire tower which standeth upon the foresayd poynt is a fair sandstrand betwixt the two towers there you shall lye smooth for the western grown sea At Gibraltar is a faire Bay almost like a haven if you will anchor in the bay of Gibraltar then saile so farre into it untill that innermost point of the hill of Gibralter doe stand east from you thereabouts it is deepe 5 or 6 fathom and clean ground towards the mill it is shoal water of 3 fathom Men lye there in the Bay landlockt for a w. wind a s winde commeth from the poynt of Gibraltar hill but a southwest wind that bloweth there open in From thence are brought good wines Bay off Gibraltar When you will set saile from the road of Gibraltar with an easterly wind it is good to beare up somewhat before the wind towards the west shoare then forth out alongst by the lee shoare for the easterly winds do fall with such whirling fore-slaughes from over the high land of Gibraltar that you shall be hardly able to get out of the Bay alongst by the high land When you come from the eastwards will sayle out through the Straits and that you are somwhat neere to the Spanish coast then you must be very carefull for that you bring the hill of Gibraltar against the high land of Barbary in regard the land to the northwards of Gibraltarhil is low it seemeth to look to to be nothing els then as if there were the opening of the Straites It hath heretofore happened that some which have so mistaken it have sayled into the bay thinking it to be the opening of the Strait so have lost their ships there Therefore it is very needfull that men take great care not to mistake them selves of the hill of Gibraltar if men do take heed of it it is easy to bee knowne Estepona lieth 5 leagues to the eastwards or to the northwards of Gibraltar betwixt them both stand divers firetowrs upon the coast there is clean ground for to anchor If you will anchor to the eastwardes of Gibraltar by the next tower of Gibraltar then bring Gibraltar southsouthwest from you and anchor in 25 fathom there is cleane ground blacksand but if you will anchor by the second firetower there is a valley there you may fetch water and anchor in 20 or 22 fathom there is a valley and there is also clean ground and better lying for to set sail with easterly winds for those that are bound out of the Strait Before Estepona men may anchor in 14 fathom that is a place for to lade fruite and wines 5 or 6 leagues to the eastwards of it lieth Marveles betwixt them both stand 5 watch towers upon the coast From Gibraltar to Marveles Marveles the course is n.e. and by north distant 12 leagues if you will anchor at Marveles then you must look out for two Pack-houses which stand upon the strand and a great square watch-tower close to the eastwardes off the foresayd Pack-houses bring the gate of the towne so that you may see through betwixt the Pack-houses and the watch-tower and anchor there in nine or ten fathom Right before Marveles the ground is not cleane About a shot of a Cast peece to the westwards of the town men may fetch fresh water From Marveles to Fangerola Fangerola it is 5 leagues eastnortheast betwixt them both stand also 5 watch-towers Fangerola is a castle and hath a faire sand-bay there is good anchor ground in 7 or 8 fathom a flat rising ground men may lye there landlockt for a westsouthwest wind From Fangerola to C. de Mol C. de Moâ— the west poynt of Mallaga the course is forth eastnortheast two great leagues but from the west poynt of Mallaga to the town of Mallaga the course is northeast and northeast by east 4 leagues it is there betwixt them both a faire strand where men may anchor all alongst in 10 or 12 fathom Mallaga Mallaga is knowne by these markes There standeth a Castle to the eastwards upon the high land there come two walles downewards towards the sea to another Castle which lyeth by the water-side Before that same Castle is now the road that which was wont to be the right road is now altogether spoyled by casting of ballast If you will anchor in the road before Mallaga then anchor in 10 11 12 or 14 fathom thwart off from the head if that the head come to lye from you north and by east there is very good ground the anchors hold there well also men lye there out of danger for the Moores Velez Mallaga lieth from Mallaga east and by north distant 7 leag betwixt them both men may anchor all alongst by the shoare About a league to the westwards of Velez Mallaga standeth a little Castle before it is good anchoring in 10 or 12 fathom By the
next Tower to wit the next to the little castle there is fresh water to be gotten on the land The towne off Velez Mallaga Velez Malaga lyeth about a leag within the land but upon the strand standeth a great Packhouse appearing like a castle The Coast of Spain from Malaga to Modril From Velez Mallaga to Almunecar the course is east 15 or 16 leagues betwixt them both it is all cleane Coast men may anchor there under all the poynts which lye betwixt them both Two great leagues to the westwards of Almunecar lyeth a poynt whereupon standeth a fire-tower under is a good road for a west wind If you will anchor at Almunecar then anchor to the westwards of the rock where the little chappell standeth upon in twelve fathom there is good ground and shall lye there landlockt for an east westnorthwest wind Salobrena lyeth from Almunecar foure leagues to the eastwards that is a little Towne with a little Castle lieth upon a hill a little about the east poynt of Almunecar right before Salobrena lyeth a little Island he that will anchor there must anchor to the westwards of it there he shall lye landlockt for a northeast wind and also for a west wind then he shall have succour of the e. poynt of Almunecar Men may also well anchor to the eastwards of that little Island but too the westwards of it is the best road there lye also all the ships they may anchor there in fourteene and fifteene fathom clean soft ground in sixteene fathom they shall lye somewhat too farre out Men may if need so require run through betwixt the foresayd little Island the maine land betwixt them both there is about sixteen or senventeen foot water and the little Island is round about clean so that men may run very close alongst by it without feare Two great leagues eastwards from Salobrena in the same bight a half league from the sea side within the land lyeth Modrill which hath two Churches some trees thereabouts upon the water side standeth a square tower If you will anchor at Modrill then anchor before the foresayd square tower which standeth upon the water side in twelve or thirteene fathom so that you may see the little Tower upon the east poynt even without the other poynt there is cleane ground men lye there landlockt for an eastwind but a south east a southwind make there like as at all places on these coasts a lee shoare A little to the eastwards of Modrill lyeth the poynt called Cape de Sacrastijf The Coastes of Barbary For to sayle out of the Bay of Gibralter to Tetuan then run over south by east about close by the point of Seuta especially with a westerly winde you should otherwise be carried away so with the current which then commonly runs to the eastwards that you should fall too farre to the Leewards Comming then about by the point of Seuta you shall see out a head a black point called cape Porkes lying south from the poynt of Seuta When men lye in the Bay of Gibraltar they may see the foresayd cape Porkes C. Porques alongst over Seuta which is a poynt very easy to be known sail towards that point with a westwinde luffe up so neere as you can When you come about that poynt then you shal begin to see Tetuan which lieth up against the high land a great league within the land run then soo far to the s wards untill that the east end of the towne come right over a little round hommock which is upon the high land within In the middest off the towne standeth a black tower and in the innermost land of al within lye three little hills which doe as it were looke over the outermost inner land bring the three little hills over the foresayd black tower anchor then so farre from the shoare that the first little hill of the high land to the southwards of Seuta towards cape Porques come a little without Cape Porques there it shall bee sixteen fathom deep good soft ground Marks of the Roade before Tetuan If you anchor otherwise then upon these foresayd marks you shall have bad stony sharpe ground It hath happened that some ships have anchored there but their anchors fell so into the rocks that they could not weigh them again but must hew of their cables and leave their anchors behinde them Therefore if you come off from the point of Cape Porques then bee care full that you bring the foresayd first little hommock which lyeth a stearn of you in the bight of Seuta to the southwards of Seuta a little without the Cape Porques and so keep sailing to the southward and keep heaving of the lead continually without ceasing untill that you get the soft ground so soone as you shall feele it let then presently your anchor fal for the place where the soft ground is is not two cables length in compasse great Tetuan lyeth from Seuta about sixe leagues and three or foure leagues to the southwards of it lyeth a point called Cape Tetuan C. Tetuan whereupon standeth a tower He that hath never been at Tetuan might easily be mistaken by that poynt taking it to be cape de Porques the sooner because that some say that Tetuan at least nine leagues to the southwards of Teutan It hath happened that ships have sayled unto this poynt and have so runne past Tetuan therefore it is best that men goe not too farre from the shoare either by night or by day for to get the cape Porques certainly in sight The Bay off Tetuan betwixt the Cape Porques and Cape Tetuan is a sand-bay altogether of sand-strand with low hommocks here and there upon the sea-side which a farre of seeme as if they were shipps but the ground thereabouts is altogether foule except such a place as before is sayd Betwixt the Cape Porques and Seuta it is also a faire sandstrand but thwart of it is all good ground The Coast of Barbarie in the Straite of Gibralter lyeth from Seuta to Cape de Spartell west and by south and westsouthwest eight or nine leagues But the Cape de Spartell and Cape de Trafalgar on the Spanish side lye north by west and south and by east eight leagues asunder From Cape de Spartell to Arzila Arzila the coast lyeth south and by west seven leagues betwixt them both alongst the sea-side it is all lowe land with some poynts and high land within with a white sand-hilly strand A little to the southwards of the poynt of Cape de Spartell men may anchor for easterly windes in twelve or thirteene fathom cleane sand-ground but so soone as the winde doth shift to the west they must bee ready to get under saile lest they be inbayed upon a lee shoare About a league to the southwards of the Cape lyeth a little hommock upon the low land by the water side which sheweth in
when you come close by the land it hideth it selfe also behinde the double land The coast betwixt Salley and Fedalle is very plain smooth double land so that there is not another such hommock more betwixt them both as that foresayd hommock and in regard the coast thereabouts is altogether soo plain without any places easy to be knowne therefore men must take the more speciall heed unto such small markes for not to saile past the place where they are bound unto Betwixt the foresayd Barne or wood of trees and Fedalle standeth also a ruinous little Towne fallen downe in a rough wood called Monsor Monsor when you sayle alongst close by it you shall see yet some peeces of walles of it Road under Fedalle To the s wards of Fedalle the land is agayne higher and where the high and low commeth together it doth make a clift thereby the Island of Fedalle is easy to be known when that clift is s s e. from you then is Fedalle thwart of it also s s e. from you If you will goe into Fedalle then runne right with the foresayd Barne or wood of trees untill you come within a league or somewhat neere to the land and then alongst by it and so you shall not misse the Island Fedalle but runne in betwixt it and the maine land when as you come by the north poynt of Fedalle then anchor betwixt the strand and the foresayd n. poynt but much neerer the Island Fedalle then the strand in 6 7 or 8 fathom so that you come to lye with your shippe so farre in that the foresayd poynt of the Island doe lye n. n. w. from you then lyeth the foresayd Barne e. n. e. from you and Monsor a handspikes length to the n. wards of the Barn or wood of trees you may also anchor in 12 fathom so that the poynt of Fedalle lye w. and by s from you This bight within the Island Fedalle is a very bad place to lye in for although you lye there so that the poynt of the Island lye 〈◊〉 and n. and by w. from you and with a Cable on tâ—â— Island neverthelesse the grown sea commeth soo hard rowling in about the poynt of the Island when the winde is westerly that you might rather desire to lye in the open sea then within the Island From the n. poynt of Fedalle shooteth off a ledge or riffe of rockes a Musket shot into sea the most oâ— them lye high above water within the Island it is very flat towards the strand the Bay on the land is a faire sandy strand there men may get ballast from the shoare but they must bee very carefull to stand upon their guard for there are dangerous people Depths grounds about Fedalle Before Fedalle to wit to the northwards off it thwart of the wood of trees and alongst to Salley it is all showld water a league or two from the land all alongst that distance it is not deeper then 23 24 and 25 fathom cleane sand-ground thwart of into sea from Fedalle it is also of the same depth but foule ground He that will trade at Fedalle must anchor somewhat farre in for they have there no Boats men must fetch the Moores aboard with the Boat Upon the n. point of Fedalle lieth a high hommock which sheweth a far off when men come in as if it were a castle falne down but it is nothing else then rocks At the s end of Fedalle men may goe over on foot at low water to the maine land but at high water the sea washeth through at 2 places it floweth there 7 or 8 fo up down Three leagues s w. and by s and s w from Fedalle lyeth an old ruinous town fallen downe close upon the strand called Anafee â—â—fee it is a long town with many towers amongst the rest one high thick tower almost like the tower of Salley but men must bee indifferent close by it before you can see it When you are thwart of Anafee you may yet see the wood of trees to the northwards of Fedalle which standeth then to see to from far as a saile in the water 2 leag to the southwards or rather to the westwards of Anfee or Anafee is a steepe poynt with red cliffs which seem a far off as if they where houses such spotters meÌ„ shall find at divers places on the coast From Anafee to Azamor Azamor the coast lyeth s w and by w. westerly 18 leagues betwixt them both lyeth another fallen place called Lyones Azamor hath a poynt lying out on the east side when you come sayling alongst the shoare from the northwards Azamor lieth then about or behinde that poynt upon the strand but standeth high A little past Azamor lyeth a river and thereabouts are some towers in the lowland Three little leagues to the westwards of Azamor lieth the town of Masagam Masagam on a white strand close by the sea side this town is inhabited by the Portugals or Spanjards it hath no towers and sheweth to see to off at sea in white spots against the land When you are thwart off from it you shall see to the s wards the high tower of Tyro Tyro which is a town fallen down about 2 leag to the w. wards of Masagam almost like the tower of Anafee A little to the w. wards of Masagam at the w. poynt of the Bay shooteth off a ledge or riffe of rocks almost a league off into sea whereof the rockes at high water lie most under water and at low water are uncovered He that will anchor there and is not well acquainted must take in a Pilot which may bring him to a place where is good anchor ground for although that it be a great Bay yet neverthelesse there are few places where the ground is clean but is at many places foule so that but few ships should be able to lie there in clean ground when you lie in the right road then lieth the e. point of the Bay e. and the w. point about n.w. from you About a leag to the w. wards of Tiro lieth a steep point when you come from the e. wards alongst by the shoare you shall see no more land without the point untill that you come near it when you begin to get it upon your broad side then there commeth out to the westwards a great square cliff which is very easy to be known and is whitish with reddish spots and seemeth a far off as if it were a wall This point is called after that white poynt C. Blanco C. Blanco About 3 leag to the w. wards of this C. Blanco standeth a little tower upon the highland near by a valley called Casa Cavalgera Casa Cavalgera and 2 leag more to the w. wards lieth upon the high land another little house called Emindra Emindra but you must be close by the land before that you can see it From the foresayd C.
Blanco to the C. Cantin the coast lyeth west s w and s w and by w. about 9 leag The C. Cantin C. Cantin is an even plaine point when you are to the n. wards of it it sheweth flat towards the w. going off towards the sea there standeth a fire-tower upon it but very small that sometimes you can hardly see it If you come from the northwards or from C. Vincent and are bound to Saffia then set your course south and s and by east and then you shall fall with the land 4 or 5 leag to the e. wards of C. Cantin or if you sayle a more westerly course you shall runne till you come in the height of 32 degr a half and then the C. Cantin shall lie due e. from you it is better to fall a little to the eastwards of the C. then to the w. wards of it because the winds blow there most common northerly If you fall to the eastwards of the C. the coast lyeth there s w and by w. and w. s w. and it is even plaine land About 10 leag to the e. wards of the C. lieth that little town Tyro with a high white tower upon the sea side 5 or 6 leag more to the westwards betwixt Casa Cavalgero and C. Cantin you shall see a little bight or Bay thereabouts lie upon the strand by the water side great black rockes which shew as if they were wrakes of ships and then forth alongst to the C. it is a faire flat sandy strand From the C. shooteth off a ledge of rocks somewhat off into sea which men must avoid when they sayle about the Cape From C. Cantin to the north poynt of Saffia the coast lieth s or somewhat more westerly 5 or 6 leag betwixt them both it is a steep rocky land without sandy strand but above upon it plaine and even A league to the southwards of the C. lieth a riffe or shoale by the shoare by some called the Gold-banke and lyeth about a league off from the land at sometimes of the year there is much fish to be taken To the southwards of the Bay of Saffia Saffia is high uneven and most of all double land but to the southwards of it it is even plain thereby men may easily perceive or discern whether they be to the northwards of Saffia or to the southwards of it If you will anchor in the bay For to anchor in the Bay or road before Saffia Saffia then bring the north poynt whereupon standeth a tower a little more westerly then n. from you anchor then in 18 fathom Or if you will anchor further in the Bay then bring the foresayd north poynt n.n.w. or a little more northerly from you and then the northermost of the two north points shall bee a shippes length without the southermost or the next unto you run then so farre to the southwards untill that the tower were men doe land with the boats which is a high square tower standing below even within the wal of the towne come right over a tower which is fast to the wall which commeth off from the Castle above to the southwards so that the foresaid thicke tower below come right over the Haven betwixt the poynt where the castle standeth upon the water side and the rocks where men goe in betwixt Or else anchor that the high Castle of Saffia stand e. and by s and e. s.e from you there it is 16 17 and 18 fathom deepe good fine sandy ground You may also anchor so farre within in the Bay in 15 16 fathom that the north poynt come to be n. w. n. w. by n. from you These are the Summer road in the Winter you men must anchor further from the land in 28 or 30 fathom there the ground is course sand Men may boldly run in before Saffia into the road by night there is nothing that they need to feare which may doe them hurt but the land About two leagues from Saffia lyeth the south point of the bay which is a low point that lieth out and two leagues to the southwards of it lieth another steep rocky point without sandy strand By it goeth in the River Tansit up into the land unto Marrocos From the poynt of Saffia to the Island Mogodor the coast lyeth southsouthwest 19 or 20 leagues Against the northeast end of the Island Mogodor Island Mogodor there shooteth off from the maine land a great row off rocks being hard sharpe rockes whereof the outtermost or those that lye next to the Island Mogodor lye high above water He that commeth from the northwards and will sayle in behind the Island Mogodor must runne in betwixt the Island and the foresayd rockes close in alongst by the Rocks It is there in comming in betwixt the Island and the Rockes five fathom deep Within the foresayd Rocks lye also some other Rockes on the larboard side which at high water are under water and at low water are uncovered When you come to the end of them you may luffe up about by them towards the maine land and anchor there within them in 3 fathom at low water there is good sand-ground But yet neverthelesse it is not there very good lying for by reason of the breaking of the Sea upon the foresayd rocks there goeth sometimes a great Sea so that it is not good lying there with a storme but further in under the Island it is good lying in two fathom and a halfe From the south-end of the Island lyeth off a little riffe towards the maine land almost to the foot strand and to the s wards off that foresayd little riffe lyeth a bancke off from the maine land almost a league off into sea If you will sayle out at the south end then run alongst by the shoare of the maine land untill that you bee about the foresayd riffe and run out then upon your lead along by the banck then you shall presently get deeper water of 4 6 8 10 fat then you may sayle there where you desire to be From the point of Saffia to C. de Geer C. de Geer the course is southsouthwest about 43 leagues but from Mogodor the same course is about 22 or 23 leag It is there betwixt them both a faire flat sand-strand with double land which at some places is very high About 8 leagues to the northwards of C. de Geer lyeth a point called C. de Taffalana C. de Taffalana under which men may ride in good sand-ground for east and northeast windes The C. de Geer is lower then the land to the northwards of it and falleth to the southwards flat off into sea which men shall first perceive when they come within 3 or 4 leagues of it About 4 leagues to the northwards of the Cape lyeth a high Hommocke within the land further northwards the land is yet higher but when you come thus
sail intâ— the road of Tercera let him run faire by the land off the east poynt and alongst by it unto the 2 little Islands called the Ilheos which lye a little to the eastwards of the road about a bow shot one from the other Men may run alongst to the southwards off these Islands or to the northwards of them as they will and also betwixt them both Betwixt these little Islands and the maine land of Tercera it is a great cannon shot broad and 15 and 16 fathom deepe through betwixt the little Island it is 5 and 6 fathom deepe cleane sand-ground Somewhat to seawards of these little Islands lie 3 or 4 rockes above water called Los Frayles Lâ—â— Frayâ—es Being past these foresayd little Islands you must sayle to the westwards untill that you come neare to the foresaid point of Brasill a little to the eastwards of it you must anchor before the town of Angra in 10 or 12 fathom or else men lay their sea-anchor commonly in 16 and their smaller anchor towards the land in 8 or 9 fathom Men lye there landlockt for a s w and n.e. and also for an e.n. e. winde but a s e winde bloweth there flat open in On the w. side of the point of Brazill is also a great sandy Bay for to anchor in Before a village called S. Martin Three leagues to the eastwards of the Towne Angra lieth a bight called Porto Judeo there the Spaniards landed with their forces when they tooke in the Island from the Portingals He that will sayle from Tercera to Fayall let him set his course w. s.w to the E. point of S. Georges which is from thence ten leag asunder Further betwixt the Pico S. Georges through to Fayall are 16 leagues it lyeth most w.n.w. through betwixt them the Island Fayall lyeth to the westwards of the Island of the Pico a great league asunder off from it He that will anchor in the Road of Fayall let him anchor right before the Village of Fayall in 14 or 15 fathom there is sandground but there goeth a hard tide of flood and ebbe On the s w end of the Island Fayall lieth a little haven for to sayle in there you must run in by the s w point so long about by the shoare untill that you see the haven open saile alongst about by the s w point untill that you come in the narrow betâ—â—xt the rocks which lye of from the w. side so soone as you come within the rockes let presently your anchor fall in 5 fathom bring your hawsers on the e. side on land fast to the pales which are there made for the purpose the haven is little so that men may lie in it with no more then with 4 or 5 ships Further in it is shoale water Of the tydes courses of the streames On the foresayd coasts maketh high water a s s.w s w. and by s moon Courses Distances From C. Spartel to C. Cantin it is southwest southerly 85 leagues From C. Spartel to Madera west by south and w. s w. 200 leagues From C. Cantin to Madera west 130 leagues From C. Cantin to S. Vincent north 90 leagues From C. Cantin to Teneriffe s w by w. 148 leag From C. Cantin to C. de Geer s s w. 50 or 52 leagues From C. de Geer to C. de Non s s w. and south by west 27 leagues From C. de Geer to the point of S. Cruz s e 5 leagues From C. de Non to Ossin south 13 leagues From C de Non to C. de Bajador s w by w. 69 leag From C. de Geer to C. de Bajador s w somewhat westerly 110 leagues From Saffia to Madera and e. and w. 130 leagues Erom C. de Geer to Madera w.n.w. 123 leagues From S. Michiels to Tercera n.w. by w. 34 leagues From Tercera to the east end of S. Georges westsouthw 10 leagues From the east end of S. Georges to Fayall westnorthwest 16 leagues From Saint Michaels to the C. de Finisterre eastnortheast 247 leagues From Tercera to Roxent or the River of Lisbon e. at least 267 leagues From Tercera to C. de Finisterre eastnorth e. e. by n. 280 leageus From Tercera to the Lizart n. e. by e. 287 leagues Heights Masagam lyeth in 32 degr 46 min. C. de Cantin lieth in 32 degr 32 min. The land Mogodor in 31 degr 18 min. C. de Geer in 30 degr 10 min. C. de Non in 28 degr 32 min. C. de Bajador in 26 degr 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Casa Cavalgero Thus sheweth the land betwixt Masagam and C. Cantin Thus sheweth it selfe Casa Cavalgero when it is south from you 6 leagues When the northerne Corner of Saffia is southsoutheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth in this forme When C. Cantin is northeast and by east 6 leagues and the poynt of Saffia eastsoutheast foure leagues from you then they shew themselves thus Thus sheweth the land to the southwards of the south poynt of the Bay of Saffia when it is eastsoutheast 3 leagues from you Mogodor When you are westnorthwest or thwart off from Mogodor 3 leagues then sheweth it selfe thus It is a high and double land C. Taffelana When the Cape de Taffelana is northnortheast 3 leagues from you the land sheweth thus unto Cape de Geer C. de Geer When the C. de Geer is northnorthwest 3 leagues from you it sheweth thus and when the Bay is east and by south from you the land is with sand-hils Thus sheweth the Island Saint Michaels on the north side Thus sheweth the Island of Tercera when it lyeth e. and by s about 7 leagues from you When Tercera is 4 or 5 leagues from you then it ariseth thus the west end of this Island Tercera is higher then the east end thereby it is indifferent easy to be knowne Thus sheweth Tercera on the north side Brefil Road before Angera Little Islands Thus sheweth the Tercera on the south side when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the Island S. George when it lyeth southsouthwest 7 leagues When the west end of S. Georges is south and by east and the east end southeast from you it sheweth it selfe thus being eight or nine leagues of from you When the Island Pico is southeast from you it sheweth it selfe thus the high Pieck you may see about 40 leagues of from it at sea The Island Fayal sheweth it selfe thus when it is south from you 8 or 9 leagues When the Island Gratios a lyeth westsouthwest 4 leagues from you then it ariseth in this forme Caarte Voor een gedeelte der Canarise Eylanden al 's Canaria Tenerifa Forteventura etc. De tyhavens Porto de Naos en Porto de Cavallos aen de Zuydoostzyde van Lacerota The second Demonstration In Which Are to be seene the Canary Islands THe chiefest Islands of the Canaries are 7 in number Lancerota Forteventura
or Porteventura great Canaries Teneriffe Gomera Palma and Ferro The Island Lancerota lyeth from Cape S. Vincent southsouthwest distant about 165 leagues It hath one haven upon the northeast end betwixt the two Islands Alagranca and Gratiosa where men may come in from the northwards lye landlockt for all winds it is deep there 10 15 and 20 fathom and they may sayle out again to the southwards along by Lancerota At the east side of Lancerota is a good road before the Towne of Lancerota there lyeth a banck to the northwards of it which men must avoyd and run about to the southwards of it there they may anchor in 10 11 and 12 fathom on the same southeast side lye also two bad havens a great shot of a cast peece one from the other the northermost is called Porto de Naos the southermost Porto de Cavallos which we have demonstrated in a large volume in the northwest corner of this card shewed the depths with number of feet at high water spring-tide Porto de Naos the deepest of these bad-havens goeth in northwest and by north betwixt two ledges of rockes there stand two beacons of heapes of stones in manner as the warders of Norway which you must bring and keepe one in the other and sayle so right in through betwixt the two foresayd ledges of rockes The shoalest of the Barre betwixt the two ledges of rockes is but a short space a great shippes length long and is deepe at high watet 17 foot at low water seven foot so soone as you shall be over it will presently bee 20 24 26 28 foot deep then you must edge up n. and then presently northeast anchor behinde the rockes which lye to the northwards of the Barre in the Channell the ground is rocky hard uneven If a ship should come to strike there it should presently be broken The ledge is so without as it is within very steep soo that you may come very close unto it where the anchors stand marked it is altogether cleane sandy ground 30 34 foot deep at high water with a sea wind there can goe here a great sea but that happeneth seldome for the winds doe blow most out of the n. n.e. and therefore it is almost alwayes there smooth water This haven is very narrow betwixt the rockes which lye to seawards of you the shoare it is but a little more then a great cables length broad and from the havens mouth to the main land about a Cables length a halfe The Havens mouth also is not broad but at high water the rockes doe flow a good wayes on both sides under water which at low water againe are uncovered Betwixt Porto de Naos and Porto de Cavallos lye two little Islands the northermost is the greatest at high water men may goe through with boats within the Islands into Porto de Cavallos but not with ships for at low water it falleth dry there within Upon the southermost little Island standeth an old Castle fallen downe which heretofore hath beene spoyled by Englishmen From the south side of that little Island shooteth off a riffe to the southwards or the w. wards of it lyeth in the Barre which is very narrow not above ten fathom broad upon the maine land stand also two little beakons as at Porto de Naos which you must bring one in the other and saile so right in At high water and spring-tide there is no more then twelve foot water or an halfe foot more the ground in the havens mouth is also hard nothing else then rocks where you must goe in over but within it is cleane sandy ground where you may lye a ground without any danger with a shippe that draweth tenne or eleven foot water At the highest water the most part of the rockes on both sides of the Havens mouth lye under water so that at many places men may goe over them with boats At low water there remaineth in this Havens mouth no more then a foot or a foot and a halfe depth so that a shippes boat cannot goe in within men lye landlockt for all windes and although it blow very hard yet the water is alwayes smooth In both these havens a south and by west and north and by east moone maketh high water Neare the Havens there are no houses where Spaniards or Moores doe dwell then only by Porto de Cavallos a little Church where they have Masse sayd on Sundayes when shippes lie there Men go from thence betwixt the Mountaines to the town which lieth 3 leag from thence He that wil come here must provide himselfe with fresh water for there is very seldom fresh water to be gotten Upon this land there groweth neither fruit nor wine In some good years it giveth out Wheat Bally Orsilly the Inhabitants are Moore under the command of the King of Spaine Betwixt Lancerota and Forteventure lyeth a little lIsand called Isle de Lobos which is on the outer side to wit on the n. west side very foule Men may anchor on both sides of that Island in 15 or 20 fathom also in six fathom a shot of a cast peece southwest and by west from the west point off the Island there men may lye land-lockt for all windes except for a northnorthwest and southeast windes The coast of Forteventura is at the northeast end very foule with many riffes that lye out whereupon the sea doth break exceedingly The Island of great Canaries lieth from Forteventura west 19 or 20 leagues distant The road there lyeth at the east side of the Island behinde the n.e. point thwart off a Castle that standeth upon a Chindle The foresaid northeast point is a very high point with a long small and low sandstrand fast to the other land so that when it is five or sixe leagues northwest or southeâ—st from you it seemeth to be an Island asunder off from the other land If you desire to go in there into the road then saile about by that northeast point alongst by the Isolettes leaving them on the starboard side of you untill that the Castle do lie near about northwest and by north from you anchor there in eight nine ten or twelve fathom then lieth the north point northeast and by north and the south poynt southsoutheast from you At the south end of the great Canaries is a faire sand-bay called Maspalomba there is a good road for southerly windes fresh water to be gotten The north point of the great Canaries and the northeast point of Teneriffe called Punte de Nago lie westnorthwest and eastsoutheast distant 21 leagues In Teneriffe is a road on the southeast side before the town S. Cruz there is a faire sand-bay a little to the northwards of the town is the best road in 20 or 24 fathom and then Punte de Nago the northeast point of Teneriffe lieth northnortheast from you and the south point south and by west
When the Pico of Teneriffe is westsouthwest from you then are you open before this road of S. Cruz and when you lye in the road of S. Cruz you may see the Island of great Canaries southeast from you about 13 leagues On the northwest side of Teneriffe lieth the road of Garrichica from the northeast point Punte de Nago westsouthwest and southwest by west eight or nine leagues He that will anchor before Garrichica let him anchor to the westwards of the rock with the crosse called the Lion so that the foresayd rock do lie southeast and by east and southeast from him then he shall lie right before the towne and may see right into the street of the town through the Cloister of S. Dominicus there is clean ground in 36 or 40 fathom the Pieck lieth then over the w. side off the town nearer to the land or to the rock then in 35 or 36 fathom it is not cleane westwards towards the riffe Lapania it is also foule ground This is a dangerous road therefore every one that commeth here must be very carefull to have their anchors cables and sailes very preedy and ready for to shift roads as soon as it beginneth to be a storme There is also a little haven before Garrichica where men may lie with a few ships For to sayle in there you must have a Pilot. On the west side of the havens mouth lieth a rock under water but the sea breaketh alwayes upon it you may anchor within in the haven in five or six fathom and must bring two anchors out a head to seawards with a cable on the rocks and an anchor out a stearn on the land so that the ships cannot wend too and again the ground is there foule you must buye up your cables with buyes and cask for to keep them from the ground This is a good haven in Summer then it is commonly good weather but in the winter it is not good to com in there with a ship for the grown sea out of the n. west commeth running in there sometimes so forcible and strong that it is not possible to hold a ship although she had to anchors out It hath hapned certain years past that there was lost in the same haven a great many ships and a great many houses of the same towne washed away with the great water Betwixt Garrichica and the east end of Teneriffe are three lading places more for to lade wine at as Maramela Relecho and Oratama At the southwest end of Teneriffe lieth also another little haven or Bay where is much wines laden called Adessa there is also good lying except it be with a s w winde which bloweth there open in From Teneriffe to the Island la Palma the course is westnorthwest twenty leagues On the southeast side la Palma lieth a faire Bay with a town and lade-place called S. Cruz. He that commeth from the northwards and desireth to anchor in the road let him run so far in the Bay untill he be to the southwards or past the head or the bridge and anchor there in 25 or 30 fathom In winter time men must not anchor so near the strand because of the southeast or southsoutheast windes for then they should lie too near the strand Men lye there moored with two anchors for the sea winde with a small anchor out a stearn for to keep the ship right in the road there lyeth to the eastwards of the towne a high white rock with a crosse there is the best road A little to the northwards of the town is a faire sand-bay there is good anchoring in 20 30 or 35 fathom according as men will lye far off the Road is called the Rammell road When men lie in the road of Palma they may see the Pieck of Teneriffe lie eastsoutheast from them The Island Palma is very high and full of trees whereby it is easy to bee known On the southwest side of la Palma is another place where men lade wines called Tassa Corda About 5 leagues west from the west end of Teneriffe lieth the Island Gomera which hath on the n. e. side a good haven of 10 fathom deep where is good lying almost for all windes better then in any of the other Islands but there is nothing to lade Men may alsoo anchor without before the haven in 20 fathom but they must shift roads there as at Garrichica The road of Adessa in Teneriffe lieth right over against it east off from it about 5 leagues The road of Palma lyeth from this haven in Gomera northwest and by north 16 leagues The Island Ferro lieth from the Island Palma south and by west distant 13 leagues Of the Tydes On the Islands of the Canaries maketh at the most places the natural tyde to wit a southwest and northeast Moone the highest water Of the Courses of the Sunne From the west point of Forteventura to the Island of great Canaries east and west 19 or 20 leagues From the north poynt of the Canaries to Punte de Nago the northeast point of Teneriffe westn w 21 leagues From Punte de Nago to Garrichica westsouthwest and southwest and by west 8 or 9 leagues From Teneriffe to Isle de Palma w.n.w. 18 leagues From the west end of Teneriffe to Gomera w. 5 leagues From the Palma to Ferro south and by west 13 leagues From great Canaries to Salvages northn w 40 leagues From Garrichica to Salvages northnortheast and north and by east 30 leagues From Teneriffe to the Isle de Madera north 72 leagues From great Canaries to the east end of Madera north by west 85 leagues From la Palma to Madera north and by e. 60 leagues From Salvages to the Serters of Madera n. 46 leagues The outermost of the Serters lyeth from Madera 4 leagues From Madera to S. Michaels n. w. 136 leagues From the west end of Forteventura to the C. de Bajador south and south and by west 20 leagues From Lancerota to the Cape S. Vincent northnortheast 180 leagues From great Canaries to Cales northeast 240 leagues From great Canaries to the C. S. Vincent northeast and by north 210 leagues From great Canaries to Roxent northnortheast somewhat easterly 240 leagues From great Canaries to C. de Finisterre northnortheast somewhat northerly 307 leagues From Teneriffe to the Lizart northnortheast distant 467 leagues From the Palma to Cape S. Vincent n.e. 224 leagues From Madera to Cape de Geer eastsoutheast 128 leag From Madera to Saffia east 130 leagues From Madera to Cales eastnortheast 200 leagues From Madera to Roxent northeast 178 leagues From Madera to the C. Finisterre northeast by north somewhat northerly 245 leagues Heights The Island Lancerota lieth in 28 degrees 35 minutes The north end of the great Canaries lieth in 28 degrees 14 minutes The north end of the Teneriffe in 28 degrees 40 minutes Isle de Palma in 28 degrees 10 minutes Salvages in 30 degrees The southermost part of Madera in 32 degrees But the northermost in 32 degrees 30 minutes Porto Santo in 33 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Hil with the Mizen Thus sheweth the south-coast of Forteventura when the hill with the white Mizen is northwest and by north about a-league from you Thus sheweth the northwest side of great Canaries Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is westsouthwest from you and then you are open before the Roade of Saint Cruz. Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is southeast from you and then are you open before the Roade of Garrichica When la Palma is about east from you 16 or 17 leagues then it ariseth thus When Porto Santo is s and by w. from you about 9 leag then it sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Palma being south and south and by east nine or ten leagues from you Thus sheweth the Island Palma being southwest by south 4 or 5 leagues from you When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it sheweth it selfe thus When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it ariseth thus When Porto Sancto is about south 5 or 6 leagues from you then sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Madera when you come from the northwards that the middest of the Island is 10 or 12 leagues from you the southeast end is very ragged when you are neere by it the northwest end is a steep point going sloping downe Thus sheweth the Island Madera being southwest from you When Madera is westsouthwest from you 13 leagues it ariseth thus When Madera is south from you 16 leagues it sheweth it selfe thus FINIS